FACE:
SAGGING FACE SKIN
1. Calcium Hydroxylapatite
CALCIUM HYDROXYLAPATITE (RADIESSE)
Radiesse is entirely new and innovative dermal filler. Like stabilised hyaluronic acid it gives the effect of immediate filling, but, most of all, unlike other hyaluronic acid based fillers it strongly energises the skin to the production of its own collagen.
As a result, we not only restore the lost tissue volume, but we also improve the skin structure.
Radiesse belongs to one of the safest currently available dermal fillers perfecting the skin volume.
When we start losing face volume and contour…
…it’s time to start Radiesse |
How does Radiesse dermal filler work?
Main ingredient of the preparation is calcium hydroxylapatite – identical with the calcium present in human teeth or bones. When injected subdermally, this substance causes intensive stimulation of fibroblasts – cells responsible for the synthesis of collagen fibres.
Who can benefit from treatment with Radiesse?
The treatment brings very good effects in patients with lost tissue volumetry. However, Radiesse can also be a preventative treatment, maintaining firm skin in patients with or without first signs of skin ageing.
EFFECTS:
- intensive skin firming (effect of rejuvenation, restoration of skin elasticity and flexibility)
- filling of zygomatic area and hollow cheeks (lifting effect)
- filling of nasolabial folds (younger and refreshed appearance)
- correction of marionette lines – drooping mouth corners (cheerful/brighter facial expression)
- elimination of chipmunk cheeks (correction of the jawline and face oval)
- brow lifting (optically enlarged eyes)
- filling the temples (healthier and younger appearance)
- nose shape correction
- chin correction (restoration of natural proportion)
- hands – restoration of skin firmness and elasticity
- neck and décolletage – restoration of skin firmness and elasticity
What makes Radiesse different from other leading dermal fillers?
“V” EFFECT
Increased skin volumetry stimulated by collagen production. |
Natural aesthetic effect
Visible rejuvenation and improvement of skin firmness
Restoration of lost skin volume
Subtle correction of face contour and lines
Stimulation of own collagen production – intensive tissue regeneration
Effect visible immediately following the treatment and lasting for over a year
Safe effect, confirmed with clinical research
FDA approved
Millions of performed treatments all over the world
| Radiessebelongs to one of the safest currently available volumizing dermal fillers. |
How soon are the effects visible?
First effect of Radiesse treatment (like in other hyaluronic acid fillers) is visible immediately upon injection. Yet, intensive stimulation to collagen fibres synthesis and general improvement of the skin condition develops gradually. Typically, noticeable results of collagen volume increase appear already after 2-3 months.
How long does the effect of Radiesse last?
In majority of patients the results may last up to a year or longer.
Is the procedure safe?
Definitely it is a safe treatment. As calcium hydroxylapatite is naturally present in human teeth and bones it is 100% biocompatible, does not cause allergic reaction and guarantees long term safety results.
Can Radiesse be combined with other treatments?
Radiesse may be combined with botulin toxin treatments, hyaluronic acid preparations, threads and others. The doctor in charge of the treatment will decide about the time intervals between particular procedures.
Will high temperature, sunbathing or laser treatments degrade Radiesse?
No, they will not. Contrary to hyaluronic acid dermal fillers Radiesse is not affected by high temperatures. It means that sunbathing, using solarium, sauna or undergoing laser treatment will not influence the effects of Radiesse.
Who performs the treatment?
The procedure is performed by a medical doctor, experienced in the use of Radiesse – Dagmara Misiek-Cyrwus
The product is manufactured by Merz Aesthetics (Germany).
| Price |
0,3ml |
100€ |
|
0,8ml |
250€ |
|
1,5ml |
375€ |
| Duration |
|
about 60 min. |
| Anaesthesia |
|
yes |
To ensure you with comfort and safety, each product is opened in the patient’s presence and expiration date of the product is presented. Thus we guarantee that the products used during the procedure are original and of the highest quality.
2. Skinboosters® - skin revitalisation
HYALURONIC ACID
Restylane®, Juvederm®, Teosyal®, Revofil®
Skinboosters®-
skin revitalisation
Youth and beauty is always associated with smooth, pleasant to the touch, hydrated, tight and flexible skin. Unfortunately, it is our skin that first reveals the signs of ageing. Aesthetic medicine offers a solution for the problem of skin ageing. The most up-to-date skin revitalisation method are Skinboosters® treatments.
What are Skinboosters® treatments?
Skinboosters are innovative treatments dedicated for skin revitalisation. They are hyaluronic acid products, which maintain a proper level of skin hydration, giving it elasticity and firmness, fresh look and natural vitality.
Skinboosters treatments are effective alternative to non-stabilised hyaluronic acid mesotherapy. Regarding slow disintegration of hyaluronic acid stabilising bonds, Skinboosters preparations guarantee long lasting effects. The treatment involves a series of microinjections performed with a very fine needle and is administered under topical anaesthesia with the Emla cream. Right after the session patients can resume their regular activities – rarely, but there might appear small bruises resulting from the microinjections, which revert spontaneously.
How long does the Skinboosters treatment last?
The procedure lasts about 30 minutes.
What is the Skinboosters treatment protocol?
For optimal, long-lasting effect, three initial treatment sessions with 3 to 4 weeks apart are recommended. To obtain a lasting effect it is advised to repeat the treatment cycle every 6 months. In younger patients one treatment every six months is enough.
What are the effects of Skinboosters?
Skinboosters treatments provide lasting moisture and improve the skin’s structure. Additionally, they restore the skin’s firmness and elasticity, eliminating small lines, giving smoother, brighter and radiant skin.
What are the Skinboosters treatment areas?
Skinboosters treatments can be used to revitalise the skin of the whole body, especially in the areas which are regarded as hard 
to improve.
-
sensitive skin around the eyes
-
sensitive area around the mouth
-
delicate skin of cheeks
-
thin skin of the neck
-
sensitive décolletage skin
-
the dorsal (outer) parts of hands
Who can benefit from Skinboosters treatments?
Skinboosters treatments are dedicated to patients who wish to improve the skin’s quality and restore its young look. They are especially recommended to women whose skin is overdried caused by long exposure to the sun or air conditioning.
What are the advantages of Skinboosters treatments?
Skin revitalisation with Skinboosters products result in very natural and smooth skin appearance. The skin receives long-lasting hydration, elasticity and tightness, restores its radiance, looks young and healthy. With Skinboosters treatment we do not have to be afraid of the mask-like effect. If we also consider its non-invasive character and minimum recovery time before resuming regular daily activities, Skinboosters becomes one of the best modern methods of skin revitalisation.
Can Skinboosters be combined with other treatments?
The treatment may be combined with botulin toxin treatments, threads and others. The doctor in charge of the treatment will decide about the time intervals between particular procedures.
Who performs the treatment?
The procedure is performed by a medical doctor, experienced in the application of Skinboosters preparations – Dagmara Misiek-Cyrwus
| Price Skinboosters |
Vital Light 1ml |
159€ |
|
Vital 1ml |
185€ |
| Duration |
|
about 60 min. |
| Anaesthesia |
|
yes |
To ensure you with comfort and safety, each product is opened in the patient’s presence and expiration date of the product is presented. Thus we guarantee that the products used during the procedure are original and of the highest quality.
3. PDO threads - First Lift PDO - Classic and Screw
PDO threads
– First Lift PDO – Classic and Screw –
skin revitalisation and firming
What are First Lift PDO threads – 2 Generation?
Absorbable First Lift PDO threads are one of the most effective among currently available on the beauty market, non-invasive, tissue revitalising methods which successfully correct any part of the body.
These threads are made of absorbable PDO (polydioxanone) material, being a strong synthetic monofilament thread.
Clinical studies have proved that PDO enhances the process of neocollagenesis, meaning stimulation of collagen production. At the same time, energised by PDO fibroblasts cause the increase of both the level of elasticin and natural hyaluronic acid.
First Lift PDO is a treatment of little invasiveness and is dedicated for correction of firmness in such areas like forehead, cheeks, around the mouth, face oval, crow’s feet, neck and décolletage.
What does the procedure look like?
During a sterile procedure, the doctor injects a unique conductor needle with the thread inserted inside into the target skin area. The treatment is performed under local anaesthetic, lasts for about 15-20 minutes and is practically painless. Immediately after the procedure patient leaves the clinic.
Why First Lift PDO?
Natural effects
Effective regeneration
Entirely absorbable ingredients
Little invasiveness – no incisions
Gradual reconstruction of lost collagen
Local anaesthesia
Short recovery time
EFFECTS:
– skin revitalisation
– tissue relaxation
– stimulation of collagen synthesis
– face regains its radiant appearance
EFFECTS:
VISIBLE IMPROVEMENT IN SKIN DENSITY AND TIGHTNESS
anti-ageing effect
Strong revitalising action after a few weeks: +48%
SOFT SKIN LIFTING
As a result of skin tightening
COLLAGEN AND ELASTICIN RECONSTRUCTION
Strong stimulating effects: +76% ↑ in the amount of collagen
SOFTENING OF SMALL WRINKLES
Reconstruction of damaged and atonic skin
How long do the effects last?
The threads dissolve after about 6-8 months, while the implantation effects last for about 12-18 months.
Can First Lift PDO thread lift be combined with other treatments?
Yes, First Lift PDO thread lift can be combined with botulinum toxin, hyaluronic acid and other treatments. The doctor in charge of the treatment will decide about the time intervals between particular procedures.
Who performs the treatment?
The procedure is performed by a medical doctor, experienced in the use of First Lift PDO threads – medical doctor Dagmara Misiek-Cyrwus
| Price |
(1 thread) First Lift-2 Generation face/neck/décolletage |
25€ |
|
SCREW-2 Generation face/neck/décolletage |
35€ |
| Duration |
|
about 15-20 min. |
| Anaesthesia |
|
yes |
To ensure you with comfort and safety, each product is opened in the patient’s presence and expiration date of the product is presented. Thus we guarantee that the products used during the procedure are original and of the highest quality.
4. Medical peeling, Ferulac Peel®, Nomelan Caffeico®
MEDICAL PEELINGS
Properties:
Medical peelings are currently the most often applied procedures in aesthetic medicine clinics.
| Medical peelings are effective and delicate solution for problematic skin |
They are suitable even for very sensitive complexion or for skin with dilated blood capillaries – depending on particular skin problem and type the doctor indicates appropriate composition of medical peeling.
Its effect is soothed and hydrated skin with improved firmness. Such properties are the effect of anti-oxidative properties, which protect the skin against harmful effects of free radicals.
The treatments improve condition of the skin, which results in more tight, hydrated and brightened complexion. Such therapy plays an important role in skin anti-ageing prevention.
Delicate skin flaking starts 3-5 days after the session. During this period of time, it is advised to deeply moisturise the skin and protect it against the UV rays.
What is the action of medical peels?
Sebum control and balancing action – controls and balances the amount of sebum, penetrating into hair follicle and reducing Propionibacterium acnes populations, in this way eliminating spots and blackheads
Whitening action – sun spots, postinflammatory discolouration and dark circles under eyes are reduced by about 50% after a month of therapy
High skin restructuring capacity – high skin ability for the synthesis of collagen, elastin and GAGs.
INDICATIONS
- seborrheic or acne skin
- acne
- rosacea
- uneven pigmentation and spots
- wrinkles and symptoms of photoageing
BEFORE THE TREATMENT: to intensify the effect of the procedure, for 1-2 weeks before the treatment we can use lower concentration AHA products, remembering not to irritate the skin
AFTER THE PROCEDURE
– the skin should be soothed
– it is recommended to use sun-protective creams SPV>30+
– patients should definitely avoid sunbathing or solarium for about 2 weeks
Can medical peels be combined with other treatments?
Medical peelings are successfully applied in with botulinum toxin treatments, hyaluronic acid, absorbable threads and others. The doctor in charge of the treatment will decide about the time intervals between particular procedures.
How often can the treatment be performed?
The procedure may be repeated every 14-21 days.
For best results, 4-6 treatments are recommended.
Who performs the treatment?
The procedure is performed by a medical doctor, experienced in the use of medical peelings – Dagmara Misiek-Cyrwus
| Price |
|
180 PLN |
| Duration |
|
about 30 min. |
| Anaeshesia |
|
no |
To ensure you with comfort and safety, each product is opened in the patient’s presence and expiration date of the product is presented. Thus we guarantee that the products used during the procedure are original and of the highest quality.
MEDICAL PEELINGS
FERULAC PEEL ® ; NOMELAN CAFFEICO ®
Properties of ferulic acid:
Ferulac Peel® and Nomelan Caffeico® are new generation line of products dedicated to skin with signs of photoageing, melasma and discolouration of various origin (hormonal, postinflammatory, after sun). Ferulic acid is nowadays one of the most effective skin whitening treatments.
It controls the activity of tyrosinase, which takes part in the production of melanin.
Additionally, ferulic acid soothes, hydrates and improves the skin firmness, resulting in general skin rejuvenation. Such properties are the effect of anti-oxidative properties, which protect the skin against harmful effects of free radicals.
| The Ferulic acid therapy is one of the newest methods of fight against skin discolouration. |
Unlike other available medical peelings, patient leaves the clinic with a few layers of applied Ferulac Peel. The preparation should then be washed off after the time indicated by the doctor in charge of the treatment, usually it is about 8-12 hours. Intensive skin flaking starts 3-5 days after the session. During this period of time, it is advised to deeply moisturise the skin and protect it against the UV rays.
The procedure is complemented by a retinol mask.
Ferulac Peel treatments improve condition of the skin, which results in more tight, hydrated and brightened complexion. It is also good to realise, that such therapy plays an important role in skin anti-ageing prevention.
How it works
Whitening action – spots and discolouration of various origin are reduced by about 75% after a month
Sebum control and balancing action – controls and stabilises the amount of sebum penetrating into the hair follicle, skin pores are reduced and less visible, skin regains its even tone
Anti-oxidative action – neutralises free radicals and enhances effectiveness of vitamins C and E
INDICATIONS:
- photoageing
- melasma
- discolouration (hormonal, after sun, postinflammatory)
- stretch marks
BEFORE THE TREATMENT: to intensify the effect of the procedure, for 1-2 weeks before the treatment we can use lower concentration AHA products, remembering not to irritate the skin
AFTER THE PROCEDURE
– the skin should be soothed
– it is recommended to use sun-protective creams SPV>30+
– patients should definitely avoid sunbathing or solarium for about 2 weeks
Can botulinum toxin be combined with other treatments?
Medical peelings are successfully applied in with botulinum toxin treatments, hyaluronic acid, absorbable threads and others. The doctor in charge of the treatment will decide about the time intervals between particular procedures.
How often can the treatment be performed?
The procedure may be repeated every 14-28 days.
For best results, 2-4 treatments are recommended.
Who performs the treatment?
The procedure is performed by a medical doctor, experienced in the use of medical peelings – Dagmara Misiek-Cyrwus
| Price |
face |
70€ |
|
décolletage |
70€ |
|
back |
100€ |
|
stretch marks |
from 70€ |
| Duration |
|
8-12 hours Patient goes home |
| Anaeshesia |
|
no |
To ensure you with comfort and safety, each product is opened in the patient’s presence and expiration date of the product is presented. Thus we guarantee that the products used during the procedure are original and of the highest quality.
5. Lumenis Quantum - laser face-lift
IPL LASER TREATMENTS
Lumenis Quantum
laser face-lift
In Krak-Medica we use the Nd:YAG laser with the IPL Quantum platform, introduced by a pioneer in the field of aesthetic medicine, American LUMENIS
Laser lifting of the face, neck and décolletage is a method of entirely non-invasive skin stimulation and enhancement of collagen production. It revitalises and whitens the skin, at the same time restoring its tone and tightness. Laser skin lifting makes wrinkles less visible and significantly improves condition of the skin.
Thanks to revolutionary IPL Quantum platform by LUMENIS, we have achieved a synergy of effectiveness and safety of the treatment.
Laser lift gives 3 effects in 1 procedure:
– lifting effect, redensifying and tightening of the whole treatment area
– elimination of discolouration and spots
– closing broken capillaries and reduction of erythema
EFFECTS:
SKIN WHITENING
Elimination of discolouration
EVEN SKIN TONE
Closing capillaries
VISIBLE REJUVENATION
Lifting effect
Before the procedure the doctor evaluates the condition of patient’s skin, identifying its biggest problematic issues. On the basis of such examination and the type of patient’s skin, the doctor matches the right parameters for the treatment so that it brings the best effects and at the same time it is safe for the patient. Prior to the treatment the doctor performs a cost-free patch test.
Before the treatment is performed patient’s history is taken, concerning past illnesses, diet, currently taken medications, herbs and other dietary supplements.
How it works
Stimulation of fibroblasts to the production of collagen and other proteins, consequently leading to visible skin tightening can be admired after about 3 weeks.
What does the procedure look like?
The procedure usually lasts approximately 30-40 minutes and the exact duration depends on the treated area. Patient puts on safety glasses and then the doctor irradiates the target area with a special handpiece. Since the Lumenis Quantum system uses a unique cooling handpiece, it makes the procedure entirely comfortable. Immediately following the treatment patient may experience slight skin redness, therefore, to soothe and protect the skin, special cool compresses or cooling gels are applied to release excessive heat from the tissue.
Should the treatment be repeated?
Laser treatment is a procedure that should be performed in a series. It is recommended to take 3 treatments at 3-4 week intervals.
Patients may resume their regular activities right after the treatment.
Our principle:
For safety of our patients and effectiveness of the treatment, one or a few days before the procedure, we perform a cost-free patch test, aiming at optimal choice of treatment parameters.
Who performs the treatment?
The procedure is performed by a medical doctor, certified to use the Quantum platform – Dagmara Misiek-Cyrwus
| Price |
whole face |
175€ |
|
package of 3 treatments whole face |
400€ |
|
neck |
110€ |
|
package of three sessions neck |
260€ |
|
décolletage |
125€ |
|
package of three sessions décolletage |
300€ |
| Duration with cooling |
|
about 45 min. |
GOOD TO KNOW:
You should always stay alert when seeing low price of IPL laser treatment.
Before any IPL laser treatment, make sure that the procedure is performed by a medical doctor, while the original equipment manufacturer is a renowned company (European or American). It will help to avoid negative consequences of faulty, low quality devices, such as skin burns or permanent discolouration.
GREY, TIRED AND DULL SKIN
1. Lumenis Quantum – Photorejuvenation
LASER IPL TREATMENTS
Lumenis Quantum
Photorejuvenation
In Krak-Medica we use the Nd:YAG laser with the IPL Quantum platform, introduced by a pioneer in the field of aesthetic medicine, American LUMENIS
Photorejuvenation is a treatment not only improving skin appearance, but also healing its condition. The method biostimulates tissues and has many advantages. It revitalises and whitens the skin. Additionally, photorejuvenation techniques restore the skin’s healthy tone. Laser skin photorejuvenation makes wrinkles less visible. The procedure also positively influences density of the skin.
Thanks to revolutionary IPL Quantum platform by LUMENIS, we have achieved a synergy of effectiveness and safety of the treatment.
Photorejuvenation gives 3 effects in 1 procedure:
– elimination of discolouration and spots
– closing broken capillaries and reduction of erythema
– lifting effect, redensifying and tightening of the whole treatment area
EFFECTS:
SKIN WHITENING
Elimination of discolouration
EVEN SKIN TONE
Closing capillaries
VISIBLE REJUVENATION
Lifting effect
Before the procedure the doctor evaluates the condition of patient’s skin, identifying its biggest problematic issues. On the basis of such examination and the type of patient’s skin, the doctor matches the right parameters for the treatment so that it brings the best effects and at the same time it is safe for the patient. Prior to the treatment the doctor performs a cost-free patch test.
Before the treatment is performed patient’s history is taken, concerning past illnesses, diet, currently taken medications, herbs and other dietary supplements.
How it works
Dilated capillaries close within two weeks. Spots and discolouration disappear up to seven days. The treated skin becomes tight, firm, and redensified, while wrinkles are gradually reduced.
What does the procedure look like?
The procedure usually lasts approximately 30-40 minutes and the exact duration depends on the treated area. Patient puts on safety glasses and then the doctor irradiates the target area with a special handpiece. Since the Lumenis Quantum system uses a unique cooling handpiece, it makes the procedure entirely comfortable. Immediately following the treatment patient may experience slight skin redness, therefore, to soothe and protect the skin, special cool compresses or cooling gels are applied to release excessive heat from the tissue.
Should the treatment be repeated?
To intensify the effect it is recommended to take 3 treatments at 3-4 week intervals.
Thanks to laser method of discolouration treatment patients may resume normal activities right after the IPL therapy session.
Our principle:
For safety of our patients and effectiveness of the treatment, one or a few days before the procedure, we perform a cost-free patch test, aiming at optimal choice of treatment parameters.
Who performs the treatment?
The procedure is performed by a medical doctor, certified to use the Quantum platform – Dagmara Misiek-Cyrwus
| Price |
whole face |
200€ |
|
package of 3 treatments whole face |
450€ |
|
neck |
110€ |
|
décolletage |
125€ |
|
neck+décolletage |
185€ |
|
face + neck + décolletage |
310€ |
| Duration with cooling |
|
about 45 min. |
GOOD TO KNOW:
You should always stay alert when seeing low price of IPL laser treatment.
Before any IPL laser treatment, make sure that the procedure is performed by a medical doctor, while the original equipment manufacturer is a renowned company (European or American). It will help to avoid negative consequences of faulty, low quality devices, such as skin burns or permanent discolouration.
2. Medical peeling, Ferulac Peel®, Nomelan Caffeico®
MEDICAL PEELINGS
Properties:
Medical peelings are currently the most often applied procedures in aesthetic medicine clinics.
| Medical peelings are effective and delicate solution for problematic skin |
They are suitable even for very sensitive complexion or for skin with dilated blood capillaries – depending on particular skin problem and type the doctor indicates appropriate composition of medical peeling.
Its effect is soothed and hydrated skin with improved firmness. Such properties are the effect of anti-oxidative properties, which protect the skin against harmful effects of free radicals.
The treatments improve condition of the skin, which results in more tight, hydrated and brightened complexion. Such therapy plays an important role in skin anti-ageing prevention.
Delicate skin flaking starts 3-5 days after the session. During this period of time, it is advised to deeply moisturise the skin and protect it against the UV rays.
What is the action of medical peels?
Sebum control and balancing action – controls and balances the amount of sebum, penetrating into hair follicle and reducing Propionibacterium acnes populations, in this way eliminating spots and blackheads
Whitening action – sun spots, postinflammatory discolouration and dark circles under eyes are reduced by about 50% after a month of therapy
High skin restructuring capacity – high skin ability for the synthesis of collagen, elastin and GAGs.
INDICATIONS
- seborrheic or acne skin
- acne
- rosacea
- uneven pigmentation and spots
- wrinkles and symptoms of photoageing
BEFORE THE TREATMENT: to intensify the effect of the procedure, for 1-2 weeks before the treatment we can use lower concentration AHA products, remembering not to irritate the skin
AFTER THE PROCEDURE
– the skin should be soothed
– it is recommended to use sun-protective creams SPV>30+
– patients should definitely avoid sunbathing or solarium for about 2 weeks
Can medical peels be combined with other treatments?
Medical peelings are successfully applied in with botulinum toxin treatments, hyaluronic acid, absorbable threads and others. The doctor in charge of the treatment will decide about the time intervals between particular procedures.
How often can the treatment be performed?
The procedure may be repeated every 14-21 days.
For best results, 4-6 treatments are recommended.
Who performs the treatment?
The procedure is performed by a medical doctor, experienced in the use of medical peelings – Dagmara Misiek-Cyrwus
| Price |
|
180 PLN |
| Duration |
|
about 30 min. |
| Anaeshesia |
|
no |
To ensure you with comfort and safety, each product is opened in the patient’s presence and expiration date of the product is presented. Thus we guarantee that the products used during the procedure are original and of the highest quality.
MEDICAL PEELINGS
Properties:
Medical peelings are currently the most often applied procedures in aesthetic medicine clinics.
| Medical peelings are effective and delicate solution for problematic skin |
They are suitable even for very sensitive complexion or for skin with dilated blood capillaries – depending on particular skin problem and type the doctor indicates appropriate composition of medical peeling.
Its effect is soothed and hydrated skin with improved firmness. Such properties are the effect of anti-oxidative properties, which protect the skin against harmful effects of free radicals.
The treatments improve condition of the skin, which results in more tight, hydrated and brightened complexion. Such therapy plays an important role in skin anti-ageing prevention.
Delicate skin flaking starts 3-5 days after the session. During this period of time, it is advised to deeply moisturise the skin and protect it against the UV rays.
What is the action of medical peels?
Sebum control and balancing action – controls and balances the amount of sebum, penetrating into hair follicle and reducing Propionibacterium acnes populations, in this way eliminating spots and blackheads
Whitening action – sun spots, postinflammatory discolouration and dark circles under eyes are reduced by about 50% after a month of therapy
High skin restructuring capacity – high skin ability for the synthesis of collagen, elastin and GAGs.
INDICATIONS
- seborrheic or acne skin
- acne
- rosacea
- uneven pigmentation and spots
- wrinkles and symptoms of photoageing
BEFORE THE TREATMENT: to intensify the effect of the procedure, for 1-2 weeks before the treatment we can use lower concentration AHA products, remembering not to irritate the skin
AFTER THE PROCEDURE
– the skin should be soothed
– it is recommended to use sun-protective creams SPV>30+
– patients should definitely avoid sunbathing or solarium for about 2 weeks
Can medical peels be combined with other treatments?
Medical peelings are successfully applied in with botulinum toxin treatments, hyaluronic acid, absorbable threads and others. The doctor in charge of the treatment will decide about the time intervals between particular procedures.
How often can the treatment be performed?
The procedure may be repeated every 14-21 days.
For best results, 4-6 treatments are recommended.
Who performs the treatment?
The procedure is performed by a medical doctor, experienced in the use of medical peelings – Dagmara Misiek-Cyrwus
| Price |
|
180 PLN |
| Duration |
|
about 30 min. |
| Anaeshesia |
|
no |
To ensure you with comfort and safety, each product is opened in the patient’s presence and expiration date of the product is presented. Thus we guarantee that the products used during the procedure are original and of the highest quality.
MEDICAL PEELINGS
FERULAC PEEL ® ; NOMELAN CAFFEICO ®
Properties of ferulic acid:
Ferulac Peel® and Nomelan Caffeico® are new generation line of products dedicated to skin with signs of photoageing, melasma and discolouration of various origin (hormonal, postinflammatory, after sun). Ferulic acid is nowadays one of the most effective skin whitening treatments.
It controls the activity of tyrosinase, which takes part in the production of melanin.
Additionally, ferulic acid soothes, hydrates and improves the skin firmness, resulting in general skin rejuvenation. Such properties are the effect of anti-oxidative properties, which protect the skin against harmful effects of free radicals.
| The Ferulic acid therapy is one of the newest methods of fight against skin discolouration. |
Unlike other available medical peelings, patient leaves the clinic with a few layers of applied Ferulac Peel. The preparation should then be washed off after the time indicated by the doctor in charge of the treatment, usually it is about 8-12 hours. Intensive skin flaking starts 3-5 days after the session. During this period of time, it is advised to deeply moisturise the skin and protect it against the UV rays.
The procedure is complemented by a retinol mask.
Ferulac Peel treatments improve condition of the skin, which results in more tight, hydrated and brightened complexion. It is also good to realise, that such therapy plays an important role in skin anti-ageing prevention.
How it works
Whitening action – spots and discolouration of various origin are reduced by about 75% after a month
Sebum control and balancing action – controls and stabilises the amount of sebum penetrating into the hair follicle, skin pores are reduced and less visible, skin regains its even tone
Anti-oxidative action – neutralises free radicals and enhances effectiveness of vitamins C and E
INDICATIONS:
- photoageing
- melasma
- discolouration (hormonal, after sun, postinflammatory)
- stretch marks
BEFORE THE TREATMENT: to intensify the effect of the procedure, for 1-2 weeks before the treatment we can use lower concentration AHA products, remembering not to irritate the skin
AFTER THE PROCEDURE
– the skin should be soothed
– it is recommended to use sun-protective creams SPV>30+
– patients should definitely avoid sunbathing or solarium for about 2 weeks
Can botulinum toxin be combined with other treatments?
Medical peelings are successfully applied in with botulinum toxin treatments, hyaluronic acid, absorbable threads and others. The doctor in charge of the treatment will decide about the time intervals between particular procedures.
How often can the treatment be performed?
The procedure may be repeated every 14-28 days.
For best results, 2-4 treatments are recommended.
Who performs the treatment?
The procedure is performed by a medical doctor, experienced in the use of medical peelings – Dagmara Misiek-Cyrwus
| Price |
face |
70€ |
|
décolletage |
70€ |
|
back |
100€ |
|
stretch marks |
from 70€ |
| Duration |
|
8-12 hours Patient goes home |
| Anaeshesia |
|
no |
To ensure you with comfort and safety, each product is opened in the patient’s presence and expiration date of the product is presented. Thus we guarantee that the products used during the procedure are original and of the highest quality.
3. Skinboosters® - skin revitalisation
HYALURONIC ACID
Restylane®, Juvederm®, Teosyal®, Revofil®
Skinboosters®-
skin revitalisation
Youth and beauty is always associated with smooth, pleasant to the touch, hydrated, tight and flexible skin. Unfortunately, it is our skin that first reveals the signs of ageing. Aesthetic medicine offers a solution for the problem of skin ageing. The most up-to-date skin revitalisation method are Skinboosters® treatments.
What are Skinboosters® treatments?
Skinboosters are innovative treatments dedicated for skin revitalisation. They are hyaluronic acid products, which maintain a proper level of skin hydration, giving it elasticity and firmness, fresh look and natural vitality.
Skinboosters treatments are effective alternative to non-stabilised hyaluronic acid mesotherapy. Regarding slow disintegration of hyaluronic acid stabilising bonds, Skinboosters preparations guarantee long lasting effects. The treatment involves a series of microinjections performed with a very fine needle and is administered under topical anaesthesia with the Emla cream. Right after the session patients can resume their regular activities – rarely, but there might appear small bruises resulting from the microinjections, which revert spontaneously.
How long does the Skinboosters treatment last?
The procedure lasts about 30 minutes.
What is the Skinboosters treatment protocol?
For optimal, long-lasting effect, three initial treatment sessions with 3 to 4 weeks apart are recommended. To obtain a lasting effect it is advised to repeat the treatment cycle every 6 months. In younger patients one treatment every six months is enough.
What are the effects of Skinboosters?
Skinboosters treatments provide lasting moisture and improve the skin’s structure. Additionally, they restore the skin’s firmness and elasticity, eliminating small lines, giving smoother, brighter and radiant skin.
What are the Skinboosters treatment areas?
Skinboosters treatments can be used to revitalise the skin of the whole body, especially in the areas which are regarded as hard to improve.
-
sensitive skin around the eyes
-
sensitive area around the mouth
-
delicate skin of cheeks
-
thin skin of the neck
-
sensitive décolletage skin
-
the dorsal (outer) parts of hands
Who can benefit from Skinboosters treatments?
Skinboosters treatments are dedicated to patients who wish to improve the skin’s quality and restore its young look. They are especially recommended to women whose skin is overdried caused by long exposure to the sun or air conditioning.
What are the advantages of Skinboosters treatments?
Skin revitalisation with Skinboosters products result in very natural and smooth skin appearance. The skin receives long-lasting hydration, elasticity and tightness, restores its radiance, looks young and healthy. With Skinboosters treatment we do not have to be afraid of the mask-like effect. If we also consider its non-invasive character and minimum recovery time before resuming regular daily activities, Skinboosters becomes one of the best modern methods of skin revitalisation.
Can Skinboosters be combined with other treatments?
The treatment may be combined with botulin toxin treatments, threads and others. The doctor in charge of the treatment will decide about the time intervals between particular procedures.
Who performs the treatment?
The procedure is performed by a medical doctor, experienced in the application of Skinboosters preparations – Dagmara Misiek-Cyrwus
| Price Skinboosters |
Vital Light 1ml |
159€ |
|
Vital 1ml |
185€ |
| Duration |
|
about 60 min. |
| Anaesthesia |
|
yes |
To ensure you with comfort and safety, each product is opened in the patient’s presence and expiration date of the product is presented. Thus we guarantee that the products used during the procedure are original and of the highest quality.
FOREHEAD WRINKLES
1. Mimic wrinkles
Botulin toxin
MIMIC WRINKLES (EXPRESSION LINES) OF THE LOWER AND UPPER PARTS OF THE FACE
(Botox®, Azzalure®, Boccouture®)
What are mimic wrinkles?
The ageing process is accompanied by formation of static and mimic wrinkles, the latter also called expression lines.
Static wrinkles are caused by the loss of skin original volume (e.g. nasolabial folds). Mimic wrinkles are the effect of excessive activity of facial expression muscles – e.g. horizontal forehead lines or crow’s feet.
Why are expression lines formed?
When a human face shows emotions, the muscles shrink causing the development of wrinkles and lines. Similarly, the same happens, when we smile, squint or concentrate.
With the passage of time, when our skin loses its elasticity, wrinkles deepen and become permanent (not only during grimacing, but also when we relax). And so, for example, lines between eyebrows make us look as if we were angry, even though we are not.
How can we prevent the process?
Botulinum toxin type A, when injected into the muscles responsible for wrinkles, helps them relax, causes that the lines and folds soften and gives your face more refreshed look.
| BOTOX® is the first in the world, most profoundly analysed botulinum toxin widely accepted for the application in the treatment of hyperhidrosis. |
INDICATIONS
- horizontal forehead wrinkles (horizontal lines on the forehead)
- lion’s wrinkles (vertical lines between the eyebrows, make the face look fierce)
- crow’s feet (wrinkles around the eyes)
- wrinkles of the lower eyelids
- drooping eyebrows (sad and tired appearance)
- wrinkles on the nose (bunny lines)
- nose tip raising
- drooping mouth corners (sad appearance)
- smoker’s wrinkles (wrinkles around the mouth)
- granular (or dimpled) chin
- gummy smile
- face oval
- neck and décolletage wrinkles
Why botulin toxin?
Natural aesthetic effect
Tailoring the treatment effect to individual patient’s expectations
Possibility of subtle correction of facial expression
Spectacular improvement with minimal invasiveness
Patients may resume their regular activities right after the treatment
Visible effects already within the first week following botulin injection
Safe, confirmed with multicentre clinical studies all over the world
The treatment has been appreciated for over 20 years
Who can benefit from treatment with botulinum toxin?
The treatment is successfully applied in patients with present expression lines of various degree of severity. However, it can also be a preventative treatment, maintaining firm skin in patients with or without the first signs of skin ageing. Then only minimal doses are used to obtain the most subtle and discrete effect.
When are the first effects visible?
First results are noticeable after about 2-3 days, while full effect can be admired about a week from the procedure.
| BOTOX® has been appreciated already for over 20 years now as a result of experience and safety of use. |
What does the procedure look like?
During the procedure, the doctor, using a very fine needle, injects small doses of botulinum toxin into the particular muscle responsible for the formation of a certain wrinkle. The treatment is practically painless, though in pain sensitive patients the target skin area can be numbed with local anaesthetic (Emla cream). After about 7-14 days patients come for a follow-up consultation, when the final, desired effect is being perfected.
EFFECTS:
| VISIBLE FACE REJUVENATION AND NATURAL APPEARANCE |
Reduction of sweat secretion in the affected area: up to 100%
Reduction of sweat secretion in the affected area: up to 100%
Depending on patients’ desires, wrinkles are softened proportionately to their expectations.
Reduction of sweat secretion in the affected area: up to 100%
The face looks relaxed
Reduction of sweat secretion in the affected area: up to 100%
On the 30th day following the treatment – 90% of patients
On the 120th day – 86% of patients
How long does the effect last?
The results last for about 4-6 months.
After this period facial expression and muscle activity returns. Although, formation of lines and wrinkles caused by the contraction of those muscles develops much later. And so, despite activation of facial expression the face still remains smoothed and the treatment effects are visible.
The procedure should not be administered more often than every three months.
Is the procedure safe?
Yes. Botulinum toxin injection is currently the most often performed aesthetic medicine treatment. Being present on the beauty market for over 20 years it is one the most appreciated treatments among patients. In order to prevent any possible adverse effects it should always be performed by a medical doctor.
Can botulinum toxin be combined with other treatments?
The procedure may be applied together with other aesthetic medicine treatments, like hyaluronic acid, threads and others. The doctor in charge of the treatment will decide about the time intervals between particular procedures.
Who performs the treatment?
The procedure is performed by a medical doctor, experienced in the use of botulinum toxin – Dagmara Misiek-Cyrwus
In our clinic we perform treatments based on the highest quality botulinum toxin products:
Botox® from Allergan (Irland)
Azzalure® from Galderma (UK)
Boccouture® from Merz (Germany)
| Price |
horizontal forehead wrinkles |
from 45 € |
|
lion’s wrinkles from |
75€ |
|
crow’s feet from |
50€ |
|
wrinkles of the lower eyelids |
35€ |
|
brow lift |
50€ |
|
wrinkles on the nose (bunny lines) |
from 35€ |
|
nose tip raising |
35€ |
|
drooping mouth corners |
50€ |
|
smoker’s lines |
35€ |
|
granular (or dimpled) chin |
45€ |
|
gummy smile |
35€ |
|
face oval (Nefretete Lift) |
from 50€ |
| Duration |
|
about 15 min. |
| Anaesthesia |
|
no/yes |
| Touch up after about 7-14 days |
|
is included in the price of the treatment |
To ensure you with comfort and safety, each product is opened in the patient’s presence and expiration date of the product is presented. Thus we guarantee that the products used during the procedure are original and of the highest quality.
2. Hyaluronic Acid
HYALURONIC ACID
Restylane®, Juvederm®, Teosyal®, Revofil®
filling wrinkles and folds
cheek augmentation
mouth/nose/chin augmentation
dark shadows under the eyes (tear trough area)
Effects:
- cheek augmentation
- nasolabial folds
- drooping mouth corners
- forehead wrinkles
- wrinkles all over the face
- temple hollows
- jawline
- crow’s feet
- lip augmentation
- chin shape correction
- elimination of dark circles under the eyes
Ageing is inevitable and happens to each of us. We can’t make this any different. But we can influence the effects that ageing has on our skin.…
What are facial filling treatments?
Facial filling treatments are successfully applied in patients with lax skin, wrinkles and lost tissue volume resulting from the natural ageing process. Though they also act preventively helping to maintain firm and healthy skin with or without the first signs of ageing. Regardless of patient’s age they also correct possible facial asymmetry or may make the mouth more plump.
Facial dermal fillers are also dedicated to patients with small, narrow or asymmetric lips, who would like to enhance the lip volume according to individual preferences or just hydrate the lips without their augmentation.
Now, irresistibly soft and delicate lips are possible not only in the young people.
They are available for everybody!
Thanks to revolutionary hyaluronic acid fillers dedicated for the lips improvement you can gain subtlest volume, additional softness and smoothness and maintain natural hydration of the skin of the mouth and around it.
We’ll improve your natural beauty, and you’ll enjoy the effects for a long time…
Regardless of their age, these treatments are dedicated to patients with under eye hollows, which give the impression of tired or eyes. The skin in the eye area is very delicate, thin and therefore requires a lot of attention and care. These are our eyes that first reveal our age and condition.
At the beginning, the shadows appear in the corners of your eyes, over time the effect develops to the whole eye contour. In consequence, our eyes become sad and tired while whole face looks a few years older.
Restylane®, Juvederm®, Surgiderm® and Teosyal® are exclusive, highest quality natural dermal fillers which delicately remove signs of ageing or gently improve nature’s imperfections. They are natural and safe products whose effectiveness and safety have been proved by hundreds of clinical studies. Each of them has been so far applied in more than ten to a several dozen millions treatments all over the world, and their number increases every day.
Revofil® is an alternative for patients in whom injectable fillers get quickly absorbed. The preparation is also based on hyaluronic acid, though it also contains appropriately selected biomimetic peptides which prevent the activity of hyaluronidase (enzyme that degrades hyaluronic acid) and inhibit the action of free radicals.
How do dermal fillers work?
Injectable dermal fillers contain hyaluronic acid in the form of a light gel – natural substance present in a human body. They support the skin offering its refreshment and improvement of appearance, regardless of the treatment purpose (smoothing wrinkles, improvement of the face contour, mouth augmentation or just rejuvenation).
Since the skin – or even your desired effects may change over time, a great advantage of dermal fillers is that their effects are fully reversible. It gives the patient freedom of choice concerning maintenance of the effect and a full control over his/her appearance.
We use only the highest quality hyaluronic acid dermal fillers:
Restylane®, Q-Med (Sweden)
Juvederm®, Allergan (France)
Surgiderm®, Allergan (France)
Teosyal®, Teoxane (Switzerland)
Benefits of facial filling treatments:
– hollow cheeks become firm and plump
– nasolabial folds are softened
– drooping mouth corners return to their original position
– forehead wrinkles get smoothed
– wrinkles all over the face become softened
– temporal hollows are reduced
– the jawline contour is redefined
– any facial asymmetry is reduced
Results of hyaluronic acid dermal fillers can be summed up in three words:
safe – natural – effective
Why injectable dermal fillers?
Natural aesthetic effect
Visible rejuvenation and improvement of skin firmness
Restoration of lost skin volume
Subtle correction of face contour and lines
Long lasting effect visible immediately following the treatment
Full and immediate reversibility of the effect
Safe effect, confirmed with clinical research
What does the procedure look like?
After medical consultation, the doctor, with a very fine needle or cannula injects a small amount of light gel into the target skin area. Before the procedure the skin surface is numbed with topical anaesthetic (Emla cream). As most of the preparations contain lidocaine, their injection is practically painless. Immediately following the treatment some patients may experience slight transient swelling or bruising, which go away within a few days. Still, they can resume their normal activities right after the session.
How soon are the effects visible?
Firs effects are visible already immediately after injection of dermal filler.
How long will the effect last?
The duration of effects will depend on the product (its density and level of cross-linking) and individual organism. Average longevity of light and subtle dermal fillers is up to 6 months, for the preparations of medium density up to about 9-12 months and even up to 18 months for innovative volumetric preparations.
Is the procedure safe?
Definitely it is a safe treatment. As hyaluronic acid is naturally present in human body it is 100% biocompatible, does not cause allergic reactions and guarantees long term safety results.
Are all preparations the same?
In the range of Restylane®, Juvederm®, Surgiderm® and Teosyal® products there are various preparations dedicated to certain face areas, with different density for particular facial zone and purposes.
Can the procedure be combined with other treatments?
The treatment may be combined with botulin toxin treatments, threads and others. The doctor in charge of the treatment will decide about the time intervals between particular procedures.
Who performs the treatment?
The procedure is performed by an experienced medical doctor – Dagmara Misiek-Cyrwus
| Price Restylane® |
Restylane, Restylane Perlane 1ml |
299€ |
| Juvederm® |
Ultra 2 0,55ml |
160€ |
|
Ultra 3, Ultra 4 1ml |
299€ |
| Surgiderm® |
18, 24XP, 30 XP, 30 0,8ml |
250€ |
| Teosyal® |
Touch Up 0,5ml |
175€ |
|
First Lines 0,7ml |
210€ |
|
Global Action, Deep Lines 1ml |
299€ |
| Revofil® |
Plus 1ml |
269€ |
|
SubQ 2ml |
449€ |
| Juvederm® |
Voluma 1ml |
275€ |
|
Voluma 2ml |
449€ |
| Teosyal® |
Ultra Deep, Ultimate 1ml |
299€ |
|
Ultimate 2ml |
410€ |
|
Ultimate 3ml |
410€ |
| Duration |
|
about 60 min. |
| Anaesthesia |
|
yes |
To ensure you with comfort and safety, each product is opened in the patient’s presence and expiration date of the product is presented. Thus we guarantee that the products used during the procedure are original and of the highest quality.
3. Medical peeling, Ferulac Peel®, Nomelan Caffeico®
MEDICAL PEELINGS
Properties:
Medical peelings are currently the most often applied procedures in aesthetic medicine clinics.
| Medical peelings are effective and delicate solution for problematic skin |
They are suitable even for very sensitive complexion or for skin with dilated blood capillaries – depending on particular skin problem and type the doctor indicates appropriate composition of medical peeling.
Its effect is soothed and hydrated skin with improved firmness. Such properties are the effect of anti-oxidative properties, which protect the skin against harmful effects of free radicals.
The treatments improve condition of the skin, which results in more tight, hydrated and brightened complexion. Such therapy plays an important role in skin anti-ageing prevention.
Delicate skin flaking starts 3-5 days after the session. During this period of time, it is advised to deeply moisturise the skin and protect it against the UV rays.
What is the action of medical peels?
Sebum control and balancing action – controls and balances the amount of sebum, penetrating into hair follicle and reducing Propionibacterium acnes populations, in this way eliminating spots and blackheads
Whitening action – sun spots, postinflammatory discolouration and dark circles under eyes are reduced by about 50% after a month of therapy
High skin restructuring capacity – high skin ability for the synthesis of collagen, elastin and GAGs.
INDICATIONS
- seborrheic or acne skin
- acne
- rosacea
- uneven pigmentation and spots
- wrinkles and symptoms of photoageing
BEFORE THE TREATMENT: to intensify the effect of the procedure, for 1-2 weeks before the treatment we can use lower concentration AHA products, remembering not to irritate the skin
AFTER THE PROCEDURE
– the skin should be soothed
– it is recommended to use sun-protective creams SPV>30+
– patients should definitely avoid sunbathing or solarium for about 2 weeks
Can medical peels be combined with other treatments?
Medical peelings are successfully applied in with botulinum toxin treatments, hyaluronic acid, absorbable threads and others. The doctor in charge of the treatment will decide about the time intervals between particular procedures.
How often can the treatment be performed?
The procedure may be repeated every 14-21 days.
For best results, 4-6 treatments are recommended.
Who performs the treatment?
The procedure is performed by a medical doctor, experienced in the use of medical peelings – Dagmara Misiek-Cyrwus
| Price |
|
180 PLN |
| Duration |
|
about 30 min. |
| Anaeshesia |
|
no |
To ensure you with comfort and safety, each product is opened in the patient’s presence and expiration date of the product is presented. Thus we guarantee that the products used during the procedure are original and of the highest quality.
MEDICAL PEELINGS
FERULAC PEEL ® ; NOMELAN CAFFEICO ®
Properties of ferulic acid:
Ferulac Peel® and Nomelan Caffeico® are new generation line of products dedicated to skin with signs of photoageing, melasma and discolouration of various origin (hormonal, postinflammatory, after sun). Ferulic acid is nowadays one of the most effective skin whitening treatments.
It controls the activity of tyrosinase, which takes part in the production of melanin.
Additionally, ferulic acid soothes, hydrates and improves the skin firmness, resulting in general skin rejuvenation. Such properties are the effect of anti-oxidative properties, which protect the skin against harmful effects of free radicals.
| The Ferulic acid therapy is one of the newest methods of fight against skin discolouration. |
Unlike other available medical peelings, patient leaves the clinic with a few layers of applied Ferulac Peel. The preparation should then be washed off after the time indicated by the doctor in charge of the treatment, usually it is about 8-12 hours. Intensive skin flaking starts 3-5 days after the session. During this period of time, it is advised to deeply moisturise the skin and protect it against the UV rays.
The procedure is complemented by a retinol mask.
Ferulac Peel treatments improve condition of the skin, which results in more tight, hydrated and brightened complexion. It is also good to realise, that such therapy plays an important role in skin anti-ageing prevention.
How it works
Whitening action – spots and discolouration of various origin are reduced by about 75% after a month
Sebum control and balancing action – controls and stabilises the amount of sebum penetrating into the hair follicle, skin pores are reduced and less visible, skin regains its even tone
Anti-oxidative action – neutralises free radicals and enhances effectiveness of vitamins C and E
INDICATIONS:
- photoageing
- melasma
- discolouration (hormonal, after sun, postinflammatory)
- stretch marks
BEFORE THE TREATMENT: to intensify the effect of the procedure, for 1-2 weeks before the treatment we can use lower concentration AHA products, remembering not to irritate the skin
AFTER THE PROCEDURE
– the skin should be soothed
– it is recommended to use sun-protective creams SPV>30+
– patients should definitely avoid sunbathing or solarium for about 2 weeks
Can botulinum toxin be combined with other treatments?
Medical peelings are successfully applied in with botulinum toxin treatments, hyaluronic acid, absorbable threads and others. The doctor in charge of the treatment will decide about the time intervals between particular procedures.
How often can the treatment be performed?
The procedure may be repeated every 14-28 days.
For best results, 2-4 treatments are recommended.
Who performs the treatment?
The procedure is performed by a medical doctor, experienced in the use of medical peelings – Dagmara Misiek-Cyrwus
| Price |
face |
70€ |
|
décolletage |
70€ |
|
back |
100€ |
|
stretch marks |
from 70€ |
| Duration |
|
8-12 hours Patient goes home |
| Anaeshesia |
|
no |
To ensure you with comfort and safety, each product is opened in the patient’s presence and expiration date of the product is presented. Thus we guarantee that the products used during the procedure are original and of the highest quality.
4. PDO threads - First Lift PDO - Classic and Screw
PDO threads
– First Lift PDO – Classic and Screw –
skin revitalisation and firming
What are First Lift PDO threads – 2 Generation?
Absorbable First Lift PDO threads are one of the most effective among currently available on the beauty market, non-invasive, tissue revitalising methods which successfully correct any part of the body.
These threads are made of absorbable PDO (polydioxanone) material, being a strong synthetic monofilament thread.
Clinical studies have proved that PDO enhances the process of neocollagenesis, meaning stimulation of collagen production. At the same time, energised by PDO fibroblasts cause the increase of both the level of elasticin and natural hyaluronic acid.
First Lift PDO is a treatment of little invasiveness and is dedicated for correction of firmness in such areas like forehead, cheeks, around the mouth, face oval, crow’s feet, neck and décolletage.
What does the procedure look like?
During a sterile procedure, the doctor injects a unique conductor needle with the thread inserted inside into the target skin area. The treatment is performed under local anaesthetic, lasts for about 15-20 minutes and is practically painless. Immediately after the procedure patient leaves the clinic.
Why First Lift PDO?
Natural effects
Effective regeneration
Entirely absorbable ingredients
Little invasiveness – no incisions
Gradual reconstruction of lost collagen
Local anaesthesia
Short recovery time
EFFECTS:
– skin revitalisation
– tissue relaxation
– stimulation of collagen synthesis
– face regains its radiant appearance
EFFECTS:
VISIBLE IMPROVEMENT IN SKIN DENSITY AND TIGHTNESS
anti-ageing effect
Strong revitalising action after a few weeks: +48%
SOFT SKIN LIFTING
As a result of skin tightening
COLLAGEN AND ELASTICIN RECONSTRUCTION
Strong stimulating effects: +76% ↑ in the amount of collagen
SOFTENING OF SMALL WRINKLES
Reconstruction of damaged and atonic skin
How long do the effects last?
The threads dissolve after about 6-8 months, while the implantation effects last for about 12-18 months.
Can First Lift PDO thread lift be combined with other treatments?
Yes, First Lift PDO thread lift can be combined with botulinum toxin, hyaluronic acid and other treatments. The doctor in charge of the treatment will decide about the time intervals between particular procedures.
Who performs the treatment?
The procedure is performed by a medical doctor, experienced in the use of First Lift PDO threads – medical doctor Dagmara Misiek-Cyrwus
| Price |
(1 thread) First Lift-2 Generation face/neck/décolletage |
25€ |
|
SCREW-2 Generation face/neck/décolletage |
35€ |
| Duration |
|
about 15-20 min. |
| Anaesthesia |
|
yes |
To ensure you with comfort and safety, each product is opened in the patient’s presence and expiration date of the product is presented. Thus we guarantee that the products used during the procedure are original and of the highest quality.
WRINKLES AROUND THE EYES
1. Face / Body mesotherapy
MEDICAL NEEDLE MESOTHERAPY
Teosyal Redensity I®, Juvederm Hydrate®,
Light Eyes®, White In®, RRS HA®
FACE/BODY MESOTHERAPY
hydration/nutrition/tightening
Needle mesotherapy is one of the most often recommended rejuvenating treatments. They are dedicated for prevention, correction and reduction of the effects skin ageing. Needle mesotherapy treatments prevent, smooth and eliminate small facial lines, deeply hydrate the skin and make it look radiant and spectacularly glowing.
Regular performance of needle mesotherapy provides long lasting effect of healthy looking skin.
EFFECTS OF MESOTHERAPY:
- hydration and stimulation
- skin regeneration
- improvement of skin tightness
- anti-ageing effect
- skin biorevitalisation
- collagen and elasticin reconstruction
- softening of small wrinkles
- neutralization of free radicals
Why mesotherapy?
- minimally invasive treatment
- subtle and natural effects
- intensive and long-lasting skin hydration
- delaying the skin ageing process
What does the procedure look like?
With the use of a very fine needle the doctor injects the product into the target skin area that we want to biorevitalise. Before the treatment, the skin is numbed with topical anaesthetic – the Emla cream. The whole procedure lasts for about 15-20 minutes.
How many treatments are needed?
Number and frequency of treatments depends on patient’s age and skin condition. In young patients with no or very first signs of skin ageing mesotherapy is applied preventively. Then, to reverse the process of wrinkle formation it is enough to have 1 treatment every 4-6 months.
In case of mature skin with visible signs of skin ageing it is recommended to take a series of a few treatments (about 3-6 every 2-4 weeks).
In patients with very mature skin, smoker’s or damaged skin, frequency of treatments can be increased.
What are mesotherapy medications?
Currently, the most popular face mesotherapy preparations are cocktails (based on hyaluronic acid and/or organic silica combined with various skin biorevitalising complexes.
INDICATIONS
- dry, dehydrated skin
- lax skin with lost elasticity
- young skin – first symptoms of ageing
- mature skin with signs of ageing
- smoker’s skin
Who performs the treatment?
The procedure is performed by a medical doctor, experienced in mesotherapy – medical doctor Dagmara Misiek-Cyrwus
In our clinic we perform treatments based on the highest quality mesotherapy products:
Teosyal Redensity I, Teoxane (Switzerland)
RRS® HA, Aesthetic Dermal (Spain)
Juvederm Hydrate®, Allergan (France)
Teosyal REDENSITY I®
New treatment providing skin radiance. The treatment helps to restore the skin’s structure and strengthens its ability to reflect light.
A simple, effective protocol in 3 sessions at 3 week intervals.
PROPRIETARY FORMULA:
– HYALURONIC ACID 15mg/g – improvement of skin hydration and density
– SKIN RESTORATION COMPLEX
8 amino acids (arginine, glycine, lysine, proline, threonine, isoleucine, valine, leucine)
3 antioxidants (glutathione, lime acid, N-acetyl-L-cysteine)
2 minerals (zinc and copper)
1 vitamin (B6 – antiallergic)
selected according to compatibility. Effective combination supporting the skin regeneration process.
They stimulate production of collagen and elastin fibres, are necessary in DNA synthesis, regulate the process of healing and reconstruction of tissues.
– LIDOCAINE – ensures comfort during injection
EFFECTS:
VISIBLE IMPROVEMENT IN SKIN DENSITY AND HYDRATION
CELLULAR RECONSTRUCTION AND REGENERATION
Epidermal cohesive effect: + 98% collagen IV
Tightening effect: + 26% of fibrillin 1
ANTIOXIDANT PROTECTION
– 28% on an oxidation marker
SKIN HYDRATION
14 times more acid GAGs
WRINKLE SOFTENING
+20% after the 1st session and +83% after the 3rd session
RRS® HA Injectable
Cocktail of hyaluronic acid and biorevitalising complex for face and body
Active ingredients:
hyaluronic acid 6mg/ml
10 vitamins (vit. A, B1, B2, B3, B5, B6, B12, C, E, B9)
3 fatty acids (oleic acid, linoleic acid, linolenic acid)
2 coenzymes (NAD, NADP)
12 antioxidants (ascorbic acid, phytic acid, lime acid,
carnosine acid, chlorogenic acid, rosemarinic acid, taurine, theanine,
tocopherol, gallic acid, ferulic acid, caffeic acid)
11 polyphenols (quercetin, hesperidin, resveratrol, catechin,
epicatechin, procyanidin, viniferin, pycnogenol)
21 aminoacids (arginine, glutamine, leucine, taurine,
methionine, phenylalanine, isoleucine, lysine, hydroxyproline,
theanine, serine, glutamine, histidine, glycine, threonine,
alanine, asparaginic acid, glutaminic acid)
13 microelements (zinc, copper, potassium, calcium, iron,
magnesium, phosphor, sodium, manganese, selenium, silica, cobalt, chrome)
3 terpenes (linalool, borneol, cineole)
EFFECTS:
VISIBLE IMPROVEMENT IN SKIN DENSITY AND HYDRATION
INCREASED HYDRATION EFFECT
Cumulative results
SOFTENING OF SMALL WRINKLES
Dermal redensification effect
INTENSIVE REGENERATION OF MATURE SKIN
Strong nourishment
RRS® Hyalift 35mg and 75mg
clear non-stabilised hyaluronic acid of high concentration 7mg/ml and 15mg/ml for skin hydration
Juvéderm® Hydrate
clear non-stabilised hyaluronic acid 13mg/ml for skin hydration with 0,9% mannitol, which prolongs the hydration effect
A simple, effective protocol in 3 sessions at 3 week intervals.
Hydrolifting Juvéderm® HYDRATE is a new generation treatment designed to hydrate the deepest layers of the skin and improve its elasticity. Although Juvéderm® HYDRATE works in dermal/epidermal junction it is not classified as a filler. It is a treatment specifically designed to improve the skin condition in the areas that are often susceptible to sun damage and the signs of ageing (face, neck, décolletage and hands). A unique feature of Juvéderm® HYDRATE is a specially developed formula, where a low molecular weight (smooth and uniform), non-cross-linked hyaluronic acid is enriched with mannitol, a substance that affects slow degradation of hyaluronic acid in the skin and additionally is a strong antioxidant.
This formula guarantees hydration of deep skin layers and makes the minor skin folds and wrinkles less visible. The skin looks healthy, fresh and silky to the touch. It becomes remarkably hydrated and more elastic. As a result, the treated area is refreshed, the skin regains its natural, youthful glow, while the face looks cheerful and bright.
Based on research and experience, aesthetic medicine specialists confirm that Juvéderm® HYDRATE belongs to one of the best tolerated skin hydrating treatments.
| Price |
Teosyal Redensity I face/body |
580PLN |
|
RRS HA Injectable face/body |
320PLN |
|
RRS Hyalift face/body |
250PLN |
|
Juvederm Hydrate face/body |
600PLN |
| Duration |
|
about 60 min. |
| Anaesthesia |
|
yes |
To ensure you with comfort and safety, each product is opened in the patient’s presence and expiration date of the product is presented. Thus we guarantee that the products used during the procedure are original and of the highest quality.
2. Mimic wrinkles
Botulin toxin
MIMIC WRINKLES (EXPRESSION LINES) OF THE LOWER AND UPPER PARTS OF THE FACE
(Botox®, Azzalure®, Boccouture®)
What are mimic wrinkles?
The ageing process is accompanied by formation of static and mimic wrinkles, the latter also called expression lines.
Static wrinkles are caused by the loss of skin original volume (e.g. nasolabial folds). Mimic wrinkles are the effect of excessive activity of facial expression muscles – e.g. horizontal forehead lines or crow’s feet.
Why are expression lines formed?
When a human face shows emotions, the muscles shrink causing the development of wrinkles and lines. Similarly, the same happens, when we smile, squint or concentrate.
With the passage of time, when our skin loses its elasticity, wrinkles deepen and become permanent (not only during grimacing, but also when we relax). And so, for example, lines between eyebrows make us look as if we were angry, even though we are not.
How can we prevent the process?
Botulinum toxin type A, when injected into the muscles responsible for wrinkles, helps them relax, causes that the lines and folds soften and gives your face more refreshed look.
| BOTOX® is the first in the world, most profoundly analysed botulinum toxin widely accepted for the application in the treatment of hyperhidrosis. |
INDICATIONS
- horizontal forehead wrinkles (horizontal lines on the forehead)
- lion’s wrinkles (vertical lines between the eyebrows, make the face look fierce)
- crow’s feet (wrinkles around the eyes)
- wrinkles of the lower eyelids
- drooping eyebrows (sad and tired appearance)
- wrinkles on the nose (bunny lines)
- nose tip raising
- drooping mouth corners (sad appearance)
- smoker’s wrinkles (wrinkles around the mouth)
- granular (or dimpled) chin
- gummy smile
- face oval
- neck and décolletage wrinkles
Why botulin toxin?
Natural aesthetic effect
Tailoring the treatment effect to individual patient’s expectations
Possibility of subtle correction of facial expression
Spectacular improvement with minimal invasiveness
Patients may resume their regular activities right after the treatment
Visible effects already within the first week following botulin injection
Safe, confirmed with multicentre clinical studies all over the world
The treatment has been appreciated for over 20 years
Who can benefit from treatment with botulinum toxin?
The treatment is successfully applied in patients with present expression lines of various degree of severity. However, it can also be a preventative treatment, maintaining firm skin in patients with or without the first signs of skin ageing. Then only minimal doses are used to obtain the most subtle and discrete effect.
When are the first effects visible?
First results are noticeable after about 2-3 days, while full effect can be admired about a week from the procedure.
| BOTOX® has been appreciated already for over 20 years now as a result of experience and safety of use. |
What does the procedure look like?
During the procedure, the doctor, using a very fine needle, injects small doses of botulinum toxin into the particular muscle responsible for the formation of a certain wrinkle. The treatment is practically painless, though in pain sensitive patients the target skin area can be numbed with local anaesthetic (Emla cream). After about 7-14 days patients come for a follow-up consultation, when the final, desired effect is being perfected.
EFFECTS:
| VISIBLE FACE REJUVENATION AND NATURAL APPEARANCE |
Reduction of sweat secretion in the affected area: up to 100%
Reduction of sweat secretion in the affected area: up to 100%
Depending on patients’ desires, wrinkles are softened proportionately to their expectations.
Reduction of sweat secretion in the affected area: up to 100%
The face looks relaxed
Reduction of sweat secretion in the affected area: up to 100%
On the 30th day following the treatment – 90% of patients
On the 120th day – 86% of patients
How long does the effect last?
The results last for about 4-6 months.
After this period facial expression and muscle activity returns. Although, formation of lines and wrinkles caused by the contraction of those muscles develops much later. And so, despite activation of facial expression the face still remains smoothed and the treatment effects are visible.
The procedure should not be administered more often than every three months.
Is the procedure safe?
Yes. Botulinum toxin injection is currently the most often performed aesthetic medicine treatment. Being present on the beauty market for over 20 years it is one the most appreciated treatments among patients. In order to prevent any possible adverse effects it should always be performed by a medical doctor.
Can botulinum toxin be combined with other treatments?
The procedure may be applied together with other aesthetic medicine treatments, like hyaluronic acid, threads and others. The doctor in charge of the treatment will decide about the time intervals between particular procedures.
Who performs the treatment?
The procedure is performed by a medical doctor, experienced in the use of botulinum toxin – Dagmara Misiek-Cyrwus
In our clinic we perform treatments based on the highest quality botulinum toxin products:
Botox® from Allergan (Irland)
Azzalure® from Galderma (UK)
Boccouture® from Merz (Germany)
| Price |
horizontal forehead wrinkles |
from 45 € |
|
lion’s wrinkles from |
75€ |
|
crow’s feet from |
50€ |
|
wrinkles of the lower eyelids |
35€ |
|
brow lift |
50€ |
|
wrinkles on the nose (bunny lines) |
from 35€ |
|
nose tip raising |
35€ |
|
drooping mouth corners |
50€ |
|
smoker’s lines |
35€ |
|
granular (or dimpled) chin |
45€ |
|
gummy smile |
35€ |
|
face oval (Nefretete Lift) |
from 50€ |
| Duration |
|
about 15 min. |
| Anaesthesia |
|
no/yes |
| Touch up after about 7-14 days |
|
is included in the price of the treatment |
To ensure you with comfort and safety, each product is opened in the patient’s presence and expiration date of the product is presented. Thus we guarantee that the products used during the procedure are original and of the highest quality.
3. Hyaluronic Acid
HYALURONIC ACID
Restylane®, Juvederm®, Teosyal®, Revofil®
filling wrinkles and folds
cheek augmentation
mouth/nose/chin augmentation
dark shadows under the eyes (tear trough area)
Effects:
- cheek augmentation
- nasolabial folds
- drooping mouth corners
- forehead wrinkles
- wrinkles all over the face
- temple hollows
- jawline
- crow’s feet
- lip augmentation
- chin shape correction
- elimination of dark circles under the eyes
Ageing is inevitable and happens to each of us. We can’t make this any different. But we can influence the effects that ageing has on our skin.…
What are facial filling treatments?
Facial filling treatments are successfully applied in patients with lax skin, wrinkles and lost tissue volume resulting from the natural ageing process. Though they also act preventively helping to maintain firm and healthy skin with or without the first signs of ageing. Regardless of patient’s age they also correct possible facial asymmetry or may make the mouth more plump.
Facial dermal fillers are also dedicated to patients with small, narrow or asymmetric lips, who would like to enhance the lip volume according to individual preferences or just hydrate the lips without their augmentation.
Now, irresistibly soft and delicate lips are possible not only in the young people.
They are available for everybody!
Thanks to revolutionary hyaluronic acid fillers dedicated for the lips improvement you can gain subtlest volume, additional softness and smoothness and maintain natural hydration of the skin of the mouth and around it.
We’ll improve your natural beauty, and you’ll enjoy the effects for a long time…
Regardless of their age, these treatments are dedicated to patients with under eye hollows, which give the impression of tired or eyes. The skin in the eye area is very delicate, thin and therefore requires a lot of attention and care. These are our eyes that first reveal our age and condition.
At the beginning, the shadows appear in the corners of your eyes, over time the effect develops to the whole eye contour. In consequence, our eyes become sad and tired while whole face looks a few years older.
Restylane®, Juvederm®, Surgiderm® and Teosyal® are exclusive, highest quality natural dermal fillers which delicately remove signs of ageing or gently improve nature’s imperfections. They are natural and safe products whose effectiveness and safety have been proved by hundreds of clinical studies. Each of them has been so far applied in more than ten to a several dozen millions treatments all over the world, and their number increases every day.
Revofil® is an alternative for patients in whom injectable fillers get quickly absorbed. The preparation is also based on hyaluronic acid, though it also contains appropriately selected biomimetic peptides which prevent the activity of hyaluronidase (enzyme that degrades hyaluronic acid) and inhibit the action of free radicals.
How do dermal fillers work?
Injectable dermal fillers contain hyaluronic acid in the form of a light gel – natural substance present in a human body. They support the skin offering its refreshment and improvement of appearance, regardless of the treatment purpose (smoothing wrinkles, improvement of the face contour, mouth augmentation or just rejuvenation).
Since the skin – or even your desired effects may change over time, a great advantage of dermal fillers is that their effects are fully reversible. It gives the patient freedom of choice concerning maintenance of the effect and a full control over his/her appearance.
We use only the highest quality hyaluronic acid dermal fillers:
Restylane®, Q-Med (Sweden)
Juvederm®, Allergan (France)
Surgiderm®, Allergan (France)
Teosyal®, Teoxane (Switzerland)
Benefits of facial filling treatments:
– hollow cheeks become firm and plump
– nasolabial folds are softened
– drooping mouth corners return to their original position
– forehead wrinkles get smoothed
– wrinkles all over the face become softened
– temporal hollows are reduced
– the jawline contour is redefined
– any facial asymmetry is reduced
Results of hyaluronic acid dermal fillers can be summed up in three words:
safe – natural – effective
Why injectable dermal fillers?
Natural aesthetic effect
Visible rejuvenation and improvement of skin firmness
Restoration of lost skin volume
Subtle correction of face contour and lines
Long lasting effect visible immediately following the treatment
Full and immediate reversibility of the effect
Safe effect, confirmed with clinical research
What does the procedure look like?
After medical consultation, the doctor, with a very fine needle or cannula injects a small amount of light gel into the target skin area. Before the procedure the skin surface is numbed with topical anaesthetic (Emla cream). As most of the preparations contain lidocaine, their injection is practically painless. Immediately following the treatment some patients may experience slight transient swelling or bruising, which go away within a few days. Still, they can resume their normal activities right after the session.
How soon are the effects visible?
Firs effects are visible already immediately after injection of dermal filler.
How long will the effect last?
The duration of effects will depend on the product (its density and level of cross-linking) and individual organism. Average longevity of light and subtle dermal fillers is up to 6 months, for the preparations of medium density up to about 9-12 months and even up to 18 months for innovative volumetric preparations.
Is the procedure safe?
Definitely it is a safe treatment. As hyaluronic acid is naturally present in human body it is 100% biocompatible, does not cause allergic reactions and guarantees long term safety results.
Are all preparations the same?
In the range of Restylane®, Juvederm®, Surgiderm® and Teosyal® products there are various preparations dedicated to certain face areas, with different density for particular facial zone and purposes.
Can the procedure be combined with other treatments?
The treatment may be combined with botulin toxin treatments, threads and others. The doctor in charge of the treatment will decide about the time intervals between particular procedures.
Who performs the treatment?
The procedure is performed by an experienced medical doctor – Dagmara Misiek-Cyrwus
| Price Restylane® |
Restylane, Restylane Perlane 1ml |
299€ |
| Juvederm® |
Ultra 2 0,55ml |
160€ |
|
Ultra 3, Ultra 4 1ml |
299€ |
| Surgiderm® |
18, 24XP, 30 XP, 30 0,8ml |
250€ |
| Teosyal® |
Touch Up 0,5ml |
175€ |
|
First Lines 0,7ml |
210€ |
|
Global Action, Deep Lines 1ml |
299€ |
| Revofil® |
Plus 1ml |
269€ |
|
SubQ 2ml |
449€ |
| Juvederm® |
Voluma 1ml |
275€ |
|
Voluma 2ml |
449€ |
| Teosyal® |
Ultra Deep, Ultimate 1ml |
299€ |
|
Ultimate 2ml |
410€ |
|
Ultimate 3ml |
410€ |
| Duration |
|
about 60 min. |
| Anaesthesia |
|
yes |
To ensure you with comfort and safety, each product is opened in the patient’s presence and expiration date of the product is presented. Thus we guarantee that the products used during the procedure are original and of the highest quality.
4. Medical peelings
MEDICAL PEELINGS
Properties:
Medical peelings are currently the most often applied procedures in aesthetic medicine clinics.
| Medical peelings are effective and delicate solution for problematic skin |
They are suitable even for very sensitive complexion or for skin with dilated blood capillaries – depending on particular skin problem and type the doctor indicates appropriate composition of medical peeling.
Its effect is soothed and hydrated skin with improved firmness. Such properties are the effect of anti-oxidative properties, which protect the skin against harmful effects of free radicals.
The treatments improve condition of the skin, which results in more tight, hydrated and brightened complexion. Such therapy plays an important role in skin anti-ageing prevention.
Delicate skin flaking starts 3-5 days after the session. During this period of time, it is advised to deeply moisturise the skin and protect it against the UV rays.
What is the action of medical peels?
Sebum control and balancing action – controls and balances the amount of sebum, penetrating into hair follicle and reducing Propionibacterium acnes populations, in this way eliminating spots and blackheads
Whitening action – sun spots, postinflammatory discolouration and dark circles under eyes are reduced by about 50% after a month of therapy
High skin restructuring capacity – high skin ability for the synthesis of collagen, elastin and GAGs.
INDICATIONS
- seborrheic or acne skin
- acne
- rosacea
- uneven pigmentation and spots
- wrinkles and symptoms of photoageing
BEFORE THE TREATMENT: to intensify the effect of the procedure, for 1-2 weeks before the treatment we can use lower concentration AHA products, remembering not to irritate the skin
AFTER THE PROCEDURE
– the skin should be soothed
– it is recommended to use sun-protective creams SPV>30+
– patients should definitely avoid sunbathing or solarium for about 2 weeks
Can medical peels be combined with other treatments?
Medical peelings are successfully applied in with botulinum toxin treatments, hyaluronic acid, absorbable threads and others. The doctor in charge of the treatment will decide about the time intervals between particular procedures.
How often can the treatment be performed?
The procedure may be repeated every 14-21 days.
For best results, 4-6 treatments are recommended.
Who performs the treatment?
The procedure is performed by a medical doctor, experienced in the use of medical peelings – Dagmara Misiek-Cyrwus
| Price |
|
180 PLN |
| Duration |
|
about 30 min. |
| Anaeshesia |
|
no |
To ensure you with comfort and safety, each product is opened in the patient’s presence and expiration date of the product is presented. Thus we guarantee that the products used during the procedure are original and of the highest quality.
5. PDO threads - First Lift PDO - Classic and Screw
PDO threads
– First Lift PDO – Classic and Screw –
skin revitalisation and firming
What are First Lift PDO threads – 2 Generation?
Absorbable First Lift PDO threads are one of the most effective among currently available on the beauty market, non-invasive, tissue revitalising methods which successfully correct any part of the body.
These threads are made of absorbable PDO (polydioxanone) material, being a strong synthetic monofilament thread.
Clinical studies have proved that PDO enhances the process of neocollagenesis, meaning stimulation of collagen production. At the same time, energised by PDO fibroblasts cause the increase of both the level of elasticin and natural hyaluronic acid.
First Lift PDO is a treatment of little invasiveness and is dedicated for correction of firmness in such areas like forehead, cheeks, around the mouth, face oval, crow’s feet, neck and décolletage.
What does the procedure look like?
During a sterile procedure, the doctor injects a unique conductor needle with the thread inserted inside into the target skin area. The treatment is performed under local anaesthetic, lasts for about 15-20 minutes and is practically painless. Immediately after the procedure patient leaves the clinic.
Why First Lift PDO?
Natural effects
Effective regeneration
Entirely absorbable ingredients
Little invasiveness – no incisions
Gradual reconstruction of lost collagen
Local anaesthesia
Short recovery time
EFFECTS:
– skin revitalisation
– tissue relaxation
– stimulation of collagen synthesis
– face regains its radiant appearance
EFFECTS:
VISIBLE IMPROVEMENT IN SKIN DENSITY AND TIGHTNESS
anti-ageing effect
Strong revitalising action after a few weeks: +48%
SOFT SKIN LIFTING
As a result of skin tightening
COLLAGEN AND ELASTICIN RECONSTRUCTION
Strong stimulating effects: +76% ↑ in the amount of collagen
SOFTENING OF SMALL WRINKLES
Reconstruction of damaged and atonic skin
How long do the effects last?
The threads dissolve after about 6-8 months, while the implantation effects last for about 12-18 months.
Can First Lift PDO thread lift be combined with other treatments?
Yes, First Lift PDO thread lift can be combined with botulinum toxin, hyaluronic acid and other treatments. The doctor in charge of the treatment will decide about the time intervals between particular procedures.
Who performs the treatment?
The procedure is performed by a medical doctor, experienced in the use of First Lift PDO threads – medical doctor Dagmara Misiek-Cyrwus
| Price |
(1 thread) First Lift-2 Generation face/neck/décolletage |
25€ |
|
SCREW-2 Generation face/neck/décolletage |
35€ |
| Duration |
|
about 15-20 min. |
| Anaesthesia |
|
yes |
To ensure you with comfort and safety, each product is opened in the patient’s presence and expiration date of the product is presented. Thus we guarantee that the products used during the procedure are original and of the highest quality.
6. Skinboosters® - skin revitalisation
HYALURONIC ACID
Restylane®, Juvederm®, Teosyal®, Revofil®
Skinboosters®-
skin revitalisation
Youth and beauty is always associated with smooth, pleasant to the touch, hydrated, tight and flexible skin. Unfortunately, it is our skin that first reveals the signs of ageing. Aesthetic medicine offers a solution for the problem of skin ageing. The most up-to-date skin revitalisation method are Skinboosters® treatments.
What are Skinboosters® treatments?
Skinboosters are innovative treatments dedicated for skin revitalisation. They are hyaluronic acid products, which maintain a proper level of skin hydration, giving it elasticity and firmness, fresh look and natural vitality.
Skinboosters treatments are effective alternative to non-stabilised hyaluronic acid mesotherapy. Regarding slow disintegration of hyaluronic acid stabilising bonds, Skinboosters preparations guarantee long lasting effects. The treatment involves a series of microinjections performed with a very fine needle and is administered under topical anaesthesia with the Emla cream. Right after the session patients can resume their regular activities – rarely, but there might appear small bruises resulting from the microinjections, which revert spontaneously.
How long does the Skinboosters treatment last?
The procedure lasts about 30 minutes.
What is the Skinboosters treatment protocol?
For optimal, long-lasting effect, three initial treatment sessions with 3 to 4 weeks apart are recommended. To obtain a lasting effect it is advised to repeat the treatment cycle every 6 months. In younger patients one treatment every six months is enough.
What are the effects of Skinboosters?
Skinboosters treatments provide lasting moisture and improve the skin’s structure. Additionally, they restore the skin’s firmness and elasticity, eliminating small lines, giving smoother, brighter and radiant skin.
What are the Skinboosters treatment areas?
Skinboosters treatments can be used to revitalise the skin of the whole body, especially in the areas which are regarded as hard to improve.
-
sensitive skin around the eyes
-
sensitive area around the mouth
-
delicate skin of cheeks
-
thin skin of the neck
-
sensitive décolletage skin
-
the dorsal (outer) parts of hands
Who can benefit from Skinboosters treatments?
Skinboosters treatments are dedicated to patients who wish to improve the skin’s quality and restore its young look. They are especially recommended to women whose skin is overdried caused by long exposure to the sun or air conditioning.
What are the advantages of Skinboosters treatments?
Skin revitalisation with Skinboosters products result in very natural and smooth skin appearance. The skin receives long-lasting hydration, elasticity and tightness, restores its radiance, looks young and healthy. With Skinboosters treatment we do not have to be afraid of the mask-like effect. If we also consider its non-invasive character and minimum recovery time before resuming regular daily activities, Skinboosters becomes one of the best modern methods of skin revitalisation.
Can Skinboosters be combined with other treatments?
The treatment may be combined with botulin toxin treatments, threads and others. The doctor in charge of the treatment will decide about the time intervals between particular procedures.
Who performs the treatment?
The procedure is performed by a medical doctor, experienced in the application of Skinboosters preparations – Dagmara Misiek-Cyrwus
| Price Skinboosters |
Vital Light 1ml |
159€ |
|
Vital 1ml |
185€ |
| Duration |
|
about 60 min. |
| Anaesthesia |
|
yes |
To ensure you with comfort and safety, each product is opened in the patient’s presence and expiration date of the product is presented. Thus we guarantee that the products used during the procedure are original and of the highest quality.
CREPEY, LOOSE LOWER EYELID SKIN
1. Face / Body mesotherapy
MEDICAL NEEDLE MESOTHERAPY
Teosyal Redensity I®, Juvederm Hydrate®,
Light Eyes®, White In®, RRS HA®
FACE/BODY MESOTHERAPY
hydration/nutrition/tightening
Needle mesotherapy is one of the most often recommended rejuvenating treatments. They are dedicated for prevention, correction and reduction of the effects skin ageing. Needle mesotherapy treatments prevent, smooth and eliminate small facial lines, deeply hydrate the skin and make it look radiant and spectacularly glowing.
Regular performance of needle mesotherapy provides long lasting effect of healthy looking skin.
EFFECTS OF MESOTHERAPY:
- hydration and stimulation
- skin regeneration
- improvement of skin tightness
- anti-ageing effect
- skin biorevitalisation
- collagen and elasticin reconstruction
- softening of small wrinkles
- neutralization of free radicals
Why mesotherapy?
- minimally invasive treatment
- subtle and natural effects
- intensive and long-lasting skin hydration
- delaying the skin ageing process
What does the procedure look like?
With the use of a very fine needle the doctor injects the product into the target skin area that we want to biorevitalise. Before the treatment, the skin is numbed with topical anaesthetic – the Emla cream. The whole procedure lasts for about 15-20 minutes.
How many treatments are needed?
Number and frequency of treatments depends on patient’s age and skin condition. In young patients with no or very first signs of skin ageing mesotherapy is applied preventively. Then, to reverse the process of wrinkle formation it is enough to have 1 treatment every 4-6 months.
In case of mature skin with visible signs of skin ageing it is recommended to take a series of a few treatments (about 3-6 every 2-4 weeks).
In patients with very mature skin, smoker’s or damaged skin, frequency of treatments can be increased.
What are mesotherapy medications?
Currently, the most popular face mesotherapy preparations are cocktails (based on hyaluronic acid and/or organic silica combined with various skin biorevitalising complexes.
INDICATIONS
- dry, dehydrated skin
- lax skin with lost elasticity
- young skin – first symptoms of ageing
- mature skin with signs of ageing
- smoker’s skin
Who performs the treatment?
The procedure is performed by a medical doctor, experienced in mesotherapy – medical doctor Dagmara Misiek-Cyrwus
In our clinic we perform treatments based on the highest quality mesotherapy products:
Teosyal Redensity I, Teoxane (Switzerland)
RRS® HA, Aesthetic Dermal (Spain)
Juvederm Hydrate®, Allergan (France)
Teosyal REDENSITY I®
New treatment providing skin radiance. The treatment helps to restore the skin’s structure and strengthens its ability to reflect light.
A simple, effective protocol in 3 sessions at 3 week intervals.
PROPRIETARY FORMULA:
– HYALURONIC ACID 15mg/g – improvement of skin hydration and density
– SKIN RESTORATION COMPLEX
8 amino acids (arginine, glycine, lysine, proline, threonine, isoleucine, valine, leucine)
3 antioxidants (glutathione, lime acid, N-acetyl-L-cysteine)
2 minerals (zinc and copper)
1 vitamin (B6 – antiallergic)
selected according to compatibility. Effective combination supporting the skin regeneration process.
They stimulate production of collagen and elastin fibres, are necessary in DNA synthesis, regulate the process of healing and reconstruction of tissues.
– LIDOCAINE – ensures comfort during injection
EFFECTS:
VISIBLE IMPROVEMENT IN SKIN DENSITY AND HYDRATION
CELLULAR RECONSTRUCTION AND REGENERATION
Epidermal cohesive effect: + 98% collagen IV
Tightening effect: + 26% of fibrillin 1
ANTIOXIDANT PROTECTION
– 28% on an oxidation marker
SKIN HYDRATION
14 times more acid GAGs
WRINKLE SOFTENING
+20% after the 1st session and +83% after the 3rd session
RRS® HA Injectable
Cocktail of hyaluronic acid and biorevitalising complex for face and body
Active ingredients:
hyaluronic acid 6mg/ml
10 vitamins (vit. A, B1, B2, B3, B5, B6, B12, C, E, B9)
3 fatty acids (oleic acid, linoleic acid, linolenic acid)
2 coenzymes (NAD, NADP)
12 antioxidants (ascorbic acid, phytic acid, lime acid,
carnosine acid, chlorogenic acid, rosemarinic acid, taurine, theanine,
tocopherol, gallic acid, ferulic acid, caffeic acid)
11 polyphenols (quercetin, hesperidin, resveratrol, catechin,
epicatechin, procyanidin, viniferin, pycnogenol)
21 aminoacids (arginine, glutamine, leucine, taurine,
methionine, phenylalanine, isoleucine, lysine, hydroxyproline,
theanine, serine, glutamine, histidine, glycine, threonine,
alanine, asparaginic acid, glutaminic acid)
13 microelements (zinc, copper, potassium, calcium, iron,
magnesium, phosphor, sodium, manganese, selenium, silica, cobalt, chrome)
3 terpenes (linalool, borneol, cineole)
EFFECTS:
VISIBLE IMPROVEMENT IN SKIN DENSITY AND HYDRATION
INCREASED HYDRATION EFFECT
Cumulative results
SOFTENING OF SMALL WRINKLES
Dermal redensification effect
INTENSIVE REGENERATION OF MATURE SKIN
Strong nourishment
RRS® Hyalift 35mg and 75mg
clear non-stabilised hyaluronic acid of high concentration 7mg/ml and 15mg/ml for skin hydration
Juvéderm® Hydrate
clear non-stabilised hyaluronic acid 13mg/ml for skin hydration with 0,9% mannitol, which prolongs the hydration effect
A simple, effective protocol in 3 sessions at 3 week intervals.
Hydrolifting Juvéderm® HYDRATE is a new generation treatment designed to hydrate the deepest layers of the skin and improve its elasticity. Although Juvéderm® HYDRATE works in dermal/epidermal junction it is not classified as a filler. It is a treatment specifically designed to improve the skin condition in the areas that are often susceptible to sun damage and the signs of ageing (face, neck, décolletage and hands). A unique feature of Juvéderm® HYDRATE is a specially developed formula, where a low molecular weight (smooth and uniform), non-cross-linked hyaluronic acid is enriched with mannitol, a substance that affects slow degradation of hyaluronic acid in the skin and additionally is a strong antioxidant.
This formula guarantees hydration of deep skin layers and makes the minor skin folds and wrinkles less visible. The skin looks healthy, fresh and silky to the touch. It becomes remarkably hydrated and more elastic. As a result, the treated area is refreshed, the skin regains its natural, youthful glow, while the face looks cheerful and bright.
Based on research and experience, aesthetic medicine specialists confirm that Juvéderm® HYDRATE belongs to one of the best tolerated skin hydrating treatments.
| Price |
Teosyal Redensity I face/body |
580PLN |
|
RRS HA Injectable face/body |
320PLN |
|
RRS Hyalift face/body |
250PLN |
|
Juvederm Hydrate face/body |
600PLN |
| Duration |
|
about 60 min. |
| Anaesthesia |
|
yes |
To ensure you with comfort and safety, each product is opened in the patient’s presence and expiration date of the product is presented. Thus we guarantee that the products used during the procedure are original and of the highest quality.
2. Mimic wrinkles
Botulin toxin
MIMIC WRINKLES (EXPRESSION LINES) OF THE LOWER AND UPPER PARTS OF THE FACE
(Botox®, Azzalure®, Boccouture®)
What are mimic wrinkles?
The ageing process is accompanied by formation of static and mimic wrinkles, the latter also called expression lines.
Static wrinkles are caused by the loss of skin original volume (e.g. nasolabial folds). Mimic wrinkles are the effect of excessive activity of facial expression muscles – e.g. horizontal forehead lines or crow’s feet.
Why are expression lines formed?
When a human face shows emotions, the muscles shrink causing the development of wrinkles and lines. Similarly, the same happens, when we smile, squint or concentrate.
With the passage of time, when our skin loses its elasticity, wrinkles deepen and become permanent (not only during grimacing, but also when we relax). And so, for example, lines between eyebrows make us look as if we were angry, even though we are not.
How can we prevent the process?
Botulinum toxin type A, when injected into the muscles responsible for wrinkles, helps them relax, causes that the lines and folds soften and gives your face more refreshed look.
| BOTOX® is the first in the world, most profoundly analysed botulinum toxin widely accepted for the application in the treatment of hyperhidrosis. |
INDICATIONS
- horizontal forehead wrinkles (horizontal lines on the forehead)
- lion’s wrinkles (vertical lines between the eyebrows, make the face look fierce)
- crow’s feet (wrinkles around the eyes)
- wrinkles of the lower eyelids
- drooping eyebrows (sad and tired appearance)
- wrinkles on the nose (bunny lines)
- nose tip raising
- drooping mouth corners (sad appearance)
- smoker’s wrinkles (wrinkles around the mouth)
- granular (or dimpled) chin
- gummy smile
- face oval
- neck and décolletage wrinkles
Why botulin toxin?
Natural aesthetic effect
Tailoring the treatment effect to individual patient’s expectations
Possibility of subtle correction of facial expression
Spectacular improvement with minimal invasiveness
Patients may resume their regular activities right after the treatment
Visible effects already within the first week following botulin injection
Safe, confirmed with multicentre clinical studies all over the world
The treatment has been appreciated for over 20 years
Who can benefit from treatment with botulinum toxin?
The treatment is successfully applied in patients with present expression lines of various degree of severity. However, it can also be a preventative treatment, maintaining firm skin in patients with or without the first signs of skin ageing. Then only minimal doses are used to obtain the most subtle and discrete effect.
When are the first effects visible?
First results are noticeable after about 2-3 days, while full effect can be admired about a week from the procedure.
| BOTOX® has been appreciated already for over 20 years now as a result of experience and safety of use. |
What does the procedure look like?
During the procedure, the doctor, using a very fine needle, injects small doses of botulinum toxin into the particular muscle responsible for the formation of a certain wrinkle. The treatment is practically painless, though in pain sensitive patients the target skin area can be numbed with local anaesthetic (Emla cream). After about 7-14 days patients come for a follow-up consultation, when the final, desired effect is being perfected.
EFFECTS:
| VISIBLE FACE REJUVENATION AND NATURAL APPEARANCE |
Reduction of sweat secretion in the affected area: up to 100%
Reduction of sweat secretion in the affected area: up to 100%
Depending on patients’ desires, wrinkles are softened proportionately to their expectations.
Reduction of sweat secretion in the affected area: up to 100%
The face looks relaxed
Reduction of sweat secretion in the affected area: up to 100%
On the 30th day following the treatment – 90% of patients
On the 120th day – 86% of patients
How long does the effect last?
The results last for about 4-6 months.
After this period facial expression and muscle activity returns. Although, formation of lines and wrinkles caused by the contraction of those muscles develops much later. And so, despite activation of facial expression the face still remains smoothed and the treatment effects are visible.
The procedure should not be administered more often than every three months.
Is the procedure safe?
Yes. Botulinum toxin injection is currently the most often performed aesthetic medicine treatment. Being present on the beauty market for over 20 years it is one the most appreciated treatments among patients. In order to prevent any possible adverse effects it should always be performed by a medical doctor.
Can botulinum toxin be combined with other treatments?
The procedure may be applied together with other aesthetic medicine treatments, like hyaluronic acid, threads and others. The doctor in charge of the treatment will decide about the time intervals between particular procedures.
Who performs the treatment?
The procedure is performed by a medical doctor, experienced in the use of botulinum toxin – Dagmara Misiek-Cyrwus
In our clinic we perform treatments based on the highest quality botulinum toxin products:
Botox® from Allergan (Irland)
Azzalure® from Galderma (UK)
Boccouture® from Merz (Germany)
| Price |
horizontal forehead wrinkles |
from 45 € |
|
lion’s wrinkles from |
75€ |
|
crow’s feet from |
50€ |
|
wrinkles of the lower eyelids |
35€ |
|
brow lift |
50€ |
|
wrinkles on the nose (bunny lines) |
from 35€ |
|
nose tip raising |
35€ |
|
drooping mouth corners |
50€ |
|
smoker’s lines |
35€ |
|
granular (or dimpled) chin |
45€ |
|
gummy smile |
35€ |
|
face oval (Nefretete Lift) |
from 50€ |
| Duration |
|
about 15 min. |
| Anaesthesia |
|
no/yes |
| Touch up after about 7-14 days |
|
is included in the price of the treatment |
To ensure you with comfort and safety, each product is opened in the patient’s presence and expiration date of the product is presented. Thus we guarantee that the products used during the procedure are original and of the highest quality.
3. Medical peelings
MEDICAL PEELINGS
Properties:
Medical peelings are currently the most often applied procedures in aesthetic medicine clinics.
| Medical peelings are effective and delicate solution for problematic skin |
They are suitable even for very sensitive complexion or for skin with dilated blood capillaries – depending on particular skin problem and type the doctor indicates appropriate composition of medical peeling.
Its effect is soothed and hydrated skin with improved firmness. Such properties are the effect of anti-oxidative properties, which protect the skin against harmful effects of free radicals.
The treatments improve condition of the skin, which results in more tight, hydrated and brightened complexion. Such therapy plays an important role in skin anti-ageing prevention.
Delicate skin flaking starts 3-5 days after the session. During this period of time, it is advised to deeply moisturise the skin and protect it against the UV rays.
What is the action of medical peels?
Sebum control and balancing action – controls and balances the amount of sebum, penetrating into hair follicle and reducing Propionibacterium acnes populations, in this way eliminating spots and blackheads
Whitening action – sun spots, postinflammatory discolouration and dark circles under eyes are reduced by about 50% after a month of therapy
High skin restructuring capacity – high skin ability for the synthesis of collagen, elastin and GAGs.
INDICATIONS
- seborrheic or acne skin
- acne
- rosacea
- uneven pigmentation and spots
- wrinkles and symptoms of photoageing
BEFORE THE TREATMENT: to intensify the effect of the procedure, for 1-2 weeks before the treatment we can use lower concentration AHA products, remembering not to irritate the skin
AFTER THE PROCEDURE
– the skin should be soothed
– it is recommended to use sun-protective creams SPV>30+
– patients should definitely avoid sunbathing or solarium for about 2 weeks
Can medical peels be combined with other treatments?
Medical peelings are successfully applied in with botulinum toxin treatments, hyaluronic acid, absorbable threads and others. The doctor in charge of the treatment will decide about the time intervals between particular procedures.
How often can the treatment be performed?
The procedure may be repeated every 14-21 days.
For best results, 4-6 treatments are recommended.
Who performs the treatment?
The procedure is performed by a medical doctor, experienced in the use of medical peelings – Dagmara Misiek-Cyrwus
| Price |
|
180 PLN |
| Duration |
|
about 30 min. |
| Anaeshesia |
|
no |
To ensure you with comfort and safety, each product is opened in the patient’s presence and expiration date of the product is presented. Thus we guarantee that the products used during the procedure are original and of the highest quality.
4. PDO threads - First Lift PDO - Classic and Screw
PDO threads
– First Lift PDO – Classic and Screw –
skin revitalisation and firming
What are First Lift PDO threads – 2 Generation?
Absorbable First Lift PDO threads are one of the most effective among currently available on the beauty market, non-invasive, tissue revitalising methods which successfully correct any part of the body.
These threads are made of absorbable PDO (polydioxanone) material, being a strong synthetic monofilament thread.
Clinical studies have proved that PDO enhances the process of neocollagenesis, meaning stimulation of collagen production. At the same time, energised by PDO fibroblasts cause the increase of both the level of elasticin and natural hyaluronic acid.
First Lift PDO is a treatment of little invasiveness and is dedicated for correction of firmness in such areas like forehead, cheeks, around the mouth, face oval, crow’s feet, neck and décolletage.
What does the procedure look like?
During a sterile procedure, the doctor injects a unique conductor needle with the thread inserted inside into the target skin area. The treatment is performed under local anaesthetic, lasts for about 15-20 minutes and is practically painless. Immediately after the procedure patient leaves the clinic.
Why First Lift PDO?
Natural effects
Effective regeneration
Entirely absorbable ingredients
Little invasiveness – no incisions
Gradual reconstruction of lost collagen
Local anaesthesia
Short recovery time
EFFECTS:
– skin revitalisation
– tissue relaxation
– stimulation of collagen synthesis
– face regains its radiant appearance
EFFECTS:
VISIBLE IMPROVEMENT IN SKIN DENSITY AND TIGHTNESS
anti-ageing effect
Strong revitalising action after a few weeks: +48%
SOFT SKIN LIFTING
As a result of skin tightening
COLLAGEN AND ELASTICIN RECONSTRUCTION
Strong stimulating effects: +76% ↑ in the amount of collagen
SOFTENING OF SMALL WRINKLES
Reconstruction of damaged and atonic skin
How long do the effects last?
The threads dissolve after about 6-8 months, while the implantation effects last for about 12-18 months.
Can First Lift PDO thread lift be combined with other treatments?
Yes, First Lift PDO thread lift can be combined with botulinum toxin, hyaluronic acid and other treatments. The doctor in charge of the treatment will decide about the time intervals between particular procedures.
Who performs the treatment?
The procedure is performed by a medical doctor, experienced in the use of First Lift PDO threads – medical doctor Dagmara Misiek-Cyrwus
| Price |
(1 thread) First Lift-2 Generation face/neck/décolletage |
25€ |
|
SCREW-2 Generation face/neck/décolletage |
35€ |
| Duration |
|
about 15-20 min. |
| Anaesthesia |
|
yes |
To ensure you with comfort and safety, each product is opened in the patient’s presence and expiration date of the product is presented. Thus we guarantee that the products used during the procedure are original and of the highest quality.
5. Skinboosters® - skin revitalisation
HYALURONIC ACID
Restylane®, Juvederm®, Teosyal®, Revofil®
Skinboosters®-
skin revitalisation
Youth and beauty is always associated with smooth, pleasant to the touch, hydrated, tight and flexible skin. Unfortunately, it is our skin that first reveals the signs of ageing. Aesthetic medicine offers a solution for the problem of skin ageing. The most up-to-date skin revitalisation method are Skinboosters® treatments.
What are Skinboosters® treatments?
Skinboosters are innovative treatments dedicated for skin revitalisation. They are hyaluronic acid products, which maintain a proper level of skin hydration, giving it elasticity and firmness, fresh look and natural vitality.
Skinboosters treatments are effective alternative to non-stabilised hyaluronic acid mesotherapy. Regarding slow disintegration of hyaluronic acid stabilising bonds, Skinboosters preparations guarantee long lasting effects. The treatment involves a series of microinjections performed with a very fine needle and is administered under topical anaesthesia with the Emla cream. Right after the session patients can resume their regular activities – rarely, but there might appear small bruises resulting from the microinjections, which revert spontaneously.
How long does the Skinboosters treatment last?
The procedure lasts about 30 minutes.
What is the Skinboosters treatment protocol?
For optimal, long-lasting effect, three initial treatment sessions with 3 to 4 weeks apart are recommended. To obtain a lasting effect it is advised to repeat the treatment cycle every 6 months. In younger patients one treatment every six months is enough.
What are the effects of Skinboosters?
Skinboosters treatments provide lasting moisture and improve the skin’s structure. Additionally, they restore the skin’s firmness and elasticity, eliminating small lines, giving smoother, brighter and radiant skin.
What are the Skinboosters treatment areas?
Skinboosters treatments can be used to revitalise the skin of the whole body, especially in the areas which are regarded as hard to improve.
-
sensitive skin around the eyes
-
sensitive area around the mouth
-
delicate skin of cheeks
-
thin skin of the neck
-
sensitive décolletage skin
-
the dorsal (outer) parts of hands
Who can benefit from Skinboosters treatments?
Skinboosters treatments are dedicated to patients who wish to improve the skin’s quality and restore its young look. They are especially recommended to women whose skin is overdried caused by long exposure to the sun or air conditioning.
What are the advantages of Skinboosters treatments?
Skin revitalisation with Skinboosters products result in very natural and smooth skin appearance. The skin receives long-lasting hydration, elasticity and tightness, restores its radiance, looks young and healthy. With Skinboosters treatment we do not have to be afraid of the mask-like effect. If we also consider its non-invasive character and minimum recovery time before resuming regular daily activities, Skinboosters becomes one of the best modern methods of skin revitalisation.
Can Skinboosters be combined with other treatments?
The treatment may be combined with botulin toxin treatments, threads and others. The doctor in charge of the treatment will decide about the time intervals between particular procedures.
Who performs the treatment?
The procedure is performed by a medical doctor, experienced in the application of Skinboosters preparations – Dagmara Misiek-Cyrwus
| Price Skinboosters |
Vital Light 1ml |
159€ |
|
Vital 1ml |
185€ |
| Duration |
|
about 60 min. |
| Anaesthesia |
|
yes |
To ensure you with comfort and safety, each product is opened in the patient’s presence and expiration date of the product is presented. Thus we guarantee that the products used during the procedure are original and of the highest quality.
DROOPING UPPER EYELID
1. PDO thread with cogs - First Lift BARB and BARB 4D
LIFTING THREADS
Silhouette-soft®, First Lift PDO®, Happy Lift PDO®
PDO thread with cogs
– First Lift BARB and BARB 4D
lifting of the lower parts of the face, neck and eyebrows
What are PDO First Lift, BARB and BARB 4D?
Absorbable PDO First Lift BARB and BARB 4D threads are one of the most spectacular non-invasive tissue lifting methods currently available on the beauty market. They effectively correct lower parts of the face, eyebrows and neck.
These threads are made of absorbable PDO (polydioxanone) material, being a strong synthetic monofilament thread. They come with specially designed microscopic hooks (barbs) with unique length and space between single barbs, enabling the lifting effect. Once implanted, the threads act like a new scaffolding for flabby tissues.
In BARB 4D threads, the barbs extend in four dimensions around the suture, in this way even more intensifying the supporting results.
Moreover, PDO enhances the process of neocollagenesis, meaning stimulation of collagen production. At the same time, energised by PDO fibroblasts cause the increase of both the level of elasticin and natural hyaluronic acid.
First Lift BARB and BARB 4D threads both intensively revitalise and and lift soft tissues.
What does the procedure look like?
During a sterile procedure the doctor injects a unique conductor needle with the thread inserted inside into the target skin area. The treatment is performed under local anaesthetic, lasts for about 15-20 minutes and is practically painless. Immediately after the procedure patient leaves the clinic.
Why PDO First Lift, BARB and BARB 4D?
Natural effects
Effective regeneration
Unique bidirectional cogs
High capacity of tissue elevation
Entirely absorbable ingredients
Little invasiveness – no incisions
Gradual reconstruction of lost collagen
Local anaesthesia
Short recovery time
EFFECTS:
– strong lifting
– stimulation of collagen synthesis
– face regains natural proportions
EFFECTS:
VISSIBLE TISSUE RAISING AND IMPROVEMENT OF SKIN DENSITY
Intensive tissue elevating action
As a result of skin tightening
| COLLAGEN AND ELASTICIN RECONSTRUCTION |
Strong stimulating effects
| SOFTENING OF SMALL WRINKLES |
Reconstruction of damaged and atonic skin
How long do the effects last?
The threads dissolve after about 6-8 months, while the implantation effects last for about 18 months.
Can First Lift PDO be combined with other treatments?
Yes, First Lift PDO can be combined with botulinum toxin, hyaluronic acid and other treatments. The doctor in charge of the treatment will decide about the time intervals between particular procedures.
Who performs the treatment?
The procedure is performed by a medical doctor, experienced in the use of First Lift PDO threads – medical doctor Dagmara Misiek-Cyrwus
| Price (1 thread) |
First Lift-2 face/neck |
100€ |
|
First Lift BARB 4D face/neck |
125€ |
| Duration |
|
about 15-20 min. |
| Anaesthesia |
|
yes |
To ensure you with comfort and safety, each product is opened in the patient’s presence and expiration date of the product is presented. Thus we guarantee that the products used during the procedure are original and of the highest quality.
2. Cone threads - Silhouette Soft (8-12-16 cones)
LIFTING THREADS
Silhouette Soft®, First Lift PDO®, Happy Lift PDO®
Cone threads –
– Silhouette Soft (8-12-16 cones) –
lifting of cheeks/lower face parts and eyebrows
What are Silhouette Soft® threads?
Silhouette Soft® is a safe alternative for people, who, for various reasons, are not ready yet for surgical lifting, but already have first visible signs of ageing in the form of sagging soft tissue.
The sutures are made of polylactic and glycolic acid. On their surface there are bidirectional elastic cones, which are anchored in the tissue. Depending on their type, the sutures have 8, 12 or 16 cones. They are entirely absorbable.
It is a procedure of little invasiveness and may correct sagging cheeks, jawline and eyebrows.
What does the procedure look like?
During a sterile procedure, the doctor inserts the suture under the skin using a fine needle. For full patient’s comfort the treatment is performed under local anaesthetic and lasts for about 30-40 minutes. Immediately after the procedure patient leaves the clinic.
Fine needles and elastic cones guarantee comfortable implantation and satisfactory treatment effects.
How is Silhouette Soft® different from other sutures?
Natural effects
Immediate lifting effect
Unique system of elevating tissues with cones
Entirely absorbable ingredients
Little invasiveness – no incisions
Gradual reconstruction of lost collagen
Local anaesthesia
Short recovery time
FDA approved
EFFECTS:
– lifted cheeks
– correction of face oval and the jawline
– brow lift
– restoring appropriate face proportions
How long do the effects last?
Usually, the visible benefits of Silhouette Soft® treatment can last up to 12-18 months.
Can Silhouette Soft® be combined with other treatments?
Silhouette Soft® can be combined with botulinum toxin, hyaluronic acid and other treatments. The doctor in charge of the treatment will decide about the time intervals between particular procedures.
Who performs the treatment?
The procedure is performed by a medical doctor, experienced in the use of Silhouette Soft® – medical doctor Dagmara Misiek-Cyrwus
Silhouette Soft® is produced in Michigan, USA.
| Price |
(1 suture) 8 cones face |
200€ |
|
12 cones – new! face |
215€ |
|
16 cones face/body |
225€ |
| Duration |
|
about 30-40 min. |
| Anaesthesia |
|
yes |
To ensure you with comfort and safety, each product is opened in the patient’s presence and expiration date of the product is presented. Thus we guarantee that the products used during the procedure are original and of the highest quality.
3. Hyaluronic Acid
HYALURONIC ACID
Restylane®, Juvederm®, Teosyal®, Revofil®
filling wrinkles and folds
cheek augmentation
mouth/nose/chin augmentation
dark shadows under the eyes (tear trough area)
Effects:
- cheek augmentation
- nasolabial folds
- drooping mouth corners
- forehead wrinkles
- wrinkles all over the face
- temple hollows
- jawline
- crow’s feet
- lip augmentation
- chin shape correction
- elimination of dark circles under the eyes
Ageing is inevitable and happens to each of us. We can’t make this any different. But we can influence the effects that ageing has on our skin.…
What are facial filling treatments?
Facial filling treatments are successfully applied in patients with lax skin, wrinkles and lost tissue volume resulting from the natural ageing process. Though they also act preventively helping to maintain firm and healthy skin with or without the first signs of ageing. Regardless of patient’s age they also correct possible facial asymmetry or may make the mouth more plump.
Facial dermal fillers are also dedicated to patients with small, narrow or asymmetric lips, who would like to enhance the lip volume according to individual preferences or just hydrate the lips without their augmentation.
Now, irresistibly soft and delicate lips are possible not only in the young people.
They are available for everybody!
Thanks to revolutionary hyaluronic acid fillers dedicated for the lips improvement you can gain subtlest volume, additional softness and smoothness and maintain natural hydration of the skin of the mouth and around it.
We’ll improve your natural beauty, and you’ll enjoy the effects for a long time…
Regardless of their age, these treatments are dedicated to patients with under eye hollows, which give the impression of tired or eyes. The skin in the eye area is very delicate, thin and therefore requires a lot of attention and care. These are our eyes that first reveal our age and condition.
At the beginning, the shadows appear in the corners of your eyes, over time the effect develops to the whole eye contour. In consequence, our eyes become sad and tired while whole face looks a few years older.
Restylane®, Juvederm®, Surgiderm® and Teosyal® are exclusive, highest quality natural dermal fillers which delicately remove signs of ageing or gently improve nature’s imperfections. They are natural and safe products whose effectiveness and safety have been proved by hundreds of clinical studies. Each of them has been so far applied in more than ten to a several dozen millions treatments all over the world, and their number increases every day.
Revofil® is an alternative for patients in whom injectable fillers get quickly absorbed. The preparation is also based on hyaluronic acid, though it also contains appropriately selected biomimetic peptides which prevent the activity of hyaluronidase (enzyme that degrades hyaluronic acid) and inhibit the action of free radicals.
How do dermal fillers work?
Injectable dermal fillers contain hyaluronic acid in the form of a light gel – natural substance present in a human body. They support the skin offering its refreshment and improvement of appearance, regardless of the treatment purpose (smoothing wrinkles, improvement of the face contour, mouth augmentation or just rejuvenation).
Since the skin – or even your desired effects may change over time, a great advantage of dermal fillers is that their effects are fully reversible. It gives the patient freedom of choice concerning maintenance of the effect and a full control over his/her appearance.
We use only the highest quality hyaluronic acid dermal fillers:
Restylane®, Q-Med (Sweden)
Juvederm®, Allergan (France)
Surgiderm®, Allergan (France)
Teosyal®, Teoxane (Switzerland)
Benefits of facial filling treatments:
– hollow cheeks become firm and plump
– nasolabial folds are softened
– drooping mouth corners return to their original position
– forehead wrinkles get smoothed
– wrinkles all over the face become softened
– temporal hollows are reduced
– the jawline contour is redefined
– any facial asymmetry is reduced
Results of hyaluronic acid dermal fillers can be summed up in three words:
safe – natural – effective
Why injectable dermal fillers?
Natural aesthetic effect
Visible rejuvenation and improvement of skin firmness
Restoration of lost skin volume
Subtle correction of face contour and lines
Long lasting effect visible immediately following the treatment
Full and immediate reversibility of the effect
Safe effect, confirmed with clinical research
What does the procedure look like?
After medical consultation, the doctor, with a very fine needle or cannula injects a small amount of light gel into the target skin area. Before the procedure the skin surface is numbed with topical anaesthetic (Emla cream). As most of the preparations contain lidocaine, their injection is practically painless. Immediately following the treatment some patients may experience slight transient swelling or bruising, which go away within a few days. Still, they can resume their normal activities right after the session.
How soon are the effects visible?
Firs effects are visible already immediately after injection of dermal filler.
How long will the effect last?
The duration of effects will depend on the product (its density and level of cross-linking) and individual organism. Average longevity of light and subtle dermal fillers is up to 6 months, for the preparations of medium density up to about 9-12 months and even up to 18 months for innovative volumetric preparations.
Is the procedure safe?
Definitely it is a safe treatment. As hyaluronic acid is naturally present in human body it is 100% biocompatible, does not cause allergic reactions and guarantees long term safety results.
Are all preparations the same?
In the range of Restylane®, Juvederm®, Surgiderm® and Teosyal® products there are various preparations dedicated to certain face areas, with different density for particular facial zone and purposes.
Can the procedure be combined with other treatments?
The treatment may be combined with botulin toxin treatments, threads and others. The doctor in charge of the treatment will decide about the time intervals between particular procedures.
Who performs the treatment?
The procedure is performed by an experienced medical doctor – Dagmara Misiek-Cyrwus
| Price Restylane® |
Restylane, Restylane Perlane 1ml |
299€ |
| Juvederm® |
Ultra 2 0,55ml |
160€ |
|
Ultra 3, Ultra 4 1ml |
299€ |
| Surgiderm® |
18, 24XP, 30 XP, 30 0,8ml |
250€ |
| Teosyal® |
Touch Up 0,5ml |
175€ |
|
First Lines 0,7ml |
210€ |
|
Global Action, Deep Lines 1ml |
299€ |
| Revofil® |
Plus 1ml |
269€ |
|
SubQ 2ml |
449€ |
| Juvederm® |
Voluma 1ml |
275€ |
|
Voluma 2ml |
449€ |
| Teosyal® |
Ultra Deep, Ultimate 1ml |
299€ |
|
Ultimate 2ml |
410€ |
|
Ultimate 3ml |
410€ |
| Duration |
|
about 60 min. |
| Anaesthesia |
|
yes |
To ensure you with comfort and safety, each product is opened in the patient’s presence and expiration date of the product is presented. Thus we guarantee that the products used during the procedure are original and of the highest quality.
4. Calcium Hydroxylapatite
CALCIUM HYDROXYLAPATITE (RADIESSE)
Radiesse is entirely new and innovative dermal filler. Like stabilised hyaluronic acid it gives the effect of immediate filling, but, most of all, unlike other hyaluronic acid based fillers it strongly energises the skin to the production of its own collagen.
As a result, we not only restore the lost tissue volume, but we also improve the skin structure.
Radiesse belongs to one of the safest currently available dermal fillers perfecting the skin volume.
When we start losing face volume and contour…
…it’s time to start Radiesse |
How does Radiesse dermal filler work?
Main ingredient of the preparation is calcium hydroxylapatite – identical with the calcium present in human teeth or bones. When injected subdermally, this substance causes intensive stimulation of fibroblasts – cells responsible for the synthesis of collagen fibres.
Who can benefit from treatment with Radiesse?
The treatment brings very good effects in patients with lost tissue volumetry. However, Radiesse can also be a preventative treatment, maintaining firm skin in patients with or without first signs of skin ageing.
EFFECTS:
- intensive skin firming (effect of rejuvenation, restoration of skin elasticity and flexibility)
- filling of zygomatic area and hollow cheeks (lifting effect)
- filling of nasolabial folds (younger and refreshed appearance)
- correction of marionette lines – drooping mouth corners (cheerful/brighter facial expression)
- elimination of chipmunk cheeks (correction of the jawline and face oval)
- brow lifting (optically enlarged eyes)
- filling the temples (healthier and younger appearance)
- nose shape correction
- chin correction (restoration of natural proportion)
- hands – restoration of skin firmness and elasticity
- neck and décolletage – restoration of skin firmness and elasticity
What makes Radiesse different from other leading dermal fillers?
“V” EFFECT
Increased skin volumetry stimulated by collagen production. |
Natural aesthetic effect
Visible rejuvenation and improvement of skin firmness
Restoration of lost skin volume
Subtle correction of face contour and lines
Stimulation of own collagen production – intensive tissue regeneration
Effect visible immediately following the treatment and lasting for over a year
Safe effect, confirmed with clinical research
FDA approved
Millions of performed treatments all over the world
| Radiessebelongs to one of the safest currently available volumizing dermal fillers. |
How soon are the effects visible?
First effect of Radiesse treatment (like in other hyaluronic acid fillers) is visible immediately upon injection. Yet, intensive stimulation to collagen fibres synthesis and general improvement of the skin condition develops gradually. Typically, noticeable results of collagen volume increase appear already after 2-3 months.
How long does the effect of Radiesse last?
In majority of patients the results may last up to a year or longer.
Is the procedure safe?
Definitely it is a safe treatment. As calcium hydroxylapatite is naturally present in human teeth and bones it is 100% biocompatible, does not cause allergic reaction and guarantees long term safety results.
Can Radiesse be combined with other treatments?
Radiesse may be combined with botulin toxin treatments, hyaluronic acid preparations, threads and others. The doctor in charge of the treatment will decide about the time intervals between particular procedures.
Will high temperature, sunbathing or laser treatments degrade Radiesse?
No, they will not. Contrary to hyaluronic acid dermal fillers Radiesse is not affected by high temperatures. It means that sunbathing, using solarium, sauna or undergoing laser treatment will not influence the effects of Radiesse.
Who performs the treatment?
The procedure is performed by a medical doctor, experienced in the use of Radiesse – Dagmara Misiek-Cyrwus
The product is manufactured by Merz Aesthetics (Germany).
| Price |
0,3ml |
100€ |
|
0,8ml |
250€ |
|
1,5ml |
375€ |
| Duration |
|
about 60 min. |
| Anaesthesia |
|
yes |
To ensure you with comfort and safety, each product is opened in the patient’s presence and expiration date of the product is presented. Thus we guarantee that the products used during the procedure are original and of the highest quality.
DRY FACE SKIN
1. Medical peelings
MEDICAL PEELINGS
Properties:
Medical peelings are currently the most often applied procedures in aesthetic medicine clinics.
| Medical peelings are effective and delicate solution for problematic skin |
They are suitable even for very sensitive complexion or for skin with dilated blood capillaries – depending on particular skin problem and type the doctor indicates appropriate composition of medical peeling.
Its effect is soothed and hydrated skin with improved firmness. Such properties are the effect of anti-oxidative properties, which protect the skin against harmful effects of free radicals.
The treatments improve condition of the skin, which results in more tight, hydrated and brightened complexion. Such therapy plays an important role in skin anti-ageing prevention.
Delicate skin flaking starts 3-5 days after the session. During this period of time, it is advised to deeply moisturise the skin and protect it against the UV rays.
What is the action of medical peels?
Sebum control and balancing action – controls and balances the amount of sebum, penetrating into hair follicle and reducing Propionibacterium acnes populations, in this way eliminating spots and blackheads
Whitening action – sun spots, postinflammatory discolouration and dark circles under eyes are reduced by about 50% after a month of therapy
High skin restructuring capacity – high skin ability for the synthesis of collagen, elastin and GAGs.
INDICATIONS
- seborrheic or acne skin
- acne
- rosacea
- uneven pigmentation and spots
- wrinkles and symptoms of photoageing
BEFORE THE TREATMENT: to intensify the effect of the procedure, for 1-2 weeks before the treatment we can use lower concentration AHA products, remembering not to irritate the skin
AFTER THE PROCEDURE
– the skin should be soothed
– it is recommended to use sun-protective creams SPV>30+
– patients should definitely avoid sunbathing or solarium for about 2 weeks
Can medical peels be combined with other treatments?
Medical peelings are successfully applied in with botulinum toxin treatments, hyaluronic acid, absorbable threads and others. The doctor in charge of the treatment will decide about the time intervals between particular procedures.
How often can the treatment be performed?
The procedure may be repeated every 14-21 days.
For best results, 4-6 treatments are recommended.
Who performs the treatment?
The procedure is performed by a medical doctor, experienced in the use of medical peelings – Dagmara Misiek-Cyrwus
| Price |
|
180 PLN |
| Duration |
|
about 30 min. |
| Anaeshesia |
|
no |
To ensure you with comfort and safety, each product is opened in the patient’s presence and expiration date of the product is presented. Thus we guarantee that the products used during the procedure are original and of the highest quality.
2. Skinboosters® - skin revitalisation
HYALURONIC ACID
Restylane®, Juvederm®, Teosyal®, Revofil®
Skinboosters®-
skin revitalisation
Youth and beauty is always associated with smooth, pleasant to the touch, hydrated, tight and flexible skin. Unfortunately, it is our skin that first reveals the signs of ageing. Aesthetic medicine offers a solution for the problem of skin ageing. The most up-to-date skin revitalisation method are Skinboosters® treatments.
What are Skinboosters® treatments?
Skinboosters are innovative treatments dedicated for skin revitalisation. They are hyaluronic acid products, which maintain a proper level of skin hydration, giving it elasticity and firmness, fresh look and natural vitality.
Skinboosters treatments are effective alternative to non-stabilised hyaluronic acid mesotherapy. Regarding slow disintegration of hyaluronic acid stabilising bonds, Skinboosters preparations guarantee long lasting effects. The treatment involves a series of microinjections performed with a very fine needle and is administered under topical anaesthesia with the Emla cream. Right after the session patients can resume their regular activities – rarely, but there might appear small bruises resulting from the microinjections, which revert spontaneously.
How long does the Skinboosters treatment last?
The procedure lasts about 30 minutes.
What is the Skinboosters treatment protocol?
For optimal, long-lasting effect, three initial treatment sessions with 3 to 4 weeks apart are recommended. To obtain a lasting effect it is advised to repeat the treatment cycle every 6 months. In younger patients one treatment every six months is enough.
What are the effects of Skinboosters?
Skinboosters treatments provide lasting moisture and improve the skin’s structure. Additionally, they restore the skin’s firmness and elasticity, eliminating small lines, giving smoother, brighter and radiant skin.
What are the Skinboosters treatment areas?
Skinboosters treatments can be used to revitalise the skin of the whole body, especially in the areas which are regarded as hard to improve.
-
sensitive skin around the eyes
-
sensitive area around the mouth
-
delicate skin of cheeks
-
thin skin of the neck
-
sensitive décolletage skin
-
the dorsal (outer) parts of hands
Who can benefit from Skinboosters treatments?
Skinboosters treatments are dedicated to patients who wish to improve the skin’s quality and restore its young look. They are especially recommended to women whose skin is overdried caused by long exposure to the sun or air conditioning.
What are the advantages of Skinboosters treatments?
Skin revitalisation with Skinboosters products result in very natural and smooth skin appearance. The skin receives long-lasting hydration, elasticity and tightness, restores its radiance, looks young and healthy. With Skinboosters treatment we do not have to be afraid of the mask-like effect. If we also consider its non-invasive character and minimum recovery time before resuming regular daily activities, Skinboosters becomes one of the best modern methods of skin revitalisation.
Can Skinboosters be combined with other treatments?
The treatment may be combined with botulin toxin treatments, threads and others. The doctor in charge of the treatment will decide about the time intervals between particular procedures.
Who performs the treatment?
The procedure is performed by a medical doctor, experienced in the application of Skinboosters preparations – Dagmara Misiek-Cyrwus
| Price Skinboosters |
Vital Light 1ml |
159€ |
|
Vital 1ml |
185€ |
| Duration |
|
about 60 min. |
| Anaesthesia |
|
yes |
To ensure you with comfort and safety, each product is opened in the patient’s presence and expiration date of the product is presented. Thus we guarantee that the products used during the procedure are original and of the highest quality.
DISCOLOURATION AND SPOTS ON THE FACE
1. Lumenis Quantum – Photorejuvenation
LASER IPL TREATMENTS
Lumenis Quantum
Photorejuvenation
In Krak-Medica we use the Nd:YAG laser with the IPL Quantum platform, introduced by a pioneer in the field of aesthetic medicine, American LUMENIS
Photorejuvenation is a treatment not only improving skin appearance, but also healing its condition. The method biostimulates tissues and has many advantages. It revitalises and whitens the skin. Additionally, photorejuvenation techniques restore the skin’s healthy tone. Laser skin photorejuvenation makes wrinkles less visible. The procedure also positively influences density of the skin.
Thanks to revolutionary IPL Quantum platform by LUMENIS, we have achieved a synergy of effectiveness and safety of the treatment.
Photorejuvenation gives 3 effects in 1 procedure:
– elimination of discolouration and spots
– closing broken capillaries and reduction of erythema
– lifting effect, redensifying and tightening of the whole treatment area
EFFECTS:
SKIN WHITENING
Elimination of discolouration
EVEN SKIN TONE
Closing capillaries
VISIBLE REJUVENATION
Lifting effect
Before the procedure the doctor evaluates the condition of patient’s skin, identifying its biggest problematic issues. On the basis of such examination and the type of patient’s skin, the doctor matches the right parameters for the treatment so that it brings the best effects and at the same time it is safe for the patient. Prior to the treatment the doctor performs a cost-free patch test.
Before the treatment is performed patient’s history is taken, concerning past illnesses, diet, currently taken medications, herbs and other dietary supplements.
How it works
Dilated capillaries close within two weeks. Spots and discolouration disappear up to seven days. The treated skin becomes tight, firm, and redensified, while wrinkles are gradually reduced.
What does the procedure look like?
The procedure usually lasts approximately 30-40 minutes and the exact duration depends on the treated area. Patient puts on safety glasses and then the doctor irradiates the target area with a special handpiece. Since the Lumenis Quantum system uses a unique cooling handpiece, it makes the procedure entirely comfortable. Immediately following the treatment patient may experience slight skin redness, therefore, to soothe and protect the skin, special cool compresses or cooling gels are applied to release excessive heat from the tissue.
Should the treatment be repeated?
To intensify the effect it is recommended to take 3 treatments at 3-4 week intervals.
Thanks to laser method of discolouration treatment patients may resume normal activities right after the IPL therapy session.
Our principle:
For safety of our patients and effectiveness of the treatment, one or a few days before the procedure, we perform a cost-free patch test, aiming at optimal choice of treatment parameters.
Who performs the treatment?
The procedure is performed by a medical doctor, certified to use the Quantum platform – Dagmara Misiek-Cyrwus
| Price |
whole face |
200€ |
|
package of 3 treatments whole face |
450€ |
|
neck |
110€ |
|
décolletage |
125€ |
|
neck+décolletage |
185€ |
|
face + neck + décolletage |
310€ |
| Duration with cooling |
|
about 45 min. |
GOOD TO KNOW:
You should always stay alert when seeing low price of IPL laser treatment.
Before any IPL laser treatment, make sure that the procedure is performed by a medical doctor, while the original equipment manufacturer is a renowned company (European or American). It will help to avoid negative consequences of faulty, low quality devices, such as skin burns or permanent discolouration.
2. Lumenis Quantum - elimination of discolouration and spots
IPL LASER TREATMENTS
Lumenis Quantum
elimination of discolouration and spots
In Krak-Medica we use the Nd:YAG laser with the IPL Quantum platform, introduced by a pioneer in the field of aesthetic medicine, American LUMENIS
Like every year, the issue of skin discolouration comes back in the autumn to colourful women’s magazines and to aesthetic medicine clinics. It is not a surprise, as in the summer the problem escalates, while autumn and winter are ideal to remove or at least visibly reduce the skin imperfections caused by sun exposure.
Types of skin discolouration
Freckles – numerous, irregular spots triggered by exposure to sunlight. Their formation is genetically conditioned.
Melasma – is the most popular reason of patients’ visits in medical offices. It causes irregular, brown, well demarcated patches commonly found on the forehead, cheeks, upper lip in women after 30 years of age. The patches most often develop or intensify during pregnancy, taking oral or patch contraceptives and in cases of various endocrine disorders.
Lentignes – small, round or oval, slightly raised pigmented spots developed mainly after the age of 30 on the face or hands, triggered by excessive sun UV rays exposure.
Postinflammatory discolouration – might develop in the areas of earlier acne lesions, inflammatory disorders, injuries, etc.
What are the causes of skin discolouration?
Hormonal changes in pregnancy, oral contraceptives or all hormonal disorders are potential triggers of skin discolouration. After excessive sun exposure or visits in solarium abnormal high amount of melanin is produced and distributed in the skin.
Thanks to revolutionary IPL Quantum platform by LUMENIS, we have achieved a synergy of effectiveness and safety of the treatment.
How to effectively eliminate skin discolouration?
One of the most popular methods for eliminating discolouration of various origin are IPL treatments. IPL laser treatments – IPL is selectively absorbed by the skin cells containing melanin. High energy of the laser beam causes destruction of the pigmented cells – they “explode” releasing melanin, which is then removed by the cells of immune system.
How it works
Discolouration and spots are being removed with a handpiece emitting light of certain wavelength. This procedure leads to photothermolysis: a process where laser light penetrates into the target discolouration at the same time damaging the cells with excessive pigment. The destroyed cells are then removed during regular exchange of epidermal cells within 6-7 days.
What does the procedure look like?
The procedure usually lasts approximately 30-40 minutes and the exact duration depends on the treated area. Patient puts on safety glasses and then the doctor irradiates the target area with a special handpiece. Since the Lumenis Quantum system uses a unique cooling handpiece, it makes the procedure entirely comfortable. Immediately following the treatment patient may experience slight skin redness, therefore, to soothe and protect the skin, special cool compresses or cooling gels are applied to release excessive heat from the tissue.
Should the treatment be repeated?
With few pigmented skin lesions it is usually enough to undergo 1 session for their full reduction. With numerous spots and more intensive discolouration (especially long-lasting) most probably, 2 or 3 sessions will be necessary. If it is necessary to repeat the procedure, subsequent visit should take place after 3-5 weeks (the doctor will decide about the exact time).
Thanks to the laser method of discolouration treatment patients may resume normal activities right after the IPL therapy session.
Our principle:
For safety of our patients and effectiveness of the treatment, one or a few days before the procedure, we perform a cost-free patch test, aiming at optimal choice of treatment parameters.
Who performs the treatment?
The procedure is performed by a medical doctor, certified to use the Quantum platform – Dagmara Misiek-Cyrwus
| Price |
single spot |
35€ |
|
a few spots |
from 40€ |
|
nose |
60€ |
|
cheeks |
75€ |
|
forehead |
60€ |
|
whole face |
200€ |
|
package of 3 treatments whole face |
450€ |
| Duration with cooling |
|
about 45 min. |
GOOD TO KNOW:
You should always stay alert when seeing low price of IPL laser treatment.
Before any IPL laser treatment, make sure that the procedure is performed by a medical doctor, while the original equipment manufacturer is a renowned company (European or American). It will help to avoid negative consequences of faulty, low quality devices, such as skin burns or permanent discolouration.
3. Medical peeling, Ferulac Peel®, Nomelan Caffeico®
MEDICAL PEELINGS
Properties:
Medical peelings are currently the most often applied procedures in aesthetic medicine clinics.
| Medical peelings are effective and delicate solution for problematic skin |
They are suitable even for very sensitive complexion or for skin with dilated blood capillaries – depending on particular skin problem and type the doctor indicates appropriate composition of medical peeling.
Its effect is soothed and hydrated skin with improved firmness. Such properties are the effect of anti-oxidative properties, which protect the skin against harmful effects of free radicals.
The treatments improve condition of the skin, which results in more tight, hydrated and brightened complexion. Such therapy plays an important role in skin anti-ageing prevention.
Delicate skin flaking starts 3-5 days after the session. During this period of time, it is advised to deeply moisturise the skin and protect it against the UV rays.
What is the action of medical peels?
Sebum control and balancing action – controls and balances the amount of sebum, penetrating into hair follicle and reducing Propionibacterium acnes populations, in this way eliminating spots and blackheads
Whitening action – sun spots, postinflammatory discolouration and dark circles under eyes are reduced by about 50% after a month of therapy
High skin restructuring capacity – high skin ability for the synthesis of collagen, elastin and GAGs.
INDICATIONS
- seborrheic or acne skin
- acne
- rosacea
- uneven pigmentation and spots
- wrinkles and symptoms of photoageing
BEFORE THE TREATMENT: to intensify the effect of the procedure, for 1-2 weeks before the treatment we can use lower concentration AHA products, remembering not to irritate the skin
AFTER THE PROCEDURE
– the skin should be soothed
– it is recommended to use sun-protective creams SPV>30+
– patients should definitely avoid sunbathing or solarium for about 2 weeks
Can medical peels be combined with other treatments?
Medical peelings are successfully applied in with botulinum toxin treatments, hyaluronic acid, absorbable threads and others. The doctor in charge of the treatment will decide about the time intervals between particular procedures.
How often can the treatment be performed?
The procedure may be repeated every 14-21 days.
For best results, 4-6 treatments are recommended.
Who performs the treatment?
The procedure is performed by a medical doctor, experienced in the use of medical peelings – Dagmara Misiek-Cyrwus
| Price |
|
180 PLN |
| Duration |
|
about 30 min. |
| Anaeshesia |
|
no |
To ensure you with comfort and safety, each product is opened in the patient’s presence and expiration date of the product is presented. Thus we guarantee that the products used during the procedure are original and of the highest quality.
MEDICAL PEELINGS
FERULAC PEEL ® ; NOMELAN CAFFEICO ®
Properties of ferulic acid:
Ferulac Peel® and Nomelan Caffeico® are new generation line of products dedicated to skin with signs of photoageing, melasma and discolouration of various origin (hormonal, postinflammatory, after sun). Ferulic acid is nowadays one of the most effective skin whitening treatments.
It controls the activity of tyrosinase, which takes part in the production of melanin.
Additionally, ferulic acid soothes, hydrates and improves the skin firmness, resulting in general skin rejuvenation. Such properties are the effect of anti-oxidative properties, which protect the skin against harmful effects of free radicals.
| The Ferulic acid therapy is one of the newest methods of fight against skin discolouration. |
Unlike other available medical peelings, patient leaves the clinic with a few layers of applied Ferulac Peel. The preparation should then be washed off after the time indicated by the doctor in charge of the treatment, usually it is about 8-12 hours. Intensive skin flaking starts 3-5 days after the session. During this period of time, it is advised to deeply moisturise the skin and protect it against the UV rays.
The procedure is complemented by a retinol mask.
Ferulac Peel treatments improve condition of the skin, which results in more tight, hydrated and brightened complexion. It is also good to realise, that such therapy plays an important role in skin anti-ageing prevention.
How it works
Whitening action – spots and discolouration of various origin are reduced by about 75% after a month
Sebum control and balancing action – controls and stabilises the amount of sebum penetrating into the hair follicle, skin pores are reduced and less visible, skin regains its even tone
Anti-oxidative action – neutralises free radicals and enhances effectiveness of vitamins C and E
INDICATIONS:
- photoageing
- melasma
- discolouration (hormonal, after sun, postinflammatory)
- stretch marks
BEFORE THE TREATMENT: to intensify the effect of the procedure, for 1-2 weeks before the treatment we can use lower concentration AHA products, remembering not to irritate the skin
AFTER THE PROCEDURE
– the skin should be soothed
– it is recommended to use sun-protective creams SPV>30+
– patients should definitely avoid sunbathing or solarium for about 2 weeks
Can botulinum toxin be combined with other treatments?
Medical peelings are successfully applied in with botulinum toxin treatments, hyaluronic acid, absorbable threads and others. The doctor in charge of the treatment will decide about the time intervals between particular procedures.
How often can the treatment be performed?
The procedure may be repeated every 14-28 days.
For best results, 2-4 treatments are recommended.
Who performs the treatment?
The procedure is performed by a medical doctor, experienced in the use of medical peelings – Dagmara Misiek-Cyrwus
| Price |
face |
70€ |
|
décolletage |
70€ |
|
back |
100€ |
|
stretch marks |
from 70€ |
| Duration |
|
8-12 hours Patient goes home |
| Anaeshesia |
|
no |
To ensure you with comfort and safety, each product is opened in the patient’s presence and expiration date of the product is presented. Thus we guarantee that the products used during the procedure are original and of the highest quality.
4. Cosmelan / Dermamelan ®
MEDICAL PEELINGS
COSMELAN / DERMAMELAN ®
Cosmelan/Dermamelan therapy:
Cosmelan/ Dermamelan® are new generation line of products dedicated to skin with signs of photoageing with melasma, freckles and discolouration of various origin (hormonal, postinflammatory, after sun).
Presently, it is the most spectacular therapy in the fight against skin discolouration of various origin – its effectiveness reaches 99%.
| The therapy is one of the newest methods of fight against skin discolouration. |
– Effectiveness of both treatments results from the influence of exceptionally active substances (meaning tyrosinol, kojic acid, phytic acid and arbutin) on tyrosinase which controls the production of natural skin pigment – melanin.
– Cosmelan and Dermamelan protect the epidermal barrier, as they do not contain peeling ingredients which are typical for other preparations.
– They do not photosensitize the skin and as a result may be performed all year round.
– Additionally, the therapy soothes, hydrates and improves the skin firmness, giving generally rejuvenating effect. Such properties result from the presence of three key antioxidants (retinol, vitamins C and E), which protect the skin against the harmful influence of free radicals. The treatments improve condition of the skin, which results in more tight, hydrated and brightened complexion. It is also good to realise, that such therapy plays an important role in skin anti-ageing prevention.
– Immense advantage of the therapy is significant improvement of problematic skin and reduction of skin imperfections, such as seborrhoea, acne, postinflammatory discolouration, blackheads and enlarged pores. Thanks to the presence of salicylic acid, azelaic acid, niacinamide and the extract of liquorice which has anti-inflammatory, antibacterial and balancing properties, the activity of sebaceous glands is normalised, skin pores become less visible and the extraction of sebum is visibly reduced.
The preparation in the form of a yellow mustard colour mask should be washed off after about 8-12 hours. The intensity of treatment to be continued at home, with Cosmelan 2/Dermamelan Treatment products, is established by a doctor, depending on patient’s skin type.
The treatment price includes follow-up medical consultations (about every 7 days).
What are the effects of therapy?
Whitening action – spots and discolouration of various origin are reduced by about 75% after two months of therapy
Skin resurfacing – small lines are reduced, skin pores get permanently smaller, acne scars softened, the skin tight
Sebum control and balancing action – controls and stabilises the amount of sebum penetrating into the hair follicle, reduces skin tendency to the formation of blackheads
Anti-oxidative action – neutralises free radicals and enhances effectiveness of vitamins C and E
INDICATIONS
- photoageing
- melasma
- discolouration (hormonal, after sun, postinflammatory)
- medium-depth wrinkles
- acne scars
BEFORE THE TREATMENT: to intensify the effect of the procedure, for 1-2 weeks before the treatment we can use lower concentration AHA products, remembering not to irritate the skin
AFTER THE PROCEDURE
– the skin should be intensively soothed
– it is recommended to use sun-protective creams SPV>50+
– patients should definitely avoid sunbathing or solarium for about 3 months
Can medical peels be combined with other treatments?
Medical peelings are successfully applied in combination with botulinum toxin treatments, hyaluronic acid, absorbable threads and others. The doctor in charge of the treatment will decide about the time intervals between particular procedures.
Who performs the treatment?
The procedure is performed by a medical doctor, experienced in the use of Cosmelan/Dermamelan- Dagmara Misiek-Cyrwus
| Price |
|
435€ |
| Duration |
|
8-12 hours Patient goes home |
| Anaeshesia |
|
no |
To ensure you with comfort and safety, each product is opened in the patient’s presence and expiration date of the product is presented. Thus we guarantee that the products used during the procedure are original and of the highest quality.
5. Face / Body mesotherapy
MEDICAL NEEDLE MESOTHERAPY
Teosyal Redensity I®, Juvederm Hydrate®,
Light Eyes®, White In®, RRS HA®
FACE/BODY MESOTHERAPY
hydration/nutrition/tightening
Needle mesotherapy is one of the most often recommended rejuvenating treatments. They are dedicated for prevention, correction and reduction of the effects skin ageing. Needle mesotherapy treatments prevent, smooth and eliminate small facial lines, deeply hydrate the skin and make it look radiant and spectacularly glowing.
Regular performance of needle mesotherapy provides long lasting effect of healthy looking skin.
EFFECTS OF MESOTHERAPY:
- hydration and stimulation
- skin regeneration
- improvement of skin tightness
- anti-ageing effect
- skin biorevitalisation
- collagen and elasticin reconstruction
- softening of small wrinkles
- neutralization of free radicals
Why mesotherapy?
- minimally invasive treatment
- subtle and natural effects
- intensive and long-lasting skin hydration
- delaying the skin ageing process
What does the procedure look like?
With the use of a very fine needle the doctor injects the product into the target skin area that we want to biorevitalise. Before the treatment, the skin is numbed with topical anaesthetic – the Emla cream. The whole procedure lasts for about 15-20 minutes.
How many treatments are needed?
Number and frequency of treatments depends on patient’s age and skin condition. In young patients with no or very first signs of skin ageing mesotherapy is applied preventively. Then, to reverse the process of wrinkle formation it is enough to have 1 treatment every 4-6 months.
In case of mature skin with visible signs of skin ageing it is recommended to take a series of a few treatments (about 3-6 every 2-4 weeks).
In patients with very mature skin, smoker’s or damaged skin, frequency of treatments can be increased.
What are mesotherapy medications?
Currently, the most popular face mesotherapy preparations are cocktails (based on hyaluronic acid and/or organic silica combined with various skin biorevitalising complexes.
INDICATIONS
- dry, dehydrated skin
- lax skin with lost elasticity
- young skin – first symptoms of ageing
- mature skin with signs of ageing
- smoker’s skin
Who performs the treatment?
The procedure is performed by a medical doctor, experienced in mesotherapy – medical doctor Dagmara Misiek-Cyrwus
In our clinic we perform treatments based on the highest quality mesotherapy products:
Teosyal Redensity I, Teoxane (Switzerland)
RRS® HA, Aesthetic Dermal (Spain)
Juvederm Hydrate®, Allergan (France)
Teosyal REDENSITY I®
New treatment providing skin radiance. The treatment helps to restore the skin’s structure and strengthens its ability to reflect light.
A simple, effective protocol in 3 sessions at 3 week intervals.
PROPRIETARY FORMULA:
– HYALURONIC ACID 15mg/g – improvement of skin hydration and density
– SKIN RESTORATION COMPLEX
8 amino acids (arginine, glycine, lysine, proline, threonine, isoleucine, valine, leucine)
3 antioxidants (glutathione, lime acid, N-acetyl-L-cysteine)
2 minerals (zinc and copper)
1 vitamin (B6 – antiallergic)
selected according to compatibility. Effective combination supporting the skin regeneration process.
They stimulate production of collagen and elastin fibres, are necessary in DNA synthesis, regulate the process of healing and reconstruction of tissues.
– LIDOCAINE – ensures comfort during injection
EFFECTS:
VISIBLE IMPROVEMENT IN SKIN DENSITY AND HYDRATION
CELLULAR RECONSTRUCTION AND REGENERATION
Epidermal cohesive effect: + 98% collagen IV
Tightening effect: + 26% of fibrillin 1
ANTIOXIDANT PROTECTION
– 28% on an oxidation marker
SKIN HYDRATION
14 times more acid GAGs
WRINKLE SOFTENING
+20% after the 1st session and +83% after the 3rd session
RRS® HA Injectable
Cocktail of hyaluronic acid and biorevitalising complex for face and body
Active ingredients:
hyaluronic acid 6mg/ml
10 vitamins (vit. A, B1, B2, B3, B5, B6, B12, C, E, B9)
3 fatty acids (oleic acid, linoleic acid, linolenic acid)
2 coenzymes (NAD, NADP)
12 antioxidants (ascorbic acid, phytic acid, lime acid,
carnosine acid, chlorogenic acid, rosemarinic acid, taurine, theanine,
tocopherol, gallic acid, ferulic acid, caffeic acid)
11 polyphenols (quercetin, hesperidin, resveratrol, catechin,
epicatechin, procyanidin, viniferin, pycnogenol)
21 aminoacids (arginine, glutamine, leucine, taurine,
methionine, phenylalanine, isoleucine, lysine, hydroxyproline,
theanine, serine, glutamine, histidine, glycine, threonine,
alanine, asparaginic acid, glutaminic acid)
13 microelements (zinc, copper, potassium, calcium, iron,
magnesium, phosphor, sodium, manganese, selenium, silica, cobalt, chrome)
3 terpenes (linalool, borneol, cineole)
EFFECTS:
VISIBLE IMPROVEMENT IN SKIN DENSITY AND HYDRATION
INCREASED HYDRATION EFFECT
Cumulative results
SOFTENING OF SMALL WRINKLES
Dermal redensification effect
INTENSIVE REGENERATION OF MATURE SKIN
Strong nourishment
RRS® Hyalift 35mg and 75mg
clear non-stabilised hyaluronic acid of high concentration 7mg/ml and 15mg/ml for skin hydration
Juvéderm® Hydrate
clear non-stabilised hyaluronic acid 13mg/ml for skin hydration with 0,9% mannitol, which prolongs the hydration effect
A simple, effective protocol in 3 sessions at 3 week intervals.
Hydrolifting Juvéderm® HYDRATE is a new generation treatment designed to hydrate the deepest layers of the skin and improve its elasticity. Although Juvéderm® HYDRATE works in dermal/epidermal junction it is not classified as a filler. It is a treatment specifically designed to improve the skin condition in the areas that are often susceptible to sun damage and the signs of ageing (face, neck, décolletage and hands). A unique feature of Juvéderm® HYDRATE is a specially developed formula, where a low molecular weight (smooth and uniform), non-cross-linked hyaluronic acid is enriched with mannitol, a substance that affects slow degradation of hyaluronic acid in the skin and additionally is a strong antioxidant.
This formula guarantees hydration of deep skin layers and makes the minor skin folds and wrinkles less visible. The skin looks healthy, fresh and silky to the touch. It becomes remarkably hydrated and more elastic. As a result, the treated area is refreshed, the skin regains its natural, youthful glow, while the face looks cheerful and bright.
Based on research and experience, aesthetic medicine specialists confirm that Juvéderm® HYDRATE belongs to one of the best tolerated skin hydrating treatments.
| Price |
Teosyal Redensity I face/body |
580PLN |
|
RRS HA Injectable face/body |
320PLN |
|
RRS Hyalift face/body |
250PLN |
|
Juvederm Hydrate face/body |
600PLN |
| Duration |
|
about 60 min. |
| Anaesthesia |
|
yes |
To ensure you with comfort and safety, each product is opened in the patient’s presence and expiration date of the product is presented. Thus we guarantee that the products used during the procedure are original and of the highest quality.
HOLLOW CHEEKS
1. Hyaluronic Acid
HYALURONIC ACID
Restylane®, Juvederm®, Teosyal®, Revofil®
filling wrinkles and folds
cheek augmentation
mouth/nose/chin augmentation
dark shadows under the eyes (tear trough area)
Effects:
- cheek augmentation
- nasolabial folds
- drooping mouth corners
- forehead wrinkles
- wrinkles all over the face
- temple hollows
- jawline
- crow’s feet
- lip augmentation
- chin shape correction
- elimination of dark circles under the eyes
Ageing is inevitable and happens to each of us. We can’t make this any different. But we can influence the effects that ageing has on our skin.…
What are facial filling treatments?
Facial filling treatments are successfully applied in patients with lax skin, wrinkles and lost tissue volume resulting from the natural ageing process. Though they also act preventively helping to maintain firm and healthy skin with or without the first signs of ageing. Regardless of patient’s age they also correct possible facial asymmetry or may make the mouth more plump.
Facial dermal fillers are also dedicated to patients with small, narrow or asymmetric lips, who would like to enhance the lip volume according to individual preferences or just hydrate the lips without their augmentation.
Now, irresistibly soft and delicate lips are possible not only in the young people.
They are available for everybody!
Thanks to revolutionary hyaluronic acid fillers dedicated for the lips improvement you can gain subtlest volume, additional softness and smoothness and maintain natural hydration of the skin of the mouth and around it.
We’ll improve your natural beauty, and you’ll enjoy the effects for a long time…
Regardless of their age, these treatments are dedicated to patients with under eye hollows, which give the impression of tired or eyes. The skin in the eye area is very delicate, thin and therefore requires a lot of attention and care. These are our eyes that first reveal our age and condition.
At the beginning, the shadows appear in the corners of your eyes, over time the effect develops to the whole eye contour. In consequence, our eyes become sad and tired while whole face looks a few years older.
Restylane®, Juvederm®, Surgiderm® and Teosyal® are exclusive, highest quality natural dermal fillers which delicately remove signs of ageing or gently improve nature’s imperfections. They are natural and safe products whose effectiveness and safety have been proved by hundreds of clinical studies. Each of them has been so far applied in more than ten to a several dozen millions treatments all over the world, and their number increases every day.
Revofil® is an alternative for patients in whom injectable fillers get quickly absorbed. The preparation is also based on hyaluronic acid, though it also contains appropriately selected biomimetic peptides which prevent the activity of hyaluronidase (enzyme that degrades hyaluronic acid) and inhibit the action of free radicals.
How do dermal fillers work?
Injectable dermal fillers contain hyaluronic acid in the form of a light gel – natural substance present in a human body. They support the skin offering its refreshment and improvement of appearance, regardless of the treatment purpose (smoothing wrinkles, improvement of the face contour, mouth augmentation or just rejuvenation).
Since the skin – or even your desired effects may change over time, a great advantage of dermal fillers is that their effects are fully reversible. It gives the patient freedom of choice concerning maintenance of the effect and a full control over his/her appearance.
We use only the highest quality hyaluronic acid dermal fillers:
Restylane®, Q-Med (Sweden)
Juvederm®, Allergan (France)
Surgiderm®, Allergan (France)
Teosyal®, Teoxane (Switzerland)
Benefits of facial filling treatments:
– hollow cheeks become firm and plump
– nasolabial folds are softened
– drooping mouth corners return to their original position
– forehead wrinkles get smoothed
– wrinkles all over the face become softened
– temporal hollows are reduced
– the jawline contour is redefined
– any facial asymmetry is reduced
Results of hyaluronic acid dermal fillers can be summed up in three words:
safe – natural – effective
Why injectable dermal fillers?
Natural aesthetic effect
Visible rejuvenation and improvement of skin firmness
Restoration of lost skin volume
Subtle correction of face contour and lines
Long lasting effect visible immediately following the treatment
Full and immediate reversibility of the effect
Safe effect, confirmed with clinical research
What does the procedure look like?
After medical consultation, the doctor, with a very fine needle or cannula injects a small amount of light gel into the target skin area. Before the procedure the skin surface is numbed with topical anaesthetic (Emla cream). As most of the preparations contain lidocaine, their injection is practically painless. Immediately following the treatment some patients may experience slight transient swelling or bruising, which go away within a few days. Still, they can resume their normal activities right after the session.
How soon are the effects visible?
Firs effects are visible already immediately after injection of dermal filler.
How long will the effect last?
The duration of effects will depend on the product (its density and level of cross-linking) and individual organism. Average longevity of light and subtle dermal fillers is up to 6 months, for the preparations of medium density up to about 9-12 months and even up to 18 months for innovative volumetric preparations.
Is the procedure safe?
Definitely it is a safe treatment. As hyaluronic acid is naturally present in human body it is 100% biocompatible, does not cause allergic reactions and guarantees long term safety results.
Are all preparations the same?
In the range of Restylane®, Juvederm®, Surgiderm® and Teosyal® products there are various preparations dedicated to certain face areas, with different density for particular facial zone and purposes.
Can the procedure be combined with other treatments?
The treatment may be combined with botulin toxin treatments, threads and others. The doctor in charge of the treatment will decide about the time intervals between particular procedures.
Who performs the treatment?
The procedure is performed by an experienced medical doctor – Dagmara Misiek-Cyrwus
| Price Restylane® |
Restylane, Restylane Perlane 1ml |
299€ |
| Juvederm® |
Ultra 2 0,55ml |
160€ |
|
Ultra 3, Ultra 4 1ml |
299€ |
| Surgiderm® |
18, 24XP, 30 XP, 30 0,8ml |
250€ |
| Teosyal® |
Touch Up 0,5ml |
175€ |
|
First Lines 0,7ml |
210€ |
|
Global Action, Deep Lines 1ml |
299€ |
| Revofil® |
Plus 1ml |
269€ |
|
SubQ 2ml |
449€ |
| Juvederm® |
Voluma 1ml |
275€ |
|
Voluma 2ml |
449€ |
| Teosyal® |
Ultra Deep, Ultimate 1ml |
299€ |
|
Ultimate 2ml |
410€ |
|
Ultimate 3ml |
410€ |
| Duration |
|
about 60 min. |
| Anaesthesia |
|
yes |
To ensure you with comfort and safety, each product is opened in the patient’s presence and expiration date of the product is presented. Thus we guarantee that the products used during the procedure are original and of the highest quality.
2. Calcium Hydroxylapatite
CALCIUM HYDROXYLAPATITE (RADIESSE)
Radiesse is entirely new and innovative dermal filler. Like stabilised hyaluronic acid it gives the effect of immediate filling, but, most of all, unlike other hyaluronic acid based fillers it strongly energises the skin to the production of its own collagen.
As a result, we not only restore the lost tissue volume, but we also improve the skin structure.
Radiesse belongs to one of the safest currently available dermal fillers perfecting the skin volume.
When we start losing face volume and contour…
…it’s time to start Radiesse |
How does Radiesse dermal filler work?
Main ingredient of the preparation is calcium hydroxylapatite – identical with the calcium present in human teeth or bones. When injected subdermally, this substance causes intensive stimulation of fibroblasts – cells responsible for the synthesis of collagen fibres.
Who can benefit from treatment with Radiesse?
The treatment brings very good effects in patients with lost tissue volumetry. However, Radiesse can also be a preventative treatment, maintaining firm skin in patients with or without first signs of skin ageing.
EFFECTS:
- intensive skin firming (effect of rejuvenation, restoration of skin elasticity and flexibility)
- filling of zygomatic area and hollow cheeks (lifting effect)
- filling of nasolabial folds (younger and refreshed appearance)
- correction of marionette lines – drooping mouth corners (cheerful/brighter facial expression)
- elimination of chipmunk cheeks (correction of the jawline and face oval)
- brow lifting (optically enlarged eyes)
- filling the temples (healthier and younger appearance)
- nose shape correction
- chin correction (restoration of natural proportion)
- hands – restoration of skin firmness and elasticity
- neck and décolletage – restoration of skin firmness and elasticity
What makes Radiesse different from other leading dermal fillers?
“V” EFFECT
Increased skin volumetry stimulated by collagen production. |
Natural aesthetic effect
Visible rejuvenation and improvement of skin firmness
Restoration of lost skin volume
Subtle correction of face contour and lines
Stimulation of own collagen production – intensive tissue regeneration
Effect visible immediately following the treatment and lasting for over a year
Safe effect, confirmed with clinical research
FDA approved
Millions of performed treatments all over the world
| Radiessebelongs to one of the safest currently available volumizing dermal fillers. |
How soon are the effects visible?
First effect of Radiesse treatment (like in other hyaluronic acid fillers) is visible immediately upon injection. Yet, intensive stimulation to collagen fibres synthesis and general improvement of the skin condition develops gradually. Typically, noticeable results of collagen volume increase appear already after 2-3 months.
How long does the effect of Radiesse last?
In majority of patients the results may last up to a year or longer.
Is the procedure safe?
Definitely it is a safe treatment. As calcium hydroxylapatite is naturally present in human teeth and bones it is 100% biocompatible, does not cause allergic reaction and guarantees long term safety results.
Can Radiesse be combined with other treatments?
Radiesse may be combined with botulin toxin treatments, hyaluronic acid preparations, threads and others. The doctor in charge of the treatment will decide about the time intervals between particular procedures.
Will high temperature, sunbathing or laser treatments degrade Radiesse?
No, they will not. Contrary to hyaluronic acid dermal fillers Radiesse is not affected by high temperatures. It means that sunbathing, using solarium, sauna or undergoing laser treatment will not influence the effects of Radiesse.
Who performs the treatment?
The procedure is performed by a medical doctor, experienced in the use of Radiesse – Dagmara Misiek-Cyrwus
The product is manufactured by Merz Aesthetics (Germany).
| Price |
0,3ml |
100€ |
|
0,8ml |
250€ |
|
1,5ml |
375€ |
| Duration |
|
about 60 min. |
| Anaesthesia |
|
yes |
To ensure you with comfort and safety, each product is opened in the patient’s presence and expiration date of the product is presented. Thus we guarantee that the products used during the procedure are original and of the highest quality.
SAGGING SKIN ON THE FACE, LOSS OF FACIAL PROPORTIONS
1. Hyaluronic Acid
HYALURONIC ACID
Restylane®, Juvederm®, Teosyal®, Revofil®
filling wrinkles and folds
cheek augmentation
mouth/nose/chin augmentation
dark shadows under the eyes (tear trough area)
Effects:
- cheek augmentation
- nasolabial folds
- drooping mouth corners
- forehead wrinkles
- wrinkles all over the face
- temple hollows
- jawline
- crow’s feet
- lip augmentation
- chin shape correction
- elimination of dark circles under the eyes
Ageing is inevitable and happens to each of us. We can’t make this any different. But we can influence the effects that ageing has on our skin.…
What are facial filling treatments?
Facial filling treatments are successfully applied in patients with lax skin, wrinkles and lost tissue volume resulting from the natural ageing process. Though they also act preventively helping to maintain firm and healthy skin with or without the first signs of ageing. Regardless of patient’s age they also correct possible facial asymmetry or may make the mouth more plump.
Facial dermal fillers are also dedicated to patients with small, narrow or asymmetric lips, who would like to enhance the lip volume according to individual preferences or just hydrate the lips without their augmentation.
Now, irresistibly soft and delicate lips are possible not only in the young people.
They are available for everybody!
Thanks to revolutionary hyaluronic acid fillers dedicated for the lips improvement you can gain subtlest volume, additional softness and smoothness and maintain natural hydration of the skin of the mouth and around it.
We’ll improve your natural beauty, and you’ll enjoy the effects for a long time…
Regardless of their age, these treatments are dedicated to patients with under eye hollows, which give the impression of tired or eyes. The skin in the eye area is very delicate, thin and therefore requires a lot of attention and care. These are our eyes that first reveal our age and condition.
At the beginning, the shadows appear in the corners of your eyes, over time the effect develops to the whole eye contour. In consequence, our eyes become sad and tired while whole face looks a few years older.
Restylane®, Juvederm®, Surgiderm® and Teosyal® are exclusive, highest quality natural dermal fillers which delicately remove signs of ageing or gently improve nature’s imperfections. They are natural and safe products whose effectiveness and safety have been proved by hundreds of clinical studies. Each of them has been so far applied in more than ten to a several dozen millions treatments all over the world, and their number increases every day.
Revofil® is an alternative for patients in whom injectable fillers get quickly absorbed. The preparation is also based on hyaluronic acid, though it also contains appropriately selected biomimetic peptides which prevent the activity of hyaluronidase (enzyme that degrades hyaluronic acid) and inhibit the action of free radicals.
How do dermal fillers work?
Injectable dermal fillers contain hyaluronic acid in the form of a light gel – natural substance present in a human body. They support the skin offering its refreshment and improvement of appearance, regardless of the treatment purpose (smoothing wrinkles, improvement of the face contour, mouth augmentation or just rejuvenation).
Since the skin – or even your desired effects may change over time, a great advantage of dermal fillers is that their effects are fully reversible. It gives the patient freedom of choice concerning maintenance of the effect and a full control over his/her appearance.
We use only the highest quality hyaluronic acid dermal fillers:
Restylane®, Q-Med (Sweden)
Juvederm®, Allergan (France)
Surgiderm®, Allergan (France)
Teosyal®, Teoxane (Switzerland)
Benefits of facial filling treatments:
– hollow cheeks become firm and plump
– nasolabial folds are softened
– drooping mouth corners return to their original position
– forehead wrinkles get smoothed
– wrinkles all over the face become softened
– temporal hollows are reduced
– the jawline contour is redefined
– any facial asymmetry is reduced
Results of hyaluronic acid dermal fillers can be summed up in three words:
safe – natural – effective
Why injectable dermal fillers?
Natural aesthetic effect
Visible rejuvenation and improvement of skin firmness
Restoration of lost skin volume
Subtle correction of face contour and lines
Long lasting effect visible immediately following the treatment
Full and immediate reversibility of the effect
Safe effect, confirmed with clinical research
What does the procedure look like?
After medical consultation, the doctor, with a very fine needle or cannula injects a small amount of light gel into the target skin area. Before the procedure the skin surface is numbed with topical anaesthetic (Emla cream). As most of the preparations contain lidocaine, their injection is practically painless. Immediately following the treatment some patients may experience slight transient swelling or bruising, which go away within a few days. Still, they can resume their normal activities right after the session.
How soon are the effects visible?
Firs effects are visible already immediately after injection of dermal filler.
How long will the effect last?
The duration of effects will depend on the product (its density and level of cross-linking) and individual organism. Average longevity of light and subtle dermal fillers is up to 6 months, for the preparations of medium density up to about 9-12 months and even up to 18 months for innovative volumetric preparations.
Is the procedure safe?
Definitely it is a safe treatment. As hyaluronic acid is naturally present in human body it is 100% biocompatible, does not cause allergic reactions and guarantees long term safety results.
Are all preparations the same?
In the range of Restylane®, Juvederm®, Surgiderm® and Teosyal® products there are various preparations dedicated to certain face areas, with different density for particular facial zone and purposes.
Can the procedure be combined with other treatments?
The treatment may be combined with botulin toxin treatments, threads and others. The doctor in charge of the treatment will decide about the time intervals between particular procedures.
Who performs the treatment?
The procedure is performed by an experienced medical doctor – Dagmara Misiek-Cyrwus
| Price Restylane® |
Restylane, Restylane Perlane 1ml |
299€ |
| Juvederm® |
Ultra 2 0,55ml |
160€ |
|
Ultra 3, Ultra 4 1ml |
299€ |
| Surgiderm® |
18, 24XP, 30 XP, 30 0,8ml |
250€ |
| Teosyal® |
Touch Up 0,5ml |
175€ |
|
First Lines 0,7ml |
210€ |
|
Global Action, Deep Lines 1ml |
299€ |
| Revofil® |
Plus 1ml |
269€ |
|
SubQ 2ml |
449€ |
| Juvederm® |
Voluma 1ml |
275€ |
|
Voluma 2ml |
449€ |
| Teosyal® |
Ultra Deep, Ultimate 1ml |
299€ |
|
Ultimate 2ml |
410€ |
|
Ultimate 3ml |
410€ |
| Duration |
|
about 60 min. |
| Anaesthesia |
|
yes |
To ensure you with comfort and safety, each product is opened in the patient’s presence and expiration date of the product is presented. Thus we guarantee that the products used during the procedure are original and of the highest quality.
2. Calcium Hydroxylapatite
CALCIUM HYDROXYLAPATITE (RADIESSE)
Radiesse is entirely new and innovative dermal filler. Like stabilised hyaluronic acid it gives the effect of immediate filling, but, most of all, unlike other hyaluronic acid based fillers it strongly energises the skin to the production of its own collagen.
As a result, we not only restore the lost tissue volume, but we also improve the skin structure.
Radiesse belongs to one of the safest currently available dermal fillers perfecting the skin volume.
When we start losing face volume and contour…
…it’s time to start Radiesse |
How does Radiesse dermal filler work?
Main ingredient of the preparation is calcium hydroxylapatite – identical with the calcium present in human teeth or bones. When injected subdermally, this substance causes intensive stimulation of fibroblasts – cells responsible for the synthesis of collagen fibres.
Who can benefit from treatment with Radiesse?
The treatment brings very good effects in patients with lost tissue volumetry. However, Radiesse can also be a preventative treatment, maintaining firm skin in patients with or without first signs of skin ageing.
EFFECTS:
- intensive skin firming (effect of rejuvenation, restoration of skin elasticity and flexibility)
- filling of zygomatic area and hollow cheeks (lifting effect)
- filling of nasolabial folds (younger and refreshed appearance)
- correction of marionette lines – drooping mouth corners (cheerful/brighter facial expression)
- elimination of chipmunk cheeks (correction of the jawline and face oval)
- brow lifting (optically enlarged eyes)
- filling the temples (healthier and younger appearance)
- nose shape correction
- chin correction (restoration of natural proportion)
- hands – restoration of skin firmness and elasticity
- neck and décolletage – restoration of skin firmness and elasticity
What makes Radiesse different from other leading dermal fillers?
“V” EFFECT
Increased skin volumetry stimulated by collagen production. |
Natural aesthetic effect
Visible rejuvenation and improvement of skin firmness
Restoration of lost skin volume
Subtle correction of face contour and lines
Stimulation of own collagen production – intensive tissue regeneration
Effect visible immediately following the treatment and lasting for over a year
Safe effect, confirmed with clinical research
FDA approved
Millions of performed treatments all over the world
| Radiessebelongs to one of the safest currently available volumizing dermal fillers. |
How soon are the effects visible?
First effect of Radiesse treatment (like in other hyaluronic acid fillers) is visible immediately upon injection. Yet, intensive stimulation to collagen fibres synthesis and general improvement of the skin condition develops gradually. Typically, noticeable results of collagen volume increase appear already after 2-3 months.
How long does the effect of Radiesse last?
In majority of patients the results may last up to a year or longer.
Is the procedure safe?
Definitely it is a safe treatment. As calcium hydroxylapatite is naturally present in human teeth and bones it is 100% biocompatible, does not cause allergic reaction and guarantees long term safety results.
Can Radiesse be combined with other treatments?
Radiesse may be combined with botulin toxin treatments, hyaluronic acid preparations, threads and others. The doctor in charge of the treatment will decide about the time intervals between particular procedures.
Will high temperature, sunbathing or laser treatments degrade Radiesse?
No, they will not. Contrary to hyaluronic acid dermal fillers Radiesse is not affected by high temperatures. It means that sunbathing, using solarium, sauna or undergoing laser treatment will not influence the effects of Radiesse.
Who performs the treatment?
The procedure is performed by a medical doctor, experienced in the use of Radiesse – Dagmara Misiek-Cyrwus
The product is manufactured by Merz Aesthetics (Germany).
| Price |
0,3ml |
100€ |
|
0,8ml |
250€ |
|
1,5ml |
375€ |
| Duration |
|
about 60 min. |
| Anaesthesia |
|
yes |
To ensure you with comfort and safety, each product is opened in the patient’s presence and expiration date of the product is presented. Thus we guarantee that the products used during the procedure are original and of the highest quality.
3. PDO thread with cogs - First Lift BARB and BARB 4D
LIFTING THREADS
Silhouette-soft®, First Lift PDO®, Happy Lift PDO®
PDO thread with cogs
– First Lift BARB and BARB 4D
lifting of the lower parts of the face, neck and eyebrows
What are PDO First Lift, BARB and BARB 4D?
Absorbable PDO First Lift BARB and BARB 4D threads are one of the most spectacular non-invasive tissue lifting methods currently available on the beauty market. They effectively correct lower parts of the face, eyebrows and neck.
These threads are made of absorbable PDO (polydioxanone) material, being a strong synthetic monofilament thread. They come with specially designed microscopic hooks (barbs) with unique length and space between single barbs, enabling the lifting effect. Once implanted, the threads act like a new scaffolding for flabby tissues.
In BARB 4D threads, the barbs extend in four dimensions around the suture, in this way even more intensifying the supporting results.
Moreover, PDO enhances the process of neocollagenesis, meaning stimulation of collagen production. At the same time, energised by PDO fibroblasts cause the increase of both the level of elasticin and natural hyaluronic acid.
First Lift BARB and BARB 4D threads both intensively revitalise and and lift soft tissues.
What does the procedure look like?
During a sterile procedure the doctor injects a unique conductor needle with the thread inserted inside into the target skin area. The treatment is performed under local anaesthetic, lasts for about 15-20 minutes and is practically painless. Immediately after the procedure patient leaves the clinic.
Why PDO First Lift, BARB and BARB 4D?
Natural effects
Effective regeneration
Unique bidirectional cogs
High capacity of tissue elevation
Entirely absorbable ingredients
Little invasiveness – no incisions
Gradual reconstruction of lost collagen
Local anaesthesia
Short recovery time
EFFECTS:
– strong lifting
– stimulation of collagen synthesis
– face regains natural proportions
EFFECTS:
VISSIBLE TISSUE RAISING AND IMPROVEMENT OF SKIN DENSITY
Intensive tissue elevating action
As a result of skin tightening
| COLLAGEN AND ELASTICIN RECONSTRUCTION |
Strong stimulating effects
| SOFTENING OF SMALL WRINKLES |
Reconstruction of damaged and atonic skin
How long do the effects last?
The threads dissolve after about 6-8 months, while the implantation effects last for about 18 months.
Can First Lift PDO be combined with other treatments?
Yes, First Lift PDO can be combined with botulinum toxin, hyaluronic acid and other treatments. The doctor in charge of the treatment will decide about the time intervals between particular procedures.
Who performs the treatment?
The procedure is performed by a medical doctor, experienced in the use of First Lift PDO threads – medical doctor Dagmara Misiek-Cyrwus
| Price (1 thread) |
First Lift-2 face/neck |
100€ |
|
First Lift BARB 4D face/neck |
125€ |
| Duration |
|
about 15-20 min. |
| Anaesthesia |
|
yes |
To ensure you with comfort and safety, each product is opened in the patient’s presence and expiration date of the product is presented. Thus we guarantee that the products used during the procedure are original and of the highest quality.
4. Cone threads - Silhouette Soft (8-12-16 cones)
LIFTING THREADS
Silhouette Soft®, First Lift PDO®, Happy Lift PDO®
Cone threads –
– Silhouette Soft (8-12-16 cones) –
lifting of cheeks/lower face parts and eyebrows
What are Silhouette Soft® threads?
Silhouette Soft® is a safe alternative for people, who, for various reasons, are not ready yet for surgical lifting, but already have first visible signs of ageing in the form of sagging soft tissue.
The sutures are made of polylactic and glycolic acid. On their surface there are bidirectional elastic cones, which are anchored in the tissue. Depending on their type, the sutures have 8, 12 or 16 cones. They are entirely absorbable.
It is a procedure of little invasiveness and may correct sagging cheeks, jawline and eyebrows.
What does the procedure look like?
During a sterile procedure, the doctor inserts the suture under the skin using a fine needle. For full patient’s comfort the treatment is performed under local anaesthetic and lasts for about 30-40 minutes. Immediately after the procedure patient leaves the clinic.
Fine needles and elastic cones guarantee comfortable implantation and satisfactory treatment effects.
How is Silhouette Soft® different from other sutures?
Natural effects
Immediate lifting effect
Unique system of elevating tissues with cones
Entirely absorbable ingredients
Little invasiveness – no incisions
Gradual reconstruction of lost collagen
Local anaesthesia
Short recovery time
FDA approved
EFFECTS:
– lifted cheeks
– correction of face oval and the jawline
– brow lift
– restoring appropriate face proportions
How long do the effects last?
Usually, the visible benefits of Silhouette Soft® treatment can last up to 12-18 months.
Can Silhouette Soft® be combined with other treatments?
Silhouette Soft® can be combined with botulinum toxin, hyaluronic acid and other treatments. The doctor in charge of the treatment will decide about the time intervals between particular procedures.
Who performs the treatment?
The procedure is performed by a medical doctor, experienced in the use of Silhouette Soft® – medical doctor Dagmara Misiek-Cyrwus
Silhouette Soft® is produced in Michigan, USA.
| Price |
(1 suture) 8 cones face |
200€ |
|
12 cones – new! face |
215€ |
|
16 cones face/body |
225€ |
| Duration |
|
about 30-40 min. |
| Anaesthesia |
|
yes |
To ensure you with comfort and safety, each product is opened in the patient’s presence and expiration date of the product is presented. Thus we guarantee that the products used during the procedure are original and of the highest quality.
5. Hyaluronic Acid
HYALURONIC ACID
Restylane®, Juvederm®, Teosyal®, Revofil®
filling wrinkles and folds
cheek augmentation
mouth/nose/chin augmentation
dark shadows under the eyes (tear trough area)
Effects:
- cheek augmentation
- nasolabial folds
- drooping mouth corners
- forehead wrinkles
- wrinkles all over the face
- temple hollows
- jawline
- crow’s feet
- lip augmentation
- chin shape correction
- elimination of dark circles under the eyes
Ageing is inevitable and happens to each of us. We can’t make this any different. But we can influence the effects that ageing has on our skin.…
What are facial filling treatments?
Facial filling treatments are successfully applied in patients with lax skin, wrinkles and lost tissue volume resulting from the natural ageing process. Though they also act preventively helping to maintain firm and healthy skin with or without the first signs of ageing. Regardless of patient’s age they also correct possible facial asymmetry or may make the mouth more plump.
Facial dermal fillers are also dedicated to patients with small, narrow or asymmetric lips, who would like to enhance the lip volume according to individual preferences or just hydrate the lips without their augmentation.
Now, irresistibly soft and delicate lips are possible not only in the young people.
They are available for everybody!
Thanks to revolutionary hyaluronic acid fillers dedicated for the lips improvement you can gain subtlest volume, additional softness and smoothness and maintain natural hydration of the skin of the mouth and around it.
We’ll improve your natural beauty, and you’ll enjoy the effects for a long time…
Regardless of their age, these treatments are dedicated to patients with under eye hollows, which give the impression of tired or eyes. The skin in the eye area is very delicate, thin and therefore requires a lot of attention and care. These are our eyes that first reveal our age and condition.
At the beginning, the shadows appear in the corners of your eyes, over time the effect develops to the whole eye contour. In consequence, our eyes become sad and tired while whole face looks a few years older.
Restylane®, Juvederm®, Surgiderm® and Teosyal® are exclusive, highest quality natural dermal fillers which delicately remove signs of ageing or gently improve nature’s imperfections. They are natural and safe products whose effectiveness and safety have been proved by hundreds of clinical studies. Each of them has been so far applied in more than ten to a several dozen millions treatments all over the world, and their number increases every day.
Revofil® is an alternative for patients in whom injectable fillers get quickly absorbed. The preparation is also based on hyaluronic acid, though it also contains appropriately selected biomimetic peptides which prevent the activity of hyaluronidase (enzyme that degrades hyaluronic acid) and inhibit the action of free radicals.
How do dermal fillers work?
Injectable dermal fillers contain hyaluronic acid in the form of a light gel – natural substance present in a human body. They support the skin offering its refreshment and improvement of appearance, regardless of the treatment purpose (smoothing wrinkles, improvement of the face contour, mouth augmentation or just rejuvenation).
Since the skin – or even your desired effects may change over time, a great advantage of dermal fillers is that their effects are fully reversible. It gives the patient freedom of choice concerning maintenance of the effect and a full control over his/her appearance.
We use only the highest quality hyaluronic acid dermal fillers:
Restylane®, Q-Med (Sweden)
Juvederm®, Allergan (France)
Surgiderm®, Allergan (France)
Teosyal®, Teoxane (Switzerland)
Benefits of facial filling treatments:
– hollow cheeks become firm and plump
– nasolabial folds are softened
– drooping mouth corners return to their original position
– forehead wrinkles get smoothed
– wrinkles all over the face become softened
– temporal hollows are reduced
– the jawline contour is redefined
– any facial asymmetry is reduced
Results of hyaluronic acid dermal fillers can be summed up in three words:
safe – natural – effective
Why injectable dermal fillers?
Natural aesthetic effect
Visible rejuvenation and improvement of skin firmness
Restoration of lost skin volume
Subtle correction of face contour and lines
Long lasting effect visible immediately following the treatment
Full and immediate reversibility of the effect
Safe effect, confirmed with clinical research
What does the procedure look like?
After medical consultation, the doctor, with a very fine needle or cannula injects a small amount of light gel into the target skin area. Before the procedure the skin surface is numbed with topical anaesthetic (Emla cream). As most of the preparations contain lidocaine, their injection is practically painless. Immediately following the treatment some patients may experience slight transient swelling or bruising, which go away within a few days. Still, they can resume their normal activities right after the session.
How soon are the effects visible?
Firs effects are visible already immediately after injection of dermal filler.
How long will the effect last?
The duration of effects will depend on the product (its density and level of cross-linking) and individual organism. Average longevity of light and subtle dermal fillers is up to 6 months, for the preparations of medium density up to about 9-12 months and even up to 18 months for innovative volumetric preparations.
Is the procedure safe?
Definitely it is a safe treatment. As hyaluronic acid is naturally present in human body it is 100% biocompatible, does not cause allergic reactions and guarantees long term safety results.
Are all preparations the same?
In the range of Restylane®, Juvederm®, Surgiderm® and Teosyal® products there are various preparations dedicated to certain face areas, with different density for particular facial zone and purposes.
Can the procedure be combined with other treatments?
The treatment may be combined with botulin toxin treatments, threads and others. The doctor in charge of the treatment will decide about the time intervals between particular procedures.
Who performs the treatment?
The procedure is performed by an experienced medical doctor – Dagmara Misiek-Cyrwus
| Price Restylane® |
Restylane, Restylane Perlane 1ml |
299€ |
| Juvederm® |
Ultra 2 0,55ml |
160€ |
|
Ultra 3, Ultra 4 1ml |
299€ |
| Surgiderm® |
18, 24XP, 30 XP, 30 0,8ml |
250€ |
| Teosyal® |
Touch Up 0,5ml |
175€ |
|
First Lines 0,7ml |
210€ |
|
Global Action, Deep Lines 1ml |
299€ |
| Revofil® |
Plus 1ml |
269€ |
|
SubQ 2ml |
449€ |
| Juvederm® |
Voluma 1ml |
275€ |
|
Voluma 2ml |
449€ |
| Teosyal® |
Ultra Deep, Ultimate 1ml |
299€ |
|
Ultimate 2ml |
410€ |
|
Ultimate 3ml |
410€ |
| Duration |
|
about 60 min. |
| Anaesthesia |
|
yes |
To ensure you with comfort and safety, each product is opened in the patient’s presence and expiration date of the product is presented. Thus we guarantee that the products used during the procedure are original and of the highest quality.
NASOLABIAL FOLDS
1. Hyaluronic Acid
HYALURONIC ACID
Restylane®, Juvederm®, Teosyal®, Revofil®
filling wrinkles and folds
cheek augmentation
mouth/nose/chin augmentation
dark shadows under the eyes (tear trough area)
Effects:
- cheek augmentation
- nasolabial folds
- drooping mouth corners
- forehead wrinkles
- wrinkles all over the face
- temple hollows
- jawline
- crow’s feet
- lip augmentation
- chin shape correction
- elimination of dark circles under the eyes
Ageing is inevitable and happens to each of us. We can’t make this any different. But we can influence the effects that ageing has on our skin.…
What are facial filling treatments?
Facial filling treatments are successfully applied in patients with lax skin, wrinkles and lost tissue volume resulting from the natural ageing process. Though they also act preventively helping to maintain firm and healthy skin with or without the first signs of ageing. Regardless of patient’s age they also correct possible facial asymmetry or may make the mouth more plump.
Facial dermal fillers are also dedicated to patients with small, narrow or asymmetric lips, who would like to enhance the lip volume according to individual preferences or just hydrate the lips without their augmentation.
Now, irresistibly soft and delicate lips are possible not only in the young people.
They are available for everybody!
Thanks to revolutionary hyaluronic acid fillers dedicated for the lips improvement you can gain subtlest volume, additional softness and smoothness and maintain natural hydration of the skin of the mouth and around it.
We’ll improve your natural beauty, and you’ll enjoy the effects for a long time…
Regardless of their age, these treatments are dedicated to patients with under eye hollows, which give the impression of tired or eyes. The skin in the eye area is very delicate, thin and therefore requires a lot of attention and care. These are our eyes that first reveal our age and condition.
At the beginning, the shadows appear in the corners of your eyes, over time the effect develops to the whole eye contour. In consequence, our eyes become sad and tired while whole face looks a few years older.
Restylane®, Juvederm®, Surgiderm® and Teosyal® are exclusive, highest quality natural dermal fillers which delicately remove signs of ageing or gently improve nature’s imperfections. They are natural and safe products whose effectiveness and safety have been proved by hundreds of clinical studies. Each of them has been so far applied in more than ten to a several dozen millions treatments all over the world, and their number increases every day.
Revofil® is an alternative for patients in whom injectable fillers get quickly absorbed. The preparation is also based on hyaluronic acid, though it also contains appropriately selected biomimetic peptides which prevent the activity of hyaluronidase (enzyme that degrades hyaluronic acid) and inhibit the action of free radicals.
How do dermal fillers work?
Injectable dermal fillers contain hyaluronic acid in the form of a light gel – natural substance present in a human body. They support the skin offering its refreshment and improvement of appearance, regardless of the treatment purpose (smoothing wrinkles, improvement of the face contour, mouth augmentation or just rejuvenation).
Since the skin – or even your desired effects may change over time, a great advantage of dermal fillers is that their effects are fully reversible. It gives the patient freedom of choice concerning maintenance of the effect and a full control over his/her appearance.
We use only the highest quality hyaluronic acid dermal fillers:
Restylane®, Q-Med (Sweden)
Juvederm®, Allergan (France)
Surgiderm®, Allergan (France)
Teosyal®, Teoxane (Switzerland)
Benefits of facial filling treatments:
– hollow cheeks become firm and plump
– nasolabial folds are softened
– drooping mouth corners return to their original position
– forehead wrinkles get smoothed
– wrinkles all over the face become softened
– temporal hollows are reduced
– the jawline contour is redefined
– any facial asymmetry is reduced
Results of hyaluronic acid dermal fillers can be summed up in three words:
safe – natural – effective
Why injectable dermal fillers?
Natural aesthetic effect
Visible rejuvenation and improvement of skin firmness
Restoration of lost skin volume
Subtle correction of face contour and lines
Long lasting effect visible immediately following the treatment
Full and immediate reversibility of the effect
Safe effect, confirmed with clinical research
What does the procedure look like?
After medical consultation, the doctor, with a very fine needle or cannula injects a small amount of light gel into the target skin area. Before the procedure the skin surface is numbed with topical anaesthetic (Emla cream). As most of the preparations contain lidocaine, their injection is practically painless. Immediately following the treatment some patients may experience slight transient swelling or bruising, which go away within a few days. Still, they can resume their normal activities right after the session.
How soon are the effects visible?
Firs effects are visible already immediately after injection of dermal filler.
How long will the effect last?
The duration of effects will depend on the product (its density and level of cross-linking) and individual organism. Average longevity of light and subtle dermal fillers is up to 6 months, for the preparations of medium density up to about 9-12 months and even up to 18 months for innovative volumetric preparations.
Is the procedure safe?
Definitely it is a safe treatment. As hyaluronic acid is naturally present in human body it is 100% biocompatible, does not cause allergic reactions and guarantees long term safety results.
Are all preparations the same?
In the range of Restylane®, Juvederm®, Surgiderm® and Teosyal® products there are various preparations dedicated to certain face areas, with different density for particular facial zone and purposes.
Can the procedure be combined with other treatments?
The treatment may be combined with botulin toxin treatments, threads and others. The doctor in charge of the treatment will decide about the time intervals between particular procedures.
Who performs the treatment?
The procedure is performed by an experienced medical doctor – Dagmara Misiek-Cyrwus
| Price Restylane® |
Restylane, Restylane Perlane 1ml |
299€ |
| Juvederm® |
Ultra 2 0,55ml |
160€ |
|
Ultra 3, Ultra 4 1ml |
299€ |
| Surgiderm® |
18, 24XP, 30 XP, 30 0,8ml |
250€ |
| Teosyal® |
Touch Up 0,5ml |
175€ |
|
First Lines 0,7ml |
210€ |
|
Global Action, Deep Lines 1ml |
299€ |
| Revofil® |
Plus 1ml |
269€ |
|
SubQ 2ml |
449€ |
| Juvederm® |
Voluma 1ml |
275€ |
|
Voluma 2ml |
449€ |
| Teosyal® |
Ultra Deep, Ultimate 1ml |
299€ |
|
Ultimate 2ml |
410€ |
|
Ultimate 3ml |
410€ |
| Duration |
|
about 60 min. |
| Anaesthesia |
|
yes |
To ensure you with comfort and safety, each product is opened in the patient’s presence and expiration date of the product is presented. Thus we guarantee that the products used during the procedure are original and of the highest quality.
2. Calcium Hydroxylapatite
CALCIUM HYDROXYLAPATITE (RADIESSE)
Radiesse is entirely new and innovative dermal filler. Like stabilised hyaluronic acid it gives the effect of immediate filling, but, most of all, unlike other hyaluronic acid based fillers it strongly energises the skin to the production of its own collagen.
As a result, we not only restore the lost tissue volume, but we also improve the skin structure.
Radiesse belongs to one of the safest currently available dermal fillers perfecting the skin volume.
When we start losing face volume and contour…
…it’s time to start Radiesse |
How does Radiesse dermal filler work?
Main ingredient of the preparation is calcium hydroxylapatite – identical with the calcium present in human teeth or bones. When injected subdermally, this substance causes intensive stimulation of fibroblasts – cells responsible for the synthesis of collagen fibres.
Who can benefit from treatment with Radiesse?
The treatment brings very good effects in patients with lost tissue volumetry. However, Radiesse can also be a preventative treatment, maintaining firm skin in patients with or without first signs of skin ageing.
EFFECTS:
- intensive skin firming (effect of rejuvenation, restoration of skin elasticity and flexibility)
- filling of zygomatic area and hollow cheeks (lifting effect)
- filling of nasolabial folds (younger and refreshed appearance)
- correction of marionette lines – drooping mouth corners (cheerful/brighter facial expression)
- elimination of chipmunk cheeks (correction of the jawline and face oval)
- brow lifting (optically enlarged eyes)
- filling the temples (healthier and younger appearance)
- nose shape correction
- chin correction (restoration of natural proportion)
- hands – restoration of skin firmness and elasticity
- neck and décolletage – restoration of skin firmness and elasticity
What makes Radiesse different from other leading dermal fillers?
“V” EFFECT
Increased skin volumetry stimulated by collagen production. |
Natural aesthetic effect
Visible rejuvenation and improvement of skin firmness
Restoration of lost skin volume
Subtle correction of face contour and lines
Stimulation of own collagen production – intensive tissue regeneration
Effect visible immediately following the treatment and lasting for over a year
Safe effect, confirmed with clinical research
FDA approved
Millions of performed treatments all over the world
| Radiessebelongs to one of the safest currently available volumizing dermal fillers. |
How soon are the effects visible?
First effect of Radiesse treatment (like in other hyaluronic acid fillers) is visible immediately upon injection. Yet, intensive stimulation to collagen fibres synthesis and general improvement of the skin condition develops gradually. Typically, noticeable results of collagen volume increase appear already after 2-3 months.
How long does the effect of Radiesse last?
In majority of patients the results may last up to a year or longer.
Is the procedure safe?
Definitely it is a safe treatment. As calcium hydroxylapatite is naturally present in human teeth and bones it is 100% biocompatible, does not cause allergic reaction and guarantees long term safety results.
Can Radiesse be combined with other treatments?
Radiesse may be combined with botulin toxin treatments, hyaluronic acid preparations, threads and others. The doctor in charge of the treatment will decide about the time intervals between particular procedures.
Will high temperature, sunbathing or laser treatments degrade Radiesse?
No, they will not. Contrary to hyaluronic acid dermal fillers Radiesse is not affected by high temperatures. It means that sunbathing, using solarium, sauna or undergoing laser treatment will not influence the effects of Radiesse.
Who performs the treatment?
The procedure is performed by a medical doctor, experienced in the use of Radiesse – Dagmara Misiek-Cyrwus
The product is manufactured by Merz Aesthetics (Germany).
| Price |
0,3ml |
100€ |
|
0,8ml |
250€ |
|
1,5ml |
375€ |
| Duration |
|
about 60 min. |
| Anaesthesia |
|
yes |
To ensure you with comfort and safety, each product is opened in the patient’s presence and expiration date of the product is presented. Thus we guarantee that the products used during the procedure are original and of the highest quality.
3. PDO thread with cogs - First Lift BARB and BARB 4D
LIFTING THREADS
Silhouette-soft®, First Lift PDO®, Happy Lift PDO®
PDO thread with cogs
– First Lift BARB and BARB 4D
lifting of the lower parts of the face, neck and eyebrows
What are PDO First Lift, BARB and BARB 4D?
Absorbable PDO First Lift BARB and BARB 4D threads are one of the most spectacular non-invasive tissue lifting methods currently available on the beauty market. They effectively correct lower parts of the face, eyebrows and neck.
These threads are made of absorbable PDO (polydioxanone) material, being a strong synthetic monofilament thread. They come with specially designed microscopic hooks (barbs) with unique length and space between single barbs, enabling the lifting effect. Once implanted, the threads act like a new scaffolding for flabby tissues.
In BARB 4D threads, the barbs extend in four dimensions around the suture, in this way even more intensifying the supporting results.
Moreover, PDO enhances the process of neocollagenesis, meaning stimulation of collagen production. At the same time, energised by PDO fibroblasts cause the increase of both the level of elasticin and natural hyaluronic acid.
First Lift BARB and BARB 4D threads both intensively revitalise and and lift soft tissues.
What does the procedure look like?
During a sterile procedure the doctor injects a unique conductor needle with the thread inserted inside into the target skin area. The treatment is performed under local anaesthetic, lasts for about 15-20 minutes and is practically painless. Immediately after the procedure patient leaves the clinic.
Why PDO First Lift, BARB and BARB 4D?
Natural effects
Effective regeneration
Unique bidirectional cogs
High capacity of tissue elevation
Entirely absorbable ingredients
Little invasiveness – no incisions
Gradual reconstruction of lost collagen
Local anaesthesia
Short recovery time
EFFECTS:
– strong lifting
– stimulation of collagen synthesis
– face regains natural proportions
EFFECTS:
VISSIBLE TISSUE RAISING AND IMPROVEMENT OF SKIN DENSITY
Intensive tissue elevating action
As a result of skin tightening
| COLLAGEN AND ELASTICIN RECONSTRUCTION |
Strong stimulating effects
| SOFTENING OF SMALL WRINKLES |
Reconstruction of damaged and atonic skin
How long do the effects last?
The threads dissolve after about 6-8 months, while the implantation effects last for about 18 months.
Can First Lift PDO be combined with other treatments?
Yes, First Lift PDO can be combined with botulinum toxin, hyaluronic acid and other treatments. The doctor in charge of the treatment will decide about the time intervals between particular procedures.
Who performs the treatment?
The procedure is performed by a medical doctor, experienced in the use of First Lift PDO threads – medical doctor Dagmara Misiek-Cyrwus
| Price (1 thread) |
First Lift-2 face/neck |
100€ |
|
First Lift BARB 4D face/neck |
125€ |
| Duration |
|
about 15-20 min. |
| Anaesthesia |
|
yes |
To ensure you with comfort and safety, each product is opened in the patient’s presence and expiration date of the product is presented. Thus we guarantee that the products used during the procedure are original and of the highest quality.
4. Cone threads - Silhouette Soft (8-12-16 cones)
LIFTING THREADS
Silhouette Soft®, First Lift PDO®, Happy Lift PDO®
Cone threads –
– Silhouette Soft (8-12-16 cones) –
lifting of cheeks/lower face parts and eyebrows
What are Silhouette Soft® threads?
Silhouette Soft® is a safe alternative for people, who, for various reasons, are not ready yet for surgical lifting, but already have first visible signs of ageing in the form of sagging soft tissue.
The sutures are made of polylactic and glycolic acid. On their surface there are bidirectional elastic cones, which are anchored in the tissue. Depending on their type, the sutures have 8, 12 or 16 cones. They are entirely absorbable.
It is a procedure of little invasiveness and may correct sagging cheeks, jawline and eyebrows.
What does the procedure look like?
During a sterile procedure, the doctor inserts the suture under the skin using a fine needle. For full patient’s comfort the treatment is performed under local anaesthetic and lasts for about 30-40 minutes. Immediately after the procedure patient leaves the clinic.
Fine needles and elastic cones guarantee comfortable implantation and satisfactory treatment effects.
How is Silhouette Soft® different from other sutures?
Natural effects
Immediate lifting effect
Unique system of elevating tissues with cones
Entirely absorbable ingredients
Little invasiveness – no incisions
Gradual reconstruction of lost collagen
Local anaesthesia
Short recovery time
FDA approved
EFFECTS:
– lifted cheeks
– correction of face oval and the jawline
– brow lift
– restoring appropriate face proportions
How long do the effects last?
Usually, the visible benefits of Silhouette Soft® treatment can last up to 12-18 months.
Can Silhouette Soft® be combined with other treatments?
Silhouette Soft® can be combined with botulinum toxin, hyaluronic acid and other treatments. The doctor in charge of the treatment will decide about the time intervals between particular procedures.
Who performs the treatment?
The procedure is performed by a medical doctor, experienced in the use of Silhouette Soft® – medical doctor Dagmara Misiek-Cyrwus
Silhouette Soft® is produced in Michigan, USA.
| Price |
(1 suture) 8 cones face |
200€ |
|
12 cones – new! face |
215€ |
|
16 cones face/body |
225€ |
| Duration |
|
about 30-40 min. |
| Anaesthesia |
|
yes |
To ensure you with comfort and safety, each product is opened in the patient’s presence and expiration date of the product is presented. Thus we guarantee that the products used during the procedure are original and of the highest quality.
DROOPING MOUTH CORNERS
1. Hyaluronic Acid
HYALURONIC ACID
Restylane®, Juvederm®, Teosyal®, Revofil®
filling wrinkles and folds
cheek augmentation
mouth/nose/chin augmentation
dark shadows under the eyes (tear trough area)
Effects:
- cheek augmentation
- nasolabial folds
- drooping mouth corners
- forehead wrinkles
- wrinkles all over the face
- temple hollows
- jawline
- crow’s feet
- lip augmentation
- chin shape correction
- elimination of dark circles under the eyes
Ageing is inevitable and happens to each of us. We can’t make this any different. But we can influence the effects that ageing has on our skin.…
What are facial filling treatments?
Facial filling treatments are successfully applied in patients with lax skin, wrinkles and lost tissue volume resulting from the natural ageing process. Though they also act preventively helping to maintain firm and healthy skin with or without the first signs of ageing. Regardless of patient’s age they also correct possible facial asymmetry or may make the mouth more plump.
Facial dermal fillers are also dedicated to patients with small, narrow or asymmetric lips, who would like to enhance the lip volume according to individual preferences or just hydrate the lips without their augmentation.
Now, irresistibly soft and delicate lips are possible not only in the young people.
They are available for everybody!
Thanks to revolutionary hyaluronic acid fillers dedicated for the lips improvement you can gain subtlest volume, additional softness and smoothness and maintain natural hydration of the skin of the mouth and around it.
We’ll improve your natural beauty, and you’ll enjoy the effects for a long time…
Regardless of their age, these treatments are dedicated to patients with under eye hollows, which give the impression of tired or eyes. The skin in the eye area is very delicate, thin and therefore requires a lot of attention and care. These are our eyes that first reveal our age and condition.
At the beginning, the shadows appear in the corners of your eyes, over time the effect develops to the whole eye contour. In consequence, our eyes become sad and tired while whole face looks a few years older.
Restylane®, Juvederm®, Surgiderm® and Teosyal® are exclusive, highest quality natural dermal fillers which delicately remove signs of ageing or gently improve nature’s imperfections. They are natural and safe products whose effectiveness and safety have been proved by hundreds of clinical studies. Each of them has been so far applied in more than ten to a several dozen millions treatments all over the world, and their number increases every day.
Revofil® is an alternative for patients in whom injectable fillers get quickly absorbed. The preparation is also based on hyaluronic acid, though it also contains appropriately selected biomimetic peptides which prevent the activity of hyaluronidase (enzyme that degrades hyaluronic acid) and inhibit the action of free radicals.
How do dermal fillers work?
Injectable dermal fillers contain hyaluronic acid in the form of a light gel – natural substance present in a human body. They support the skin offering its refreshment and improvement of appearance, regardless of the treatment purpose (smoothing wrinkles, improvement of the face contour, mouth augmentation or just rejuvenation).
Since the skin – or even your desired effects may change over time, a great advantage of dermal fillers is that their effects are fully reversible. It gives the patient freedom of choice concerning maintenance of the effect and a full control over his/her appearance.
We use only the highest quality hyaluronic acid dermal fillers:
Restylane®, Q-Med (Sweden)
Juvederm®, Allergan (France)
Surgiderm®, Allergan (France)
Teosyal®, Teoxane (Switzerland)
Benefits of facial filling treatments:
– hollow cheeks become firm and plump
– nasolabial folds are softened
– drooping mouth corners return to their original position
– forehead wrinkles get smoothed
– wrinkles all over the face become softened
– temporal hollows are reduced
– the jawline contour is redefined
– any facial asymmetry is reduced
Results of hyaluronic acid dermal fillers can be summed up in three words:
safe – natural – effective
Why injectable dermal fillers?
Natural aesthetic effect
Visible rejuvenation and improvement of skin firmness
Restoration of lost skin volume
Subtle correction of face contour and lines
Long lasting effect visible immediately following the treatment
Full and immediate reversibility of the effect
Safe effect, confirmed with clinical research
What does the procedure look like?
After medical consultation, the doctor, with a very fine needle or cannula injects a small amount of light gel into the target skin area. Before the procedure the skin surface is numbed with topical anaesthetic (Emla cream). As most of the preparations contain lidocaine, their injection is practically painless. Immediately following the treatment some patients may experience slight transient swelling or bruising, which go away within a few days. Still, they can resume their normal activities right after the session.
How soon are the effects visible?
Firs effects are visible already immediately after injection of dermal filler.
How long will the effect last?
The duration of effects will depend on the product (its density and level of cross-linking) and individual organism. Average longevity of light and subtle dermal fillers is up to 6 months, for the preparations of medium density up to about 9-12 months and even up to 18 months for innovative volumetric preparations.
Is the procedure safe?
Definitely it is a safe treatment. As hyaluronic acid is naturally present in human body it is 100% biocompatible, does not cause allergic reactions and guarantees long term safety results.
Are all preparations the same?
In the range of Restylane®, Juvederm®, Surgiderm® and Teosyal® products there are various preparations dedicated to certain face areas, with different density for particular facial zone and purposes.
Can the procedure be combined with other treatments?
The treatment may be combined with botulin toxin treatments, threads and others. The doctor in charge of the treatment will decide about the time intervals between particular procedures.
Who performs the treatment?
The procedure is performed by an experienced medical doctor – Dagmara Misiek-Cyrwus
| Price Restylane® |
Restylane, Restylane Perlane 1ml |
299€ |
| Juvederm® |
Ultra 2 0,55ml |
160€ |
|
Ultra 3, Ultra 4 1ml |
299€ |
| Surgiderm® |
18, 24XP, 30 XP, 30 0,8ml |
250€ |
| Teosyal® |
Touch Up 0,5ml |
175€ |
|
First Lines 0,7ml |
210€ |
|
Global Action, Deep Lines 1ml |
299€ |
| Revofil® |
Plus 1ml |
269€ |
|
SubQ 2ml |
449€ |
| Juvederm® |
Voluma 1ml |
275€ |
|
Voluma 2ml |
449€ |
| Teosyal® |
Ultra Deep, Ultimate 1ml |
299€ |
|
Ultimate 2ml |
410€ |
|
Ultimate 3ml |
410€ |
| Duration |
|
about 60 min. |
| Anaesthesia |
|
yes |
To ensure you with comfort and safety, each product is opened in the patient’s presence and expiration date of the product is presented. Thus we guarantee that the products used during the procedure are original and of the highest quality.
2. Calcium Hydroxylapatite
CALCIUM HYDROXYLAPATITE (RADIESSE)
Radiesse is entirely new and innovative dermal filler. Like stabilised hyaluronic acid it gives the effect of immediate filling, but, most of all, unlike other hyaluronic acid based fillers it strongly energises the skin to the production of its own collagen.
As a result, we not only restore the lost tissue volume, but we also improve the skin structure.
Radiesse belongs to one of the safest currently available dermal fillers perfecting the skin volume.
When we start losing face volume and contour…
…it’s time to start Radiesse |
How does Radiesse dermal filler work?
Main ingredient of the preparation is calcium hydroxylapatite – identical with the calcium present in human teeth or bones. When injected subdermally, this substance causes intensive stimulation of fibroblasts – cells responsible for the synthesis of collagen fibres.
Who can benefit from treatment with Radiesse?
The treatment brings very good effects in patients with lost tissue volumetry. However, Radiesse can also be a preventative treatment, maintaining firm skin in patients with or without first signs of skin ageing.
EFFECTS:
- intensive skin firming (effect of rejuvenation, restoration of skin elasticity and flexibility)
- filling of zygomatic area and hollow cheeks (lifting effect)
- filling of nasolabial folds (younger and refreshed appearance)
- correction of marionette lines – drooping mouth corners (cheerful/brighter facial expression)
- elimination of chipmunk cheeks (correction of the jawline and face oval)
- brow lifting (optically enlarged eyes)
- filling the temples (healthier and younger appearance)
- nose shape correction
- chin correction (restoration of natural proportion)
- hands – restoration of skin firmness and elasticity
- neck and décolletage – restoration of skin firmness and elasticity
What makes Radiesse different from other leading dermal fillers?
“V” EFFECT
Increased skin volumetry stimulated by collagen production. |
Natural aesthetic effect
Visible rejuvenation and improvement of skin firmness
Restoration of lost skin volume
Subtle correction of face contour and lines
Stimulation of own collagen production – intensive tissue regeneration
Effect visible immediately following the treatment and lasting for over a year
Safe effect, confirmed with clinical research
FDA approved
Millions of performed treatments all over the world
| Radiessebelongs to one of the safest currently available volumizing dermal fillers. |
How soon are the effects visible?
First effect of Radiesse treatment (like in other hyaluronic acid fillers) is visible immediately upon injection. Yet, intensive stimulation to collagen fibres synthesis and general improvement of the skin condition develops gradually. Typically, noticeable results of collagen volume increase appear already after 2-3 months.
How long does the effect of Radiesse last?
In majority of patients the results may last up to a year or longer.
Is the procedure safe?
Definitely it is a safe treatment. As calcium hydroxylapatite is naturally present in human teeth and bones it is 100% biocompatible, does not cause allergic reaction and guarantees long term safety results.
Can Radiesse be combined with other treatments?
Radiesse may be combined with botulin toxin treatments, hyaluronic acid preparations, threads and others. The doctor in charge of the treatment will decide about the time intervals between particular procedures.
Will high temperature, sunbathing or laser treatments degrade Radiesse?
No, they will not. Contrary to hyaluronic acid dermal fillers Radiesse is not affected by high temperatures. It means that sunbathing, using solarium, sauna or undergoing laser treatment will not influence the effects of Radiesse.
Who performs the treatment?
The procedure is performed by a medical doctor, experienced in the use of Radiesse – Dagmara Misiek-Cyrwus
The product is manufactured by Merz Aesthetics (Germany).
| Price |
0,3ml |
100€ |
|
0,8ml |
250€ |
|
1,5ml |
375€ |
| Duration |
|
about 60 min. |
| Anaesthesia |
|
yes |
To ensure you with comfort and safety, each product is opened in the patient’s presence and expiration date of the product is presented. Thus we guarantee that the products used during the procedure are original and of the highest quality.
3. Mimic wrinkles
Botulin toxin
MIMIC WRINKLES (EXPRESSION LINES) OF THE LOWER AND UPPER PARTS OF THE FACE
(Botox®, Azzalure®, Boccouture®)
What are mimic wrinkles?
The ageing process is accompanied by formation of static and mimic wrinkles, the latter also called expression lines.
Static wrinkles are caused by the loss of skin original volume (e.g. nasolabial folds). Mimic wrinkles are the effect of excessive activity of facial expression muscles – e.g. horizontal forehead lines or crow’s feet.
Why are expression lines formed?
When a human face shows emotions, the muscles shrink causing the development of wrinkles and lines. Similarly, the same happens, when we smile, squint or concentrate.
With the passage of time, when our skin loses its elasticity, wrinkles deepen and become permanent (not only during grimacing, but also when we relax). And so, for example, lines between eyebrows make us look as if we were angry, even though we are not.
How can we prevent the process?
Botulinum toxin type A, when injected into the muscles responsible for wrinkles, helps them relax, causes that the lines and folds soften and gives your face more refreshed look.
| BOTOX® is the first in the world, most profoundly analysed botulinum toxin widely accepted for the application in the treatment of hyperhidrosis. |
INDICATIONS
- horizontal forehead wrinkles (horizontal lines on the forehead)
- lion’s wrinkles (vertical lines between the eyebrows, make the face look fierce)
- crow’s feet (wrinkles around the eyes)
- wrinkles of the lower eyelids
- drooping eyebrows (sad and tired appearance)
- wrinkles on the nose (bunny lines)
- nose tip raising
- drooping mouth corners (sad appearance)
- smoker’s wrinkles (wrinkles around the mouth)
- granular (or dimpled) chin
- gummy smile
- face oval
- neck and décolletage wrinkles
Why botulin toxin?
Natural aesthetic effect
Tailoring the treatment effect to individual patient’s expectations
Possibility of subtle correction of facial expression
Spectacular improvement with minimal invasiveness
Patients may resume their regular activities right after the treatment
Visible effects already within the first week following botulin injection
Safe, confirmed with multicentre clinical studies all over the world
The treatment has been appreciated for over 20 years
Who can benefit from treatment with botulinum toxin?
The treatment is successfully applied in patients with present expression lines of various degree of severity. However, it can also be a preventative treatment, maintaining firm skin in patients with or without the first signs of skin ageing. Then only minimal doses are used to obtain the most subtle and discrete effect.
When are the first effects visible?
First results are noticeable after about 2-3 days, while full effect can be admired about a week from the procedure.
| BOTOX® has been appreciated already for over 20 years now as a result of experience and safety of use. |
What does the procedure look like?
During the procedure, the doctor, using a very fine needle, injects small doses of botulinum toxin into the particular muscle responsible for the formation of a certain wrinkle. The treatment is practically painless, though in pain sensitive patients the target skin area can be numbed with local anaesthetic (Emla cream). After about 7-14 days patients come for a follow-up consultation, when the final, desired effect is being perfected.
EFFECTS:
| VISIBLE FACE REJUVENATION AND NATURAL APPEARANCE |
Reduction of sweat secretion in the affected area: up to 100%
Reduction of sweat secretion in the affected area: up to 100%
Depending on patients’ desires, wrinkles are softened proportionately to their expectations.
Reduction of sweat secretion in the affected area: up to 100%
The face looks relaxed
Reduction of sweat secretion in the affected area: up to 100%
On the 30th day following the treatment – 90% of patients
On the 120th day – 86% of patients
How long does the effect last?
The results last for about 4-6 months.
After this period facial expression and muscle activity returns. Although, formation of lines and wrinkles caused by the contraction of those muscles develops much later. And so, despite activation of facial expression the face still remains smoothed and the treatment effects are visible.
The procedure should not be administered more often than every three months.
Is the procedure safe?
Yes. Botulinum toxin injection is currently the most often performed aesthetic medicine treatment. Being present on the beauty market for over 20 years it is one the most appreciated treatments among patients. In order to prevent any possible adverse effects it should always be performed by a medical doctor.
Can botulinum toxin be combined with other treatments?
The procedure may be applied together with other aesthetic medicine treatments, like hyaluronic acid, threads and others. The doctor in charge of the treatment will decide about the time intervals between particular procedures.
Who performs the treatment?
The procedure is performed by a medical doctor, experienced in the use of botulinum toxin – Dagmara Misiek-Cyrwus
In our clinic we perform treatments based on the highest quality botulinum toxin products:
Botox® from Allergan (Irland)
Azzalure® from Galderma (UK)
Boccouture® from Merz (Germany)
| Price |
horizontal forehead wrinkles |
from 45 € |
|
lion’s wrinkles from |
75€ |
|
crow’s feet from |
50€ |
|
wrinkles of the lower eyelids |
35€ |
|
brow lift |
50€ |
|
wrinkles on the nose (bunny lines) |
from 35€ |
|
nose tip raising |
35€ |
|
drooping mouth corners |
50€ |
|
smoker’s lines |
35€ |
|
granular (or dimpled) chin |
45€ |
|
gummy smile |
35€ |
|
face oval (Nefretete Lift) |
from 50€ |
| Duration |
|
about 15 min. |
| Anaesthesia |
|
no/yes |
| Touch up after about 7-14 days |
|
is included in the price of the treatment |
To ensure you with comfort and safety, each product is opened in the patient’s presence and expiration date of the product is presented. Thus we guarantee that the products used during the procedure are original and of the highest quality.
LOST FACIAL OVAL, CHIPMUNK CHEEKS
1. Hyaluronic Acid
HYALURONIC ACID
Restylane®, Juvederm®, Teosyal®, Revofil®
filling wrinkles and folds
cheek augmentation
mouth/nose/chin augmentation
dark shadows under the eyes (tear trough area)
Effects:
- cheek augmentation
- nasolabial folds
- drooping mouth corners
- forehead wrinkles
- wrinkles all over the face
- temple hollows
- jawline
- crow’s feet
- lip augmentation
- chin shape correction
- elimination of dark circles under the eyes
Ageing is inevitable and happens to each of us. We can’t make this any different. But we can influence the effects that ageing has on our skin.…
What are facial filling treatments?
Facial filling treatments are successfully applied in patients with lax skin, wrinkles and lost tissue volume resulting from the natural ageing process. Though they also act preventively helping to maintain firm and healthy skin with or without the first signs of ageing. Regardless of patient’s age they also correct possible facial asymmetry or may make the mouth more plump.
Facial dermal fillers are also dedicated to patients with small, narrow or asymmetric lips, who would like to enhance the lip volume according to individual preferences or just hydrate the lips without their augmentation.
Now, irresistibly soft and delicate lips are possible not only in the young people.
They are available for everybody!
Thanks to revolutionary hyaluronic acid fillers dedicated for the lips improvement you can gain subtlest volume, additional softness and smoothness and maintain natural hydration of the skin of the mouth and around it.
We’ll improve your natural beauty, and you’ll enjoy the effects for a long time…
Regardless of their age, these treatments are dedicated to patients with under eye hollows, which give the impression of tired or eyes. The skin in the eye area is very delicate, thin and therefore requires a lot of attention and care. These are our eyes that first reveal our age and condition.
At the beginning, the shadows appear in the corners of your eyes, over time the effect develops to the whole eye contour. In consequence, our eyes become sad and tired while whole face looks a few years older.
Restylane®, Juvederm®, Surgiderm® and Teosyal® are exclusive, highest quality natural dermal fillers which delicately remove signs of ageing or gently improve nature’s imperfections. They are natural and safe products whose effectiveness and safety have been proved by hundreds of clinical studies. Each of them has been so far applied in more than ten to a several dozen millions treatments all over the world, and their number increases every day.
Revofil® is an alternative for patients in whom injectable fillers get quickly absorbed. The preparation is also based on hyaluronic acid, though it also contains appropriately selected biomimetic peptides which prevent the activity of hyaluronidase (enzyme that degrades hyaluronic acid) and inhibit the action of free radicals.
How do dermal fillers work?
Injectable dermal fillers contain hyaluronic acid in the form of a light gel – natural substance present in a human body. They support the skin offering its refreshment and improvement of appearance, regardless of the treatment purpose (smoothing wrinkles, improvement of the face contour, mouth augmentation or just rejuvenation).
Since the skin – or even your desired effects may change over time, a great advantage of dermal fillers is that their effects are fully reversible. It gives the patient freedom of choice concerning maintenance of the effect and a full control over his/her appearance.
We use only the highest quality hyaluronic acid dermal fillers:
Restylane®, Q-Med (Sweden)
Juvederm®, Allergan (France)
Surgiderm®, Allergan (France)
Teosyal®, Teoxane (Switzerland)
Benefits of facial filling treatments:
– hollow cheeks become firm and plump
– nasolabial folds are softened
– drooping mouth corners return to their original position
– forehead wrinkles get smoothed
– wrinkles all over the face become softened
– temporal hollows are reduced
– the jawline contour is redefined
– any facial asymmetry is reduced
Results of hyaluronic acid dermal fillers can be summed up in three words:
safe – natural – effective
Why injectable dermal fillers?
Natural aesthetic effect
Visible rejuvenation and improvement of skin firmness
Restoration of lost skin volume
Subtle correction of face contour and lines
Long lasting effect visible immediately following the treatment
Full and immediate reversibility of the effect
Safe effect, confirmed with clinical research
What does the procedure look like?
After medical consultation, the doctor, with a very fine needle or cannula injects a small amount of light gel into the target skin area. Before the procedure the skin surface is numbed with topical anaesthetic (Emla cream). As most of the preparations contain lidocaine, their injection is practically painless. Immediately following the treatment some patients may experience slight transient swelling or bruising, which go away within a few days. Still, they can resume their normal activities right after the session.
How soon are the effects visible?
Firs effects are visible already immediately after injection of dermal filler.
How long will the effect last?
The duration of effects will depend on the product (its density and level of cross-linking) and individual organism. Average longevity of light and subtle dermal fillers is up to 6 months, for the preparations of medium density up to about 9-12 months and even up to 18 months for innovative volumetric preparations.
Is the procedure safe?
Definitely it is a safe treatment. As hyaluronic acid is naturally present in human body it is 100% biocompatible, does not cause allergic reactions and guarantees long term safety results.
Are all preparations the same?
In the range of Restylane®, Juvederm®, Surgiderm® and Teosyal® products there are various preparations dedicated to certain face areas, with different density for particular facial zone and purposes.
Can the procedure be combined with other treatments?
The treatment may be combined with botulin toxin treatments, threads and others. The doctor in charge of the treatment will decide about the time intervals between particular procedures.
Who performs the treatment?
The procedure is performed by an experienced medical doctor – Dagmara Misiek-Cyrwus
| Price Restylane® |
Restylane, Restylane Perlane 1ml |
299€ |
| Juvederm® |
Ultra 2 0,55ml |
160€ |
|
Ultra 3, Ultra 4 1ml |
299€ |
| Surgiderm® |
18, 24XP, 30 XP, 30 0,8ml |
250€ |
| Teosyal® |
Touch Up 0,5ml |
175€ |
|
First Lines 0,7ml |
210€ |
|
Global Action, Deep Lines 1ml |
299€ |
| Revofil® |
Plus 1ml |
269€ |
|
SubQ 2ml |
449€ |
| Juvederm® |
Voluma 1ml |
275€ |
|
Voluma 2ml |
449€ |
| Teosyal® |
Ultra Deep, Ultimate 1ml |
299€ |
|
Ultimate 2ml |
410€ |
|
Ultimate 3ml |
410€ |
| Duration |
|
about 60 min. |
| Anaesthesia |
|
yes |
To ensure you with comfort and safety, each product is opened in the patient’s presence and expiration date of the product is presented. Thus we guarantee that the products used during the procedure are original and of the highest quality.
2. Calcium Hydroxylapatite
CALCIUM HYDROXYLAPATITE (RADIESSE)
Radiesse is entirely new and innovative dermal filler. Like stabilised hyaluronic acid it gives the effect of immediate filling, but, most of all, unlike other hyaluronic acid based fillers it strongly energises the skin to the production of its own collagen.
As a result, we not only restore the lost tissue volume, but we also improve the skin structure.
Radiesse belongs to one of the safest currently available dermal fillers perfecting the skin volume.
When we start losing face volume and contour…
…it’s time to start Radiesse |
How does Radiesse dermal filler work?
Main ingredient of the preparation is calcium hydroxylapatite – identical with the calcium present in human teeth or bones. When injected subdermally, this substance causes intensive stimulation of fibroblasts – cells responsible for the synthesis of collagen fibres.
Who can benefit from treatment with Radiesse?
The treatment brings very good effects in patients with lost tissue volumetry. However, Radiesse can also be a preventative treatment, maintaining firm skin in patients with or without first signs of skin ageing.
EFFECTS:
- intensive skin firming (effect of rejuvenation, restoration of skin elasticity and flexibility)
- filling of zygomatic area and hollow cheeks (lifting effect)
- filling of nasolabial folds (younger and refreshed appearance)
- correction of marionette lines – drooping mouth corners (cheerful/brighter facial expression)
- elimination of chipmunk cheeks (correction of the jawline and face oval)
- brow lifting (optically enlarged eyes)
- filling the temples (healthier and younger appearance)
- nose shape correction
- chin correction (restoration of natural proportion)
- hands – restoration of skin firmness and elasticity
- neck and décolletage – restoration of skin firmness and elasticity
What makes Radiesse different from other leading dermal fillers?
“V” EFFECT
Increased skin volumetry stimulated by collagen production. |
Natural aesthetic effect
Visible rejuvenation and improvement of skin firmness
Restoration of lost skin volume
Subtle correction of face contour and lines
Stimulation of own collagen production – intensive tissue regeneration
Effect visible immediately following the treatment and lasting for over a year
Safe effect, confirmed with clinical research
FDA approved
Millions of performed treatments all over the world
| Radiessebelongs to one of the safest currently available volumizing dermal fillers. |
How soon are the effects visible?
First effect of Radiesse treatment (like in other hyaluronic acid fillers) is visible immediately upon injection. Yet, intensive stimulation to collagen fibres synthesis and general improvement of the skin condition develops gradually. Typically, noticeable results of collagen volume increase appear already after 2-3 months.
How long does the effect of Radiesse last?
In majority of patients the results may last up to a year or longer.
Is the procedure safe?
Definitely it is a safe treatment. As calcium hydroxylapatite is naturally present in human teeth and bones it is 100% biocompatible, does not cause allergic reaction and guarantees long term safety results.
Can Radiesse be combined with other treatments?
Radiesse may be combined with botulin toxin treatments, hyaluronic acid preparations, threads and others. The doctor in charge of the treatment will decide about the time intervals between particular procedures.
Will high temperature, sunbathing or laser treatments degrade Radiesse?
No, they will not. Contrary to hyaluronic acid dermal fillers Radiesse is not affected by high temperatures. It means that sunbathing, using solarium, sauna or undergoing laser treatment will not influence the effects of Radiesse.
Who performs the treatment?
The procedure is performed by a medical doctor, experienced in the use of Radiesse – Dagmara Misiek-Cyrwus
The product is manufactured by Merz Aesthetics (Germany).
| Price |
0,3ml |
100€ |
|
0,8ml |
250€ |
|
1,5ml |
375€ |
| Duration |
|
about 60 min. |
| Anaesthesia |
|
yes |
To ensure you with comfort and safety, each product is opened in the patient’s presence and expiration date of the product is presented. Thus we guarantee that the products used during the procedure are original and of the highest quality.
3. PDO thread with cogs - First Lift BARB and BARB 4D
LIFTING THREADS
Silhouette-soft®, First Lift PDO®, Happy Lift PDO®
PDO thread with cogs
– First Lift BARB and BARB 4D
lifting of the lower parts of the face, neck and eyebrows
What are PDO First Lift, BARB and BARB 4D?
Absorbable PDO First Lift BARB and BARB 4D threads are one of the most spectacular non-invasive tissue lifting methods currently available on the beauty market. They effectively correct lower parts of the face, eyebrows and neck.
These threads are made of absorbable PDO (polydioxanone) material, being a strong synthetic monofilament thread. They come with specially designed microscopic hooks (barbs) with unique length and space between single barbs, enabling the lifting effect. Once implanted, the threads act like a new scaffolding for flabby tissues.
In BARB 4D threads, the barbs extend in four dimensions around the suture, in this way even more intensifying the supporting results.
Moreover, PDO enhances the process of neocollagenesis, meaning stimulation of collagen production. At the same time, energised by PDO fibroblasts cause the increase of both the level of elasticin and natural hyaluronic acid.
First Lift BARB and BARB 4D threads both intensively revitalise and and lift soft tissues.
What does the procedure look like?
During a sterile procedure the doctor injects a unique conductor needle with the thread inserted inside into the target skin area. The treatment is performed under local anaesthetic, lasts for about 15-20 minutes and is practically painless. Immediately after the procedure patient leaves the clinic.
Why PDO First Lift, BARB and BARB 4D?
Natural effects
Effective regeneration
Unique bidirectional cogs
High capacity of tissue elevation
Entirely absorbable ingredients
Little invasiveness – no incisions
Gradual reconstruction of lost collagen
Local anaesthesia
Short recovery time
EFFECTS:
– strong lifting
– stimulation of collagen synthesis
– face regains natural proportions
EFFECTS:
VISSIBLE TISSUE RAISING AND IMPROVEMENT OF SKIN DENSITY
Intensive tissue elevating action
As a result of skin tightening
| COLLAGEN AND ELASTICIN RECONSTRUCTION |
Strong stimulating effects
| SOFTENING OF SMALL WRINKLES |
Reconstruction of damaged and atonic skin
How long do the effects last?
The threads dissolve after about 6-8 months, while the implantation effects last for about 18 months.
Can First Lift PDO be combined with other treatments?
Yes, First Lift PDO can be combined with botulinum toxin, hyaluronic acid and other treatments. The doctor in charge of the treatment will decide about the time intervals between particular procedures.
Who performs the treatment?
The procedure is performed by a medical doctor, experienced in the use of First Lift PDO threads – medical doctor Dagmara Misiek-Cyrwus
| Price (1 thread) |
First Lift-2 face/neck |
100€ |
|
First Lift BARB 4D face/neck |
125€ |
| Duration |
|
about 15-20 min. |
| Anaesthesia |
|
yes |
To ensure you with comfort and safety, each product is opened in the patient’s presence and expiration date of the product is presented. Thus we guarantee that the products used during the procedure are original and of the highest quality.
4. Cone threads - Silhouette Soft (8-12-16 cones)
LIFTING THREADS
Silhouette Soft®, First Lift PDO®, Happy Lift PDO®
Cone threads –
– Silhouette Soft (8-12-16 cones) –
lifting of cheeks/lower face parts and eyebrows
What are Silhouette Soft® threads?
Silhouette Soft® is a safe alternative for people, who, for various reasons, are not ready yet for surgical lifting, but already have first visible signs of ageing in the form of sagging soft tissue.
The sutures are made of polylactic and glycolic acid. On their surface there are bidirectional elastic cones, which are anchored in the tissue. Depending on their type, the sutures have 8, 12 or 16 cones. They are entirely absorbable.
It is a procedure of little invasiveness and may correct sagging cheeks, jawline and eyebrows.
What does the procedure look like?
During a sterile procedure, the doctor inserts the suture under the skin using a fine needle. For full patient’s comfort the treatment is performed under local anaesthetic and lasts for about 30-40 minutes. Immediately after the procedure patient leaves the clinic.
Fine needles and elastic cones guarantee comfortable implantation and satisfactory treatment effects.
How is Silhouette Soft® different from other sutures?
Natural effects
Immediate lifting effect
Unique system of elevating tissues with cones
Entirely absorbable ingredients
Little invasiveness – no incisions
Gradual reconstruction of lost collagen
Local anaesthesia
Short recovery time
FDA approved
EFFECTS:
– lifted cheeks
– correction of face oval and the jawline
– brow lift
– restoring appropriate face proportions
How long do the effects last?
Usually, the visible benefits of Silhouette Soft® treatment can last up to 12-18 months.
Can Silhouette Soft® be combined with other treatments?
Silhouette Soft® can be combined with botulinum toxin, hyaluronic acid and other treatments. The doctor in charge of the treatment will decide about the time intervals between particular procedures.
Who performs the treatment?
The procedure is performed by a medical doctor, experienced in the use of Silhouette Soft® – medical doctor Dagmara Misiek-Cyrwus
Silhouette Soft® is produced in Michigan, USA.
| Price |
(1 suture) 8 cones face |
200€ |
|
12 cones – new! face |
215€ |
|
16 cones face/body |
225€ |
| Duration |
|
about 30-40 min. |
| Anaesthesia |
|
yes |
To ensure you with comfort and safety, each product is opened in the patient’s presence and expiration date of the product is presented. Thus we guarantee that the products used during the procedure are original and of the highest quality.
SHADOWS, DARK CIRCLES UNDER THE EYES
1. Face / Body mesotherapy
MEDICAL NEEDLE MESOTHERAPY
Teosyal Redensity I®, Juvederm Hydrate®,
Light Eyes®, White In®, RRS HA®
FACE/BODY MESOTHERAPY
hydration/nutrition/tightening
Needle mesotherapy is one of the most often recommended rejuvenating treatments. They are dedicated for prevention, correction and reduction of the effects skin ageing. Needle mesotherapy treatments prevent, smooth and eliminate small facial lines, deeply hydrate the skin and make it look radiant and spectacularly glowing.
Regular performance of needle mesotherapy provides long lasting effect of healthy looking skin.
EFFECTS OF MESOTHERAPY:
- hydration and stimulation
- skin regeneration
- improvement of skin tightness
- anti-ageing effect
- skin biorevitalisation
- collagen and elasticin reconstruction
- softening of small wrinkles
- neutralization of free radicals
Why mesotherapy?
- minimally invasive treatment
- subtle and natural effects
- intensive and long-lasting skin hydration
- delaying the skin ageing process
What does the procedure look like?
With the use of a very fine needle the doctor injects the product into the target skin area that we want to biorevitalise. Before the treatment, the skin is numbed with topical anaesthetic – the Emla cream. The whole procedure lasts for about 15-20 minutes.
How many treatments are needed?
Number and frequency of treatments depends on patient’s age and skin condition. In young patients with no or very first signs of skin ageing mesotherapy is applied preventively. Then, to reverse the process of wrinkle formation it is enough to have 1 treatment every 4-6 months.
In case of mature skin with visible signs of skin ageing it is recommended to take a series of a few treatments (about 3-6 every 2-4 weeks).
In patients with very mature skin, smoker’s or damaged skin, frequency of treatments can be increased.
What are mesotherapy medications?
Currently, the most popular face mesotherapy preparations are cocktails (based on hyaluronic acid and/or organic silica combined with various skin biorevitalising complexes.
INDICATIONS
- dry, dehydrated skin
- lax skin with lost elasticity
- young skin – first symptoms of ageing
- mature skin with signs of ageing
- smoker’s skin
Who performs the treatment?
The procedure is performed by a medical doctor, experienced in mesotherapy – medical doctor Dagmara Misiek-Cyrwus
In our clinic we perform treatments based on the highest quality mesotherapy products:
Teosyal Redensity I, Teoxane (Switzerland)
RRS® HA, Aesthetic Dermal (Spain)
Juvederm Hydrate®, Allergan (France)
Teosyal REDENSITY I®
New treatment providing skin radiance. The treatment helps to restore the skin’s structure and strengthens its ability to reflect light.
A simple, effective protocol in 3 sessions at 3 week intervals.
PROPRIETARY FORMULA:
– HYALURONIC ACID 15mg/g – improvement of skin hydration and density
– SKIN RESTORATION COMPLEX
8 amino acids (arginine, glycine, lysine, proline, threonine, isoleucine, valine, leucine)
3 antioxidants (glutathione, lime acid, N-acetyl-L-cysteine)
2 minerals (zinc and copper)
1 vitamin (B6 – antiallergic)
selected according to compatibility. Effective combination supporting the skin regeneration process.
They stimulate production of collagen and elastin fibres, are necessary in DNA synthesis, regulate the process of healing and reconstruction of tissues.
– LIDOCAINE – ensures comfort during injection
EFFECTS:
VISIBLE IMPROVEMENT IN SKIN DENSITY AND HYDRATION
CELLULAR RECONSTRUCTION AND REGENERATION
Epidermal cohesive effect: + 98% collagen IV
Tightening effect: + 26% of fibrillin 1
ANTIOXIDANT PROTECTION
– 28% on an oxidation marker
SKIN HYDRATION
14 times more acid GAGs
WRINKLE SOFTENING
+20% after the 1st session and +83% after the 3rd session
RRS® HA Injectable
Cocktail of hyaluronic acid and biorevitalising complex for face and body
Active ingredients:
hyaluronic acid 6mg/ml
10 vitamins (vit. A, B1, B2, B3, B5, B6, B12, C, E, B9)
3 fatty acids (oleic acid, linoleic acid, linolenic acid)
2 coenzymes (NAD, NADP)
12 antioxidants (ascorbic acid, phytic acid, lime acid,
carnosine acid, chlorogenic acid, rosemarinic acid, taurine, theanine,
tocopherol, gallic acid, ferulic acid, caffeic acid)
11 polyphenols (quercetin, hesperidin, resveratrol, catechin,
epicatechin, procyanidin, viniferin, pycnogenol)
21 aminoacids (arginine, glutamine, leucine, taurine,
methionine, phenylalanine, isoleucine, lysine, hydroxyproline,
theanine, serine, glutamine, histidine, glycine, threonine,
alanine, asparaginic acid, glutaminic acid)
13 microelements (zinc, copper, potassium, calcium, iron,
magnesium, phosphor, sodium, manganese, selenium, silica, cobalt, chrome)
3 terpenes (linalool, borneol, cineole)
EFFECTS:
VISIBLE IMPROVEMENT IN SKIN DENSITY AND HYDRATION
INCREASED HYDRATION EFFECT
Cumulative results
SOFTENING OF SMALL WRINKLES
Dermal redensification effect
INTENSIVE REGENERATION OF MATURE SKIN
Strong nourishment
RRS® Hyalift 35mg and 75mg
clear non-stabilised hyaluronic acid of high concentration 7mg/ml and 15mg/ml for skin hydration
Juvéderm® Hydrate
clear non-stabilised hyaluronic acid 13mg/ml for skin hydration with 0,9% mannitol, which prolongs the hydration effect
A simple, effective protocol in 3 sessions at 3 week intervals.
Hydrolifting Juvéderm® HYDRATE is a new generation treatment designed to hydrate the deepest layers of the skin and improve its elasticity. Although Juvéderm® HYDRATE works in dermal/epidermal junction it is not classified as a filler. It is a treatment specifically designed to improve the skin condition in the areas that are often susceptible to sun damage and the signs of ageing (face, neck, décolletage and hands). A unique feature of Juvéderm® HYDRATE is a specially developed formula, where a low molecular weight (smooth and uniform), non-cross-linked hyaluronic acid is enriched with mannitol, a substance that affects slow degradation of hyaluronic acid in the skin and additionally is a strong antioxidant.
This formula guarantees hydration of deep skin layers and makes the minor skin folds and wrinkles less visible. The skin looks healthy, fresh and silky to the touch. It becomes remarkably hydrated and more elastic. As a result, the treated area is refreshed, the skin regains its natural, youthful glow, while the face looks cheerful and bright.
Based on research and experience, aesthetic medicine specialists confirm that Juvéderm® HYDRATE belongs to one of the best tolerated skin hydrating treatments.
| Price |
Teosyal Redensity I face/body |
580PLN |
|
RRS HA Injectable face/body |
320PLN |
|
RRS Hyalift face/body |
250PLN |
|
Juvederm Hydrate face/body |
600PLN |
| Duration |
|
about 60 min. |
| Anaesthesia |
|
yes |
To ensure you with comfort and safety, each product is opened in the patient’s presence and expiration date of the product is presented. Thus we guarantee that the products used during the procedure are original and of the highest quality.
3. Hyaluronic Acid
HYALURONIC ACID
Restylane®, Juvederm®, Teosyal®, Revofil®
filling wrinkles and folds
cheek augmentation
mouth/nose/chin augmentation
dark shadows under the eyes (tear trough area)
Effects:
- cheek augmentation
- nasolabial folds
- drooping mouth corners
- forehead wrinkles
- wrinkles all over the face
- temple hollows
- jawline
- crow’s feet
- lip augmentation
- chin shape correction
- elimination of dark circles under the eyes
Ageing is inevitable and happens to each of us. We can’t make this any different. But we can influence the effects that ageing has on our skin.…
What are facial filling treatments?
Facial filling treatments are successfully applied in patients with lax skin, wrinkles and lost tissue volume resulting from the natural ageing process. Though they also act preventively helping to maintain firm and healthy skin with or without the first signs of ageing. Regardless of patient’s age they also correct possible facial asymmetry or may make the mouth more plump.
Facial dermal fillers are also dedicated to patients with small, narrow or asymmetric lips, who would like to enhance the lip volume according to individual preferences or just hydrate the lips without their augmentation.
Now, irresistibly soft and delicate lips are possible not only in the young people.
They are available for everybody!
Thanks to revolutionary hyaluronic acid fillers dedicated for the lips improvement you can gain subtlest volume, additional softness and smoothness and maintain natural hydration of the skin of the mouth and around it.
We’ll improve your natural beauty, and you’ll enjoy the effects for a long time…
Regardless of their age, these treatments are dedicated to patients with under eye hollows, which give the impression of tired or eyes. The skin in the eye area is very delicate, thin and therefore requires a lot of attention and care. These are our eyes that first reveal our age and condition.
At the beginning, the shadows appear in the corners of your eyes, over time the effect develops to the whole eye contour. In consequence, our eyes become sad and tired while whole face looks a few years older.
Restylane®, Juvederm®, Surgiderm® and Teosyal® are exclusive, highest quality natural dermal fillers which delicately remove signs of ageing or gently improve nature’s imperfections. They are natural and safe products whose effectiveness and safety have been proved by hundreds of clinical studies. Each of them has been so far applied in more than ten to a several dozen millions treatments all over the world, and their number increases every day.
Revofil® is an alternative for patients in whom injectable fillers get quickly absorbed. The preparation is also based on hyaluronic acid, though it also contains appropriately selected biomimetic peptides which prevent the activity of hyaluronidase (enzyme that degrades hyaluronic acid) and inhibit the action of free radicals.
How do dermal fillers work?
Injectable dermal fillers contain hyaluronic acid in the form of a light gel – natural substance present in a human body. They support the skin offering its refreshment and improvement of appearance, regardless of the treatment purpose (smoothing wrinkles, improvement of the face contour, mouth augmentation or just rejuvenation).
Since the skin – or even your desired effects may change over time, a great advantage of dermal fillers is that their effects are fully reversible. It gives the patient freedom of choice concerning maintenance of the effect and a full control over his/her appearance.
We use only the highest quality hyaluronic acid dermal fillers:
Restylane®, Q-Med (Sweden)
Juvederm®, Allergan (France)
Surgiderm®, Allergan (France)
Teosyal®, Teoxane (Switzerland)
Benefits of facial filling treatments:
– hollow cheeks become firm and plump
– nasolabial folds are softened
– drooping mouth corners return to their original position
– forehead wrinkles get smoothed
– wrinkles all over the face become softened
– temporal hollows are reduced
– the jawline contour is redefined
– any facial asymmetry is reduced
Results of hyaluronic acid dermal fillers can be summed up in three words:
safe – natural – effective
Why injectable dermal fillers?
Natural aesthetic effect
Visible rejuvenation and improvement of skin firmness
Restoration of lost skin volume
Subtle correction of face contour and lines
Long lasting effect visible immediately following the treatment
Full and immediate reversibility of the effect
Safe effect, confirmed with clinical research
What does the procedure look like?
After medical consultation, the doctor, with a very fine needle or cannula injects a small amount of light gel into the target skin area. Before the procedure the skin surface is numbed with topical anaesthetic (Emla cream). As most of the preparations contain lidocaine, their injection is practically painless. Immediately following the treatment some patients may experience slight transient swelling or bruising, which go away within a few days. Still, they can resume their normal activities right after the session.
How soon are the effects visible?
Firs effects are visible already immediately after injection of dermal filler.
How long will the effect last?
The duration of effects will depend on the product (its density and level of cross-linking) and individual organism. Average longevity of light and subtle dermal fillers is up to 6 months, for the preparations of medium density up to about 9-12 months and even up to 18 months for innovative volumetric preparations.
Is the procedure safe?
Definitely it is a safe treatment. As hyaluronic acid is naturally present in human body it is 100% biocompatible, does not cause allergic reactions and guarantees long term safety results.
Are all preparations the same?
In the range of Restylane®, Juvederm®, Surgiderm® and Teosyal® products there are various preparations dedicated to certain face areas, with different density for particular facial zone and purposes.
Can the procedure be combined with other treatments?
The treatment may be combined with botulin toxin treatments, threads and others. The doctor in charge of the treatment will decide about the time intervals between particular procedures.
Who performs the treatment?
The procedure is performed by an experienced medical doctor – Dagmara Misiek-Cyrwus
| Price Restylane® |
Restylane, Restylane Perlane 1ml |
299€ |
| Juvederm® |
Ultra 2 0,55ml |
160€ |
|
Ultra 3, Ultra 4 1ml |
299€ |
| Surgiderm® |
18, 24XP, 30 XP, 30 0,8ml |
250€ |
| Teosyal® |
Touch Up 0,5ml |
175€ |
|
First Lines 0,7ml |
210€ |
|
Global Action, Deep Lines 1ml |
299€ |
| Revofil® |
Plus 1ml |
269€ |
|
SubQ 2ml |
449€ |
| Juvederm® |
Voluma 1ml |
275€ |
|
Voluma 2ml |
449€ |
| Teosyal® |
Ultra Deep, Ultimate 1ml |
299€ |
|
Ultimate 2ml |
410€ |
|
Ultimate 3ml |
410€ |
| Duration |
|
about 60 min. |
| Anaesthesia |
|
yes |
To ensure you with comfort and safety, each product is opened in the patient’s presence and expiration date of the product is presented. Thus we guarantee that the products used during the procedure are original and of the highest quality.
4. Medical peelings
MEDICAL PEELINGS
Properties:
Medical peelings are currently the most often applied procedures in aesthetic medicine clinics.
| Medical peelings are effective and delicate solution for problematic skin |
They are suitable even for very sensitive complexion or for skin with dilated blood capillaries – depending on particular skin problem and type the doctor indicates appropriate composition of medical peeling.
Its effect is soothed and hydrated skin with improved firmness. Such properties are the effect of anti-oxidative properties, which protect the skin against harmful effects of free radicals.
The treatments improve condition of the skin, which results in more tight, hydrated and brightened complexion. Such therapy plays an important role in skin anti-ageing prevention.
Delicate skin flaking starts 3-5 days after the session. During this period of time, it is advised to deeply moisturise the skin and protect it against the UV rays.
What is the action of medical peels?
Sebum control and balancing action – controls and balances the amount of sebum, penetrating into hair follicle and reducing Propionibacterium acnes populations, in this way eliminating spots and blackheads
Whitening action – sun spots, postinflammatory discolouration and dark circles under eyes are reduced by about 50% after a month of therapy
High skin restructuring capacity – high skin ability for the synthesis of collagen, elastin and GAGs.
INDICATIONS
- seborrheic or acne skin
- acne
- rosacea
- uneven pigmentation and spots
- wrinkles and symptoms of photoageing
BEFORE THE TREATMENT: to intensify the effect of the procedure, for 1-2 weeks before the treatment we can use lower concentration AHA products, remembering not to irritate the skin
AFTER THE PROCEDURE
– the skin should be soothed
– it is recommended to use sun-protective creams SPV>30+
– patients should definitely avoid sunbathing or solarium for about 2 weeks
Can medical peels be combined with other treatments?
Medical peelings are successfully applied in with botulinum toxin treatments, hyaluronic acid, absorbable threads and others. The doctor in charge of the treatment will decide about the time intervals between particular procedures.
How often can the treatment be performed?
The procedure may be repeated every 14-21 days.
For best results, 4-6 treatments are recommended.
Who performs the treatment?
The procedure is performed by a medical doctor, experienced in the use of medical peelings – Dagmara Misiek-Cyrwus
| Price |
|
180 PLN |
| Duration |
|
about 30 min. |
| Anaeshesia |
|
no |
To ensure you with comfort and safety, each product is opened in the patient’s presence and expiration date of the product is presented. Thus we guarantee that the products used during the procedure are original and of the highest quality.
5. Skinboosters® - skin revitalisation
HYALURONIC ACID
Restylane®, Juvederm®, Teosyal®, Revofil®
Skinboosters®-
skin revitalisation
Youth and beauty is always associated with smooth, pleasant to the touch, hydrated, tight and flexible skin. Unfortunately, it is our skin that first reveals the signs of ageing. Aesthetic medicine offers a solution for the problem of skin ageing. The most up-to-date skin revitalisation method are Skinboosters® treatments.
What are Skinboosters® treatments?
Skinboosters are innovative treatments dedicated for skin revitalisation. They are hyaluronic acid products, which maintain a proper level of skin hydration, giving it elasticity and firmness, fresh look and natural vitality.
Skinboosters treatments are effective alternative to non-stabilised hyaluronic acid mesotherapy. Regarding slow disintegration of hyaluronic acid stabilising bonds, Skinboosters preparations guarantee long lasting effects. The treatment involves a series of microinjections performed with a very fine needle and is administered under topical anaesthesia with the Emla cream. Right after the session patients can resume their regular activities – rarely, but there might appear small bruises resulting from the microinjections, which revert spontaneously.
How long does the Skinboosters treatment last?
The procedure lasts about 30 minutes.
What is the Skinboosters treatment protocol?
For optimal, long-lasting effect, three initial treatment sessions with 3 to 4 weeks apart are recommended. To obtain a lasting effect it is advised to repeat the treatment cycle every 6 months. In younger patients one treatment every six months is enough.
What are the effects of Skinboosters?
Skinboosters treatments provide lasting moisture and improve the skin’s structure. Additionally, they restore the skin’s firmness and elasticity, eliminating small lines, giving smoother, brighter and radiant skin.
What are the Skinboosters treatment areas?
Skinboosters treatments can be used to revitalise the skin of the whole body, especially in the areas which are regarded as hard to improve.
-
sensitive skin around the eyes
-
sensitive area around the mouth
-
delicate skin of cheeks
-
thin skin of the neck
-
sensitive décolletage skin
-
the dorsal (outer) parts of hands
Who can benefit from Skinboosters treatments?
Skinboosters treatments are dedicated to patients who wish to improve the skin’s quality and restore its young look. They are especially recommended to women whose skin is overdried caused by long exposure to the sun or air conditioning.
What are the advantages of Skinboosters treatments?
Skin revitalisation with Skinboosters products result in very natural and smooth skin appearance. The skin receives long-lasting hydration, elasticity and tightness, restores its radiance, looks young and healthy. With Skinboosters treatment we do not have to be afraid of the mask-like effect. If we also consider its non-invasive character and minimum recovery time before resuming regular daily activities, Skinboosters becomes one of the best modern methods of skin revitalisation.
Can Skinboosters be combined with other treatments?
The treatment may be combined with botulin toxin treatments, threads and others. The doctor in charge of the treatment will decide about the time intervals between particular procedures.
Who performs the treatment?
The procedure is performed by a medical doctor, experienced in the application of Skinboosters preparations – Dagmara Misiek-Cyrwus
| Price Skinboosters |
Vital Light 1ml |
159€ |
|
Vital 1ml |
185€ |
| Duration |
|
about 60 min. |
| Anaesthesia |
|
yes |
To ensure you with comfort and safety, each product is opened in the patient’s presence and expiration date of the product is presented. Thus we guarantee that the products used during the procedure are original and of the highest quality.
SMALL OR TOO THIN LIPS, ASYMETRIC LIPS
1. Hyaluronic Acid
HYALURONIC ACID
Restylane®, Juvederm®, Teosyal®, Revofil®
filling wrinkles and folds
cheek augmentation
mouth/nose/chin augmentation
dark shadows under the eyes (tear trough area)
Effects:
- cheek augmentation
- nasolabial folds
- drooping mouth corners
- forehead wrinkles
- wrinkles all over the face
- temple hollows
- jawline
- crow’s feet
- lip augmentation
- chin shape correction
- elimination of dark circles under the eyes
Ageing is inevitable and happens to each of us. We can’t make this any different. But we can influence the effects that ageing has on our skin.…
What are facial filling treatments?
Facial filling treatments are successfully applied in patients with lax skin, wrinkles and lost tissue volume resulting from the natural ageing process. Though they also act preventively helping to maintain firm and healthy skin with or without the first signs of ageing. Regardless of patient’s age they also correct possible facial asymmetry or may make the mouth more plump.
Facial dermal fillers are also dedicated to patients with small, narrow or asymmetric lips, who would like to enhance the lip volume according to individual preferences or just hydrate the lips without their augmentation.
Now, irresistibly soft and delicate lips are possible not only in the young people.
They are available for everybody!
Thanks to revolutionary hyaluronic acid fillers dedicated for the lips improvement you can gain subtlest volume, additional softness and smoothness and maintain natural hydration of the skin of the mouth and around it.
We’ll improve your natural beauty, and you’ll enjoy the effects for a long time…
Regardless of their age, these treatments are dedicated to patients with under eye hollows, which give the impression of tired or eyes. The skin in the eye area is very delicate, thin and therefore requires a lot of attention and care. These are our eyes that first reveal our age and condition.
At the beginning, the shadows appear in the corners of your eyes, over time the effect develops to the whole eye contour. In consequence, our eyes become sad and tired while whole face looks a few years older.
Restylane®, Juvederm®, Surgiderm® and Teosyal® are exclusive, highest quality natural dermal fillers which delicately remove signs of ageing or gently improve nature’s imperfections. They are natural and safe products whose effectiveness and safety have been proved by hundreds of clinical studies. Each of them has been so far applied in more than ten to a several dozen millions treatments all over the world, and their number increases every day.
Revofil® is an alternative for patients in whom injectable fillers get quickly absorbed. The preparation is also based on hyaluronic acid, though it also contains appropriately selected biomimetic peptides which prevent the activity of hyaluronidase (enzyme that degrades hyaluronic acid) and inhibit the action of free radicals.
How do dermal fillers work?
Injectable dermal fillers contain hyaluronic acid in the form of a light gel – natural substance present in a human body. They support the skin offering its refreshment and improvement of appearance, regardless of the treatment purpose (smoothing wrinkles, improvement of the face contour, mouth augmentation or just rejuvenation).
Since the skin – or even your desired effects may change over time, a great advantage of dermal fillers is that their effects are fully reversible. It gives the patient freedom of choice concerning maintenance of the effect and a full control over his/her appearance.
We use only the highest quality hyaluronic acid dermal fillers:
Restylane®, Q-Med (Sweden)
Juvederm®, Allergan (France)
Surgiderm®, Allergan (France)
Teosyal®, Teoxane (Switzerland)
Benefits of facial filling treatments:
– hollow cheeks become firm and plump
– nasolabial folds are softened
– drooping mouth corners return to their original position
– forehead wrinkles get smoothed
– wrinkles all over the face become softened
– temporal hollows are reduced
– the jawline contour is redefined
– any facial asymmetry is reduced
Results of hyaluronic acid dermal fillers can be summed up in three words:
safe – natural – effective
Why injectable dermal fillers?
Natural aesthetic effect
Visible rejuvenation and improvement of skin firmness
Restoration of lost skin volume
Subtle correction of face contour and lines
Long lasting effect visible immediately following the treatment
Full and immediate reversibility of the effect
Safe effect, confirmed with clinical research
What does the procedure look like?
After medical consultation, the doctor, with a very fine needle or cannula injects a small amount of light gel into the target skin area. Before the procedure the skin surface is numbed with topical anaesthetic (Emla cream). As most of the preparations contain lidocaine, their injection is practically painless. Immediately following the treatment some patients may experience slight transient swelling or bruising, which go away within a few days. Still, they can resume their normal activities right after the session.
How soon are the effects visible?
Firs effects are visible already immediately after injection of dermal filler.
How long will the effect last?
The duration of effects will depend on the product (its density and level of cross-linking) and individual organism. Average longevity of light and subtle dermal fillers is up to 6 months, for the preparations of medium density up to about 9-12 months and even up to 18 months for innovative volumetric preparations.
Is the procedure safe?
Definitely it is a safe treatment. As hyaluronic acid is naturally present in human body it is 100% biocompatible, does not cause allergic reactions and guarantees long term safety results.
Are all preparations the same?
In the range of Restylane®, Juvederm®, Surgiderm® and Teosyal® products there are various preparations dedicated to certain face areas, with different density for particular facial zone and purposes.
Can the procedure be combined with other treatments?
The treatment may be combined with botulin toxin treatments, threads and others. The doctor in charge of the treatment will decide about the time intervals between particular procedures.
Who performs the treatment?
The procedure is performed by an experienced medical doctor – Dagmara Misiek-Cyrwus
| Price Restylane® |
Restylane, Restylane Perlane 1ml |
299€ |
| Juvederm® |
Ultra 2 0,55ml |
160€ |
|
Ultra 3, Ultra 4 1ml |
299€ |
| Surgiderm® |
18, 24XP, 30 XP, 30 0,8ml |
250€ |
| Teosyal® |
Touch Up 0,5ml |
175€ |
|
First Lines 0,7ml |
210€ |
|
Global Action, Deep Lines 1ml |
299€ |
| Revofil® |
Plus 1ml |
269€ |
|
SubQ 2ml |
449€ |
| Juvederm® |
Voluma 1ml |
275€ |
|
Voluma 2ml |
449€ |
| Teosyal® |
Ultra Deep, Ultimate 1ml |
299€ |
|
Ultimate 2ml |
410€ |
|
Ultimate 3ml |
410€ |
| Duration |
|
about 60 min. |
| Anaesthesia |
|
yes |
To ensure you with comfort and safety, each product is opened in the patient’s presence and expiration date of the product is presented. Thus we guarantee that the products used during the procedure are original and of the highest quality.
LIP DRYNESS AND CRACKING
1. Hyaluronic Acid
HYALURONIC ACID
Restylane®, Juvederm®, Teosyal®, Revofil®
filling wrinkles and folds
cheek augmentation
mouth/nose/chin augmentation
dark shadows under the eyes (tear trough area)
Effects:
- cheek augmentation
- nasolabial folds
- drooping mouth corners
- forehead wrinkles
- wrinkles all over the face
- temple hollows
- jawline
- crow’s feet
- lip augmentation
- chin shape correction
- elimination of dark circles under the eyes
Ageing is inevitable and happens to each of us. We can’t make this any different. But we can influence the effects that ageing has on our skin.…
What are facial filling treatments?
Facial filling treatments are successfully applied in patients with lax skin, wrinkles and lost tissue volume resulting from the natural ageing process. Though they also act preventively helping to maintain firm and healthy skin with or without the first signs of ageing. Regardless of patient’s age they also correct possible facial asymmetry or may make the mouth more plump.
Facial dermal fillers are also dedicated to patients with small, narrow or asymmetric lips, who would like to enhance the lip volume according to individual preferences or just hydrate the lips without their augmentation.
Now, irresistibly soft and delicate lips are possible not only in the young people.
They are available for everybody!
Thanks to revolutionary hyaluronic acid fillers dedicated for the lips improvement you can gain subtlest volume, additional softness and smoothness and maintain natural hydration of the skin of the mouth and around it.
We’ll improve your natural beauty, and you’ll enjoy the effects for a long time…
Regardless of their age, these treatments are dedicated to patients with under eye hollows, which give the impression of tired or eyes. The skin in the eye area is very delicate, thin and therefore requires a lot of attention and care. These are our eyes that first reveal our age and condition.
At the beginning, the shadows appear in the corners of your eyes, over time the effect develops to the whole eye contour. In consequence, our eyes become sad and tired while whole face looks a few years older.
Restylane®, Juvederm®, Surgiderm® and Teosyal® are exclusive, highest quality natural dermal fillers which delicately remove signs of ageing or gently improve nature’s imperfections. They are natural and safe products whose effectiveness and safety have been proved by hundreds of clinical studies. Each of them has been so far applied in more than ten to a several dozen millions treatments all over the world, and their number increases every day.
Revofil® is an alternative for patients in whom injectable fillers get quickly absorbed. The preparation is also based on hyaluronic acid, though it also contains appropriately selected biomimetic peptides which prevent the activity of hyaluronidase (enzyme that degrades hyaluronic acid) and inhibit the action of free radicals.
How do dermal fillers work?
Injectable dermal fillers contain hyaluronic acid in the form of a light gel – natural substance present in a human body. They support the skin offering its refreshment and improvement of appearance, regardless of the treatment purpose (smoothing wrinkles, improvement of the face contour, mouth augmentation or just rejuvenation).
Since the skin – or even your desired effects may change over time, a great advantage of dermal fillers is that their effects are fully reversible. It gives the patient freedom of choice concerning maintenance of the effect and a full control over his/her appearance.
We use only the highest quality hyaluronic acid dermal fillers:
Restylane®, Q-Med (Sweden)
Juvederm®, Allergan (France)
Surgiderm®, Allergan (France)
Teosyal®, Teoxane (Switzerland)
Benefits of facial filling treatments:
– hollow cheeks become firm and plump
– nasolabial folds are softened
– drooping mouth corners return to their original position
– forehead wrinkles get smoothed
– wrinkles all over the face become softened
– temporal hollows are reduced
– the jawline contour is redefined
– any facial asymmetry is reduced
Results of hyaluronic acid dermal fillers can be summed up in three words:
safe – natural – effective
Why injectable dermal fillers?
Natural aesthetic effect
Visible rejuvenation and improvement of skin firmness
Restoration of lost skin volume
Subtle correction of face contour and lines
Long lasting effect visible immediately following the treatment
Full and immediate reversibility of the effect
Safe effect, confirmed with clinical research
What does the procedure look like?
After medical consultation, the doctor, with a very fine needle or cannula injects a small amount of light gel into the target skin area. Before the procedure the skin surface is numbed with topical anaesthetic (Emla cream). As most of the preparations contain lidocaine, their injection is practically painless. Immediately following the treatment some patients may experience slight transient swelling or bruising, which go away within a few days. Still, they can resume their normal activities right after the session.
How soon are the effects visible?
Firs effects are visible already immediately after injection of dermal filler.
How long will the effect last?
The duration of effects will depend on the product (its density and level of cross-linking) and individual organism. Average longevity of light and subtle dermal fillers is up to 6 months, for the preparations of medium density up to about 9-12 months and even up to 18 months for innovative volumetric preparations.
Is the procedure safe?
Definitely it is a safe treatment. As hyaluronic acid is naturally present in human body it is 100% biocompatible, does not cause allergic reactions and guarantees long term safety results.
Are all preparations the same?
In the range of Restylane®, Juvederm®, Surgiderm® and Teosyal® products there are various preparations dedicated to certain face areas, with different density for particular facial zone and purposes.
Can the procedure be combined with other treatments?
The treatment may be combined with botulin toxin treatments, threads and others. The doctor in charge of the treatment will decide about the time intervals between particular procedures.
Who performs the treatment?
The procedure is performed by an experienced medical doctor – Dagmara Misiek-Cyrwus
| Price Restylane® |
Restylane, Restylane Perlane 1ml |
299€ |
| Juvederm® |
Ultra 2 0,55ml |
160€ |
|
Ultra 3, Ultra 4 1ml |
299€ |
| Surgiderm® |
18, 24XP, 30 XP, 30 0,8ml |
250€ |
| Teosyal® |
Touch Up 0,5ml |
175€ |
|
First Lines 0,7ml |
210€ |
|
Global Action, Deep Lines 1ml |
299€ |
| Revofil® |
Plus 1ml |
269€ |
|
SubQ 2ml |
449€ |
| Juvederm® |
Voluma 1ml |
275€ |
|
Voluma 2ml |
449€ |
| Teosyal® |
Ultra Deep, Ultimate 1ml |
299€ |
|
Ultimate 2ml |
410€ |
|
Ultimate 3ml |
410€ |
| Duration |
|
about 60 min. |
| Anaesthesia |
|
yes |
To ensure you with comfort and safety, each product is opened in the patient’s presence and expiration date of the product is presented. Thus we guarantee that the products used during the procedure are original and of the highest quality.
2. Skinboosters® - skin revitalisation
HYALURONIC ACID
Restylane®, Juvederm®, Teosyal®, Revofil®
Skinboosters®-
skin revitalisation
Youth and beauty is always associated with smooth, pleasant to the touch, hydrated, tight and flexible skin. Unfortunately, it is our skin that first reveals the signs of ageing. Aesthetic medicine offers a solution for the problem of skin ageing. The most up-to-date skin revitalisation method are Skinboosters® treatments.
What are Skinboosters® treatments?
Skinboosters are innovative treatments dedicated for skin revitalisation. They are hyaluronic acid products, which maintain a proper level of skin hydration, giving it elasticity and firmness, fresh look and natural vitality.
Skinboosters treatments are effective alternative to non-stabilised hyaluronic acid mesotherapy. Regarding slow disintegration of hyaluronic acid stabilising bonds, Skinboosters preparations guarantee long lasting effects. The treatment involves a series of microinjections performed with a very fine needle and is administered under topical anaesthesia with the Emla cream. Right after the session patients can resume their regular activities – rarely, but there might appear small bruises resulting from the microinjections, which revert spontaneously.
How long does the Skinboosters treatment last?
The procedure lasts about 30 minutes.
What is the Skinboosters treatment protocol?
For optimal, long-lasting effect, three initial treatment sessions with 3 to 4 weeks apart are recommended. To obtain a lasting effect it is advised to repeat the treatment cycle every 6 months. In younger patients one treatment every six months is enough.
What are the effects of Skinboosters?
Skinboosters treatments provide lasting moisture and improve the skin’s structure. Additionally, they restore the skin’s firmness and elasticity, eliminating small lines, giving smoother, brighter and radiant skin.
What are the Skinboosters treatment areas?
Skinboosters treatments can be used to revitalise the skin of the whole body, especially in the areas which are regarded as hard to improve.
-
sensitive skin around the eyes
-
sensitive area around the mouth
-
delicate skin of cheeks
-
thin skin of the neck
-
sensitive décolletage skin
-
the dorsal (outer) parts of hands
Who can benefit from Skinboosters treatments?
Skinboosters treatments are dedicated to patients who wish to improve the skin’s quality and restore its young look. They are especially recommended to women whose skin is overdried caused by long exposure to the sun or air conditioning.
What are the advantages of Skinboosters treatments?
Skin revitalisation with Skinboosters products result in very natural and smooth skin appearance. The skin receives long-lasting hydration, elasticity and tightness, restores its radiance, looks young and healthy. With Skinboosters treatment we do not have to be afraid of the mask-like effect. If we also consider its non-invasive character and minimum recovery time before resuming regular daily activities, Skinboosters becomes one of the best modern methods of skin revitalisation.
Can Skinboosters be combined with other treatments?
The treatment may be combined with botulin toxin treatments, threads and others. The doctor in charge of the treatment will decide about the time intervals between particular procedures.
Who performs the treatment?
The procedure is performed by a medical doctor, experienced in the application of Skinboosters preparations – Dagmara Misiek-Cyrwus
| Price Skinboosters |
Vital Light 1ml |
159€ |
|
Vital 1ml |
185€ |
| Duration |
|
about 60 min. |
| Anaesthesia |
|
yes |
To ensure you with comfort and safety, each product is opened in the patient’s presence and expiration date of the product is presented. Thus we guarantee that the products used during the procedure are original and of the highest quality.
DROOPING EYEBROWS
1. PDO thread with cogs - First Lift BARB and BARB 4D
LIFTING THREADS
Silhouette-soft®, First Lift PDO®, Happy Lift PDO®
PDO thread with cogs
– First Lift BARB and BARB 4D
lifting of the lower parts of the face, neck and eyebrows
What are PDO First Lift, BARB and BARB 4D?
Absorbable PDO First Lift BARB and BARB 4D threads are one of the most spectacular non-invasive tissue lifting methods currently available on the beauty market. They effectively correct lower parts of the face, eyebrows and neck.
These threads are made of absorbable PDO (polydioxanone) material, being a strong synthetic monofilament thread. They come with specially designed microscopic hooks (barbs) with unique length and space between single barbs, enabling the lifting effect. Once implanted, the threads act like a new scaffolding for flabby tissues.
In BARB 4D threads, the barbs extend in four dimensions around the suture, in this way even more intensifying the supporting results.
Moreover, PDO enhances the process of neocollagenesis, meaning stimulation of collagen production. At the same time, energised by PDO fibroblasts cause the increase of both the level of elasticin and natural hyaluronic acid.
First Lift BARB and BARB 4D threads both intensively revitalise and and lift soft tissues.
What does the procedure look like?
During a sterile procedure the doctor injects a unique conductor needle with the thread inserted inside into the target skin area. The treatment is performed under local anaesthetic, lasts for about 15-20 minutes and is practically painless. Immediately after the procedure patient leaves the clinic.
Why PDO First Lift, BARB and BARB 4D?
Natural effects
Effective regeneration
Unique bidirectional cogs
High capacity of tissue elevation
Entirely absorbable ingredients
Little invasiveness – no incisions
Gradual reconstruction of lost collagen
Local anaesthesia
Short recovery time
EFFECTS:
– strong lifting
– stimulation of collagen synthesis
– face regains natural proportions
EFFECTS:
VISSIBLE TISSUE RAISING AND IMPROVEMENT OF SKIN DENSITY
Intensive tissue elevating action
As a result of skin tightening
| COLLAGEN AND ELASTICIN RECONSTRUCTION |
Strong stimulating effects
| SOFTENING OF SMALL WRINKLES |
Reconstruction of damaged and atonic skin
How long do the effects last?
The threads dissolve after about 6-8 months, while the implantation effects last for about 18 months.
Can First Lift PDO be combined with other treatments?
Yes, First Lift PDO can be combined with botulinum toxin, hyaluronic acid and other treatments. The doctor in charge of the treatment will decide about the time intervals between particular procedures.
Who performs the treatment?
The procedure is performed by a medical doctor, experienced in the use of First Lift PDO threads – medical doctor Dagmara Misiek-Cyrwus
| Price (1 thread) |
First Lift-2 face/neck |
100€ |
|
First Lift BARB 4D face/neck |
125€ |
| Duration |
|
about 15-20 min. |
| Anaesthesia |
|
yes |
To ensure you with comfort and safety, each product is opened in the patient’s presence and expiration date of the product is presented. Thus we guarantee that the products used during the procedure are original and of the highest quality.
2. Cone threads - Silhouette Soft (8-12-16 cones)
LIFTING THREADS
Silhouette Soft®, First Lift PDO®, Happy Lift PDO®
Cone threads –
– Silhouette Soft (8-12-16 cones) –
lifting of cheeks/lower face parts and eyebrows
What are Silhouette Soft® threads?
Silhouette Soft® is a safe alternative for people, who, for various reasons, are not ready yet for surgical lifting, but already have first visible signs of ageing in the form of sagging soft tissue.
The sutures are made of polylactic and glycolic acid. On their surface there are bidirectional elastic cones, which are anchored in the tissue. Depending on their type, the sutures have 8, 12 or 16 cones. They are entirely absorbable.
It is a procedure of little invasiveness and may correct sagging cheeks, jawline and eyebrows.
What does the procedure look like?
During a sterile procedure, the doctor inserts the suture under the skin using a fine needle. For full patient’s comfort the treatment is performed under local anaesthetic and lasts for about 30-40 minutes. Immediately after the procedure patient leaves the clinic.
Fine needles and elastic cones guarantee comfortable implantation and satisfactory treatment effects.
How is Silhouette Soft® different from other sutures?
Natural effects
Immediate lifting effect
Unique system of elevating tissues with cones
Entirely absorbable ingredients
Little invasiveness – no incisions
Gradual reconstruction of lost collagen
Local anaesthesia
Short recovery time
FDA approved
EFFECTS:
– lifted cheeks
– correction of face oval and the jawline
– brow lift
– restoring appropriate face proportions
How long do the effects last?
Usually, the visible benefits of Silhouette Soft® treatment can last up to 12-18 months.
Can Silhouette Soft® be combined with other treatments?
Silhouette Soft® can be combined with botulinum toxin, hyaluronic acid and other treatments. The doctor in charge of the treatment will decide about the time intervals between particular procedures.
Who performs the treatment?
The procedure is performed by a medical doctor, experienced in the use of Silhouette Soft® – medical doctor Dagmara Misiek-Cyrwus
Silhouette Soft® is produced in Michigan, USA.
| Price |
(1 suture) 8 cones face |
200€ |
|
12 cones – new! face |
215€ |
|
16 cones face/body |
225€ |
| Duration |
|
about 30-40 min. |
| Anaesthesia |
|
yes |
To ensure you with comfort and safety, each product is opened in the patient’s presence and expiration date of the product is presented. Thus we guarantee that the products used during the procedure are original and of the highest quality.
3. Hyaluronic Acid
HYALURONIC ACID
Restylane®, Juvederm®, Teosyal®, Revofil®
filling wrinkles and folds
cheek augmentation
mouth/nose/chin augmentation
dark shadows under the eyes (tear trough area)
Effects:
- cheek augmentation
- nasolabial folds
- drooping mouth corners
- forehead wrinkles
- wrinkles all over the face
- temple hollows
- jawline
- crow’s feet
- lip augmentation
- chin shape correction
- elimination of dark circles under the eyes
Ageing is inevitable and happens to each of us. We can’t make this any different. But we can influence the effects that ageing has on our skin.…
What are facial filling treatments?
Facial filling treatments are successfully applied in patients with lax skin, wrinkles and lost tissue volume resulting from the natural ageing process. Though they also act preventively helping to maintain firm and healthy skin with or without the first signs of ageing. Regardless of patient’s age they also correct possible facial asymmetry or may make the mouth more plump.
Facial dermal fillers are also dedicated to patients with small, narrow or asymmetric lips, who would like to enhance the lip volume according to individual preferences or just hydrate the lips without their augmentation.
Now, irresistibly soft and delicate lips are possible not only in the young people.
They are available for everybody!
Thanks to revolutionary hyaluronic acid fillers dedicated for the lips improvement you can gain subtlest volume, additional softness and smoothness and maintain natural hydration of the skin of the mouth and around it.
We’ll improve your natural beauty, and you’ll enjoy the effects for a long time…
Regardless of their age, these treatments are dedicated to patients with under eye hollows, which give the impression of tired or eyes. The skin in the eye area is very delicate, thin and therefore requires a lot of attention and care. These are our eyes that first reveal our age and condition.
At the beginning, the shadows appear in the corners of your eyes, over time the effect develops to the whole eye contour. In consequence, our eyes become sad and tired while whole face looks a few years older.
Restylane®, Juvederm®, Surgiderm® and Teosyal® are exclusive, highest quality natural dermal fillers which delicately remove signs of ageing or gently improve nature’s imperfections. They are natural and safe products whose effectiveness and safety have been proved by hundreds of clinical studies. Each of them has been so far applied in more than ten to a several dozen millions treatments all over the world, and their number increases every day.
Revofil® is an alternative for patients in whom injectable fillers get quickly absorbed. The preparation is also based on hyaluronic acid, though it also contains appropriately selected biomimetic peptides which prevent the activity of hyaluronidase (enzyme that degrades hyaluronic acid) and inhibit the action of free radicals.
How do dermal fillers work?
Injectable dermal fillers contain hyaluronic acid in the form of a light gel – natural substance present in a human body. They support the skin offering its refreshment and improvement of appearance, regardless of the treatment purpose (smoothing wrinkles, improvement of the face contour, mouth augmentation or just rejuvenation).
Since the skin – or even your desired effects may change over time, a great advantage of dermal fillers is that their effects are fully reversible. It gives the patient freedom of choice concerning maintenance of the effect and a full control over his/her appearance.
We use only the highest quality hyaluronic acid dermal fillers:
Restylane®, Q-Med (Sweden)
Juvederm®, Allergan (France)
Surgiderm®, Allergan (France)
Teosyal®, Teoxane (Switzerland)
Benefits of facial filling treatments:
– hollow cheeks become firm and plump
– nasolabial folds are softened
– drooping mouth corners return to their original position
– forehead wrinkles get smoothed
– wrinkles all over the face become softened
– temporal hollows are reduced
– the jawline contour is redefined
– any facial asymmetry is reduced
Results of hyaluronic acid dermal fillers can be summed up in three words:
safe – natural – effective
Why injectable dermal fillers?
Natural aesthetic effect
Visible rejuvenation and improvement of skin firmness
Restoration of lost skin volume
Subtle correction of face contour and lines
Long lasting effect visible immediately following the treatment
Full and immediate reversibility of the effect
Safe effect, confirmed with clinical research
What does the procedure look like?
After medical consultation, the doctor, with a very fine needle or cannula injects a small amount of light gel into the target skin area. Before the procedure the skin surface is numbed with topical anaesthetic (Emla cream). As most of the preparations contain lidocaine, their injection is practically painless. Immediately following the treatment some patients may experience slight transient swelling or bruising, which go away within a few days. Still, they can resume their normal activities right after the session.
How soon are the effects visible?
Firs effects are visible already immediately after injection of dermal filler.
How long will the effect last?
The duration of effects will depend on the product (its density and level of cross-linking) and individual organism. Average longevity of light and subtle dermal fillers is up to 6 months, for the preparations of medium density up to about 9-12 months and even up to 18 months for innovative volumetric preparations.
Is the procedure safe?
Definitely it is a safe treatment. As hyaluronic acid is naturally present in human body it is 100% biocompatible, does not cause allergic reactions and guarantees long term safety results.
Are all preparations the same?
In the range of Restylane®, Juvederm®, Surgiderm® and Teosyal® products there are various preparations dedicated to certain face areas, with different density for particular facial zone and purposes.
Can the procedure be combined with other treatments?
The treatment may be combined with botulin toxin treatments, threads and others. The doctor in charge of the treatment will decide about the time intervals between particular procedures.
Who performs the treatment?
The procedure is performed by an experienced medical doctor – Dagmara Misiek-Cyrwus
| Price Restylane® |
Restylane, Restylane Perlane 1ml |
299€ |
| Juvederm® |
Ultra 2 0,55ml |
160€ |
|
Ultra 3, Ultra 4 1ml |
299€ |
| Surgiderm® |
18, 24XP, 30 XP, 30 0,8ml |
250€ |
| Teosyal® |
Touch Up 0,5ml |
175€ |
|
First Lines 0,7ml |
210€ |
|
Global Action, Deep Lines 1ml |
299€ |
| Revofil® |
Plus 1ml |
269€ |
|
SubQ 2ml |
449€ |
| Juvederm® |
Voluma 1ml |
275€ |
|
Voluma 2ml |
449€ |
| Teosyal® |
Ultra Deep, Ultimate 1ml |
299€ |
|
Ultimate 2ml |
410€ |
|
Ultimate 3ml |
410€ |
| Duration |
|
about 60 min. |
| Anaesthesia |
|
yes |
To ensure you with comfort and safety, each product is opened in the patient’s presence and expiration date of the product is presented. Thus we guarantee that the products used during the procedure are original and of the highest quality.
4. Calcium Hydroxylapatite
CALCIUM HYDROXYLAPATITE (RADIESSE)
Radiesse is entirely new and innovative dermal filler. Like stabilised hyaluronic acid it gives the effect of immediate filling, but, most of all, unlike other hyaluronic acid based fillers it strongly energises the skin to the production of its own collagen.
As a result, we not only restore the lost tissue volume, but we also improve the skin structure.
Radiesse belongs to one of the safest currently available dermal fillers perfecting the skin volume.
When we start losing face volume and contour…
…it’s time to start Radiesse |
How does Radiesse dermal filler work?
Main ingredient of the preparation is calcium hydroxylapatite – identical with the calcium present in human teeth or bones. When injected subdermally, this substance causes intensive stimulation of fibroblasts – cells responsible for the synthesis of collagen fibres.
Who can benefit from treatment with Radiesse?
The treatment brings very good effects in patients with lost tissue volumetry. However, Radiesse can also be a preventative treatment, maintaining firm skin in patients with or without first signs of skin ageing.
EFFECTS:
- intensive skin firming (effect of rejuvenation, restoration of skin elasticity and flexibility)
- filling of zygomatic area and hollow cheeks (lifting effect)
- filling of nasolabial folds (younger and refreshed appearance)
- correction of marionette lines – drooping mouth corners (cheerful/brighter facial expression)
- elimination of chipmunk cheeks (correction of the jawline and face oval)
- brow lifting (optically enlarged eyes)
- filling the temples (healthier and younger appearance)
- nose shape correction
- chin correction (restoration of natural proportion)
- hands – restoration of skin firmness and elasticity
- neck and décolletage – restoration of skin firmness and elasticity
What makes Radiesse different from other leading dermal fillers?
“V” EFFECT
Increased skin volumetry stimulated by collagen production. |
Natural aesthetic effect
Visible rejuvenation and improvement of skin firmness
Restoration of lost skin volume
Subtle correction of face contour and lines
Stimulation of own collagen production – intensive tissue regeneration
Effect visible immediately following the treatment and lasting for over a year
Safe effect, confirmed with clinical research
FDA approved
Millions of performed treatments all over the world
| Radiessebelongs to one of the safest currently available volumizing dermal fillers. |
How soon are the effects visible?
First effect of Radiesse treatment (like in other hyaluronic acid fillers) is visible immediately upon injection. Yet, intensive stimulation to collagen fibres synthesis and general improvement of the skin condition develops gradually. Typically, noticeable results of collagen volume increase appear already after 2-3 months.
How long does the effect of Radiesse last?
In majority of patients the results may last up to a year or longer.
Is the procedure safe?
Definitely it is a safe treatment. As calcium hydroxylapatite is naturally present in human teeth and bones it is 100% biocompatible, does not cause allergic reaction and guarantees long term safety results.
Can Radiesse be combined with other treatments?
Radiesse may be combined with botulin toxin treatments, hyaluronic acid preparations, threads and others. The doctor in charge of the treatment will decide about the time intervals between particular procedures.
Will high temperature, sunbathing or laser treatments degrade Radiesse?
No, they will not. Contrary to hyaluronic acid dermal fillers Radiesse is not affected by high temperatures. It means that sunbathing, using solarium, sauna or undergoing laser treatment will not influence the effects of Radiesse.
Who performs the treatment?
The procedure is performed by a medical doctor, experienced in the use of Radiesse – Dagmara Misiek-Cyrwus
The product is manufactured by Merz Aesthetics (Germany).
| Price |
0,3ml |
100€ |
|
0,8ml |
250€ |
|
1,5ml |
375€ |
| Duration |
|
about 60 min. |
| Anaesthesia |
|
yes |
To ensure you with comfort and safety, each product is opened in the patient’s presence and expiration date of the product is presented. Thus we guarantee that the products used during the procedure are original and of the highest quality.
TEMPLE HOLLOWS
1. Hyaluronic Acid
HYALURONIC ACID
Restylane®, Juvederm®, Teosyal®, Revofil®
filling wrinkles and folds
cheek augmentation
mouth/nose/chin augmentation
dark shadows under the eyes (tear trough area)
Effects:
- cheek augmentation
- nasolabial folds
- drooping mouth corners
- forehead wrinkles
- wrinkles all over the face
- temple hollows
- jawline
- crow’s feet
- lip augmentation
- chin shape correction
- elimination of dark circles under the eyes
Ageing is inevitable and happens to each of us. We can’t make this any different. But we can influence the effects that ageing has on our skin.…
What are facial filling treatments?
Facial filling treatments are successfully applied in patients with lax skin, wrinkles and lost tissue volume resulting from the natural ageing process. Though they also act preventively helping to maintain firm and healthy skin with or without the first signs of ageing. Regardless of patient’s age they also correct possible facial asymmetry or may make the mouth more plump.
Facial dermal fillers are also dedicated to patients with small, narrow or asymmetric lips, who would like to enhance the lip volume according to individual preferences or just hydrate the lips without their augmentation.
Now, irresistibly soft and delicate lips are possible not only in the young people.
They are available for everybody!
Thanks to revolutionary hyaluronic acid fillers dedicated for the lips improvement you can gain subtlest volume, additional softness and smoothness and maintain natural hydration of the skin of the mouth and around it.
We’ll improve your natural beauty, and you’ll enjoy the effects for a long time…
Regardless of their age, these treatments are dedicated to patients with under eye hollows, which give the impression of tired or eyes. The skin in the eye area is very delicate, thin and therefore requires a lot of attention and care. These are our eyes that first reveal our age and condition.
At the beginning, the shadows appear in the corners of your eyes, over time the effect develops to the whole eye contour. In consequence, our eyes become sad and tired while whole face looks a few years older.
Restylane®, Juvederm®, Surgiderm® and Teosyal® are exclusive, highest quality natural dermal fillers which delicately remove signs of ageing or gently improve nature’s imperfections. They are natural and safe products whose effectiveness and safety have been proved by hundreds of clinical studies. Each of them has been so far applied in more than ten to a several dozen millions treatments all over the world, and their number increases every day.
Revofil® is an alternative for patients in whom injectable fillers get quickly absorbed. The preparation is also based on hyaluronic acid, though it also contains appropriately selected biomimetic peptides which prevent the activity of hyaluronidase (enzyme that degrades hyaluronic acid) and inhibit the action of free radicals.
How do dermal fillers work?
Injectable dermal fillers contain hyaluronic acid in the form of a light gel – natural substance present in a human body. They support the skin offering its refreshment and improvement of appearance, regardless of the treatment purpose (smoothing wrinkles, improvement of the face contour, mouth augmentation or just rejuvenation).
Since the skin – or even your desired effects may change over time, a great advantage of dermal fillers is that their effects are fully reversible. It gives the patient freedom of choice concerning maintenance of the effect and a full control over his/her appearance.
We use only the highest quality hyaluronic acid dermal fillers:
Restylane®, Q-Med (Sweden)
Juvederm®, Allergan (France)
Surgiderm®, Allergan (France)
Teosyal®, Teoxane (Switzerland)
Benefits of facial filling treatments:
– hollow cheeks become firm and plump
– nasolabial folds are softened
– drooping mouth corners return to their original position
– forehead wrinkles get smoothed
– wrinkles all over the face become softened
– temporal hollows are reduced
– the jawline contour is redefined
– any facial asymmetry is reduced
Results of hyaluronic acid dermal fillers can be summed up in three words:
safe – natural – effective
Why injectable dermal fillers?
Natural aesthetic effect
Visible rejuvenation and improvement of skin firmness
Restoration of lost skin volume
Subtle correction of face contour and lines
Long lasting effect visible immediately following the treatment
Full and immediate reversibility of the effect
Safe effect, confirmed with clinical research
What does the procedure look like?
After medical consultation, the doctor, with a very fine needle or cannula injects a small amount of light gel into the target skin area. Before the procedure the skin surface is numbed with topical anaesthetic (Emla cream). As most of the preparations contain lidocaine, their injection is practically painless. Immediately following the treatment some patients may experience slight transient swelling or bruising, which go away within a few days. Still, they can resume their normal activities right after the session.
How soon are the effects visible?
Firs effects are visible already immediately after injection of dermal filler.
How long will the effect last?
The duration of effects will depend on the product (its density and level of cross-linking) and individual organism. Average longevity of light and subtle dermal fillers is up to 6 months, for the preparations of medium density up to about 9-12 months and even up to 18 months for innovative volumetric preparations.
Is the procedure safe?
Definitely it is a safe treatment. As hyaluronic acid is naturally present in human body it is 100% biocompatible, does not cause allergic reactions and guarantees long term safety results.
Are all preparations the same?
In the range of Restylane®, Juvederm®, Surgiderm® and Teosyal® products there are various preparations dedicated to certain face areas, with different density for particular facial zone and purposes.
Can the procedure be combined with other treatments?
The treatment may be combined with botulin toxin treatments, threads and others. The doctor in charge of the treatment will decide about the time intervals between particular procedures.
Who performs the treatment?
The procedure is performed by an experienced medical doctor – Dagmara Misiek-Cyrwus
| Price Restylane® |
Restylane, Restylane Perlane 1ml |
299€ |
| Juvederm® |
Ultra 2 0,55ml |
160€ |
|
Ultra 3, Ultra 4 1ml |
299€ |
| Surgiderm® |
18, 24XP, 30 XP, 30 0,8ml |
250€ |
| Teosyal® |
Touch Up 0,5ml |
175€ |
|
First Lines 0,7ml |
210€ |
|
Global Action, Deep Lines 1ml |
299€ |
| Revofil® |
Plus 1ml |
269€ |
|
SubQ 2ml |
449€ |
| Juvederm® |
Voluma 1ml |
275€ |
|
Voluma 2ml |
449€ |
| Teosyal® |
Ultra Deep, Ultimate 1ml |
299€ |
|
Ultimate 2ml |
410€ |
|
Ultimate 3ml |
410€ |
| Duration |
|
about 60 min. |
| Anaesthesia |
|
yes |
To ensure you with comfort and safety, each product is opened in the patient’s presence and expiration date of the product is presented. Thus we guarantee that the products used during the procedure are original and of the highest quality.
2. Calcium Hydroxylapatite
CALCIUM HYDROXYLAPATITE (RADIESSE)
Radiesse is entirely new and innovative dermal filler. Like stabilised hyaluronic acid it gives the effect of immediate filling, but, most of all, unlike other hyaluronic acid based fillers it strongly energises the skin to the production of its own collagen.
As a result, we not only restore the lost tissue volume, but we also improve the skin structure.
Radiesse belongs to one of the safest currently available dermal fillers perfecting the skin volume.
When we start losing face volume and contour…
…it’s time to start Radiesse |
How does Radiesse dermal filler work?
Main ingredient of the preparation is calcium hydroxylapatite – identical with the calcium present in human teeth or bones. When injected subdermally, this substance causes intensive stimulation of fibroblasts – cells responsible for the synthesis of collagen fibres.
Who can benefit from treatment with Radiesse?
The treatment brings very good effects in patients with lost tissue volumetry. However, Radiesse can also be a preventative treatment, maintaining firm skin in patients with or without first signs of skin ageing.
EFFECTS:
- intensive skin firming (effect of rejuvenation, restoration of skin elasticity and flexibility)
- filling of zygomatic area and hollow cheeks (lifting effect)
- filling of nasolabial folds (younger and refreshed appearance)
- correction of marionette lines – drooping mouth corners (cheerful/brighter facial expression)
- elimination of chipmunk cheeks (correction of the jawline and face oval)
- brow lifting (optically enlarged eyes)
- filling the temples (healthier and younger appearance)
- nose shape correction
- chin correction (restoration of natural proportion)
- hands – restoration of skin firmness and elasticity
- neck and décolletage – restoration of skin firmness and elasticity
What makes Radiesse different from other leading dermal fillers?
“V” EFFECT
Increased skin volumetry stimulated by collagen production. |
Natural aesthetic effect
Visible rejuvenation and improvement of skin firmness
Restoration of lost skin volume
Subtle correction of face contour and lines
Stimulation of own collagen production – intensive tissue regeneration
Effect visible immediately following the treatment and lasting for over a year
Safe effect, confirmed with clinical research
FDA approved
Millions of performed treatments all over the world
| Radiessebelongs to one of the safest currently available volumizing dermal fillers. |
How soon are the effects visible?
First effect of Radiesse treatment (like in other hyaluronic acid fillers) is visible immediately upon injection. Yet, intensive stimulation to collagen fibres synthesis and general improvement of the skin condition develops gradually. Typically, noticeable results of collagen volume increase appear already after 2-3 months.
How long does the effect of Radiesse last?
In majority of patients the results may last up to a year or longer.
Is the procedure safe?
Definitely it is a safe treatment. As calcium hydroxylapatite is naturally present in human teeth and bones it is 100% biocompatible, does not cause allergic reaction and guarantees long term safety results.
Can Radiesse be combined with other treatments?
Radiesse may be combined with botulin toxin treatments, hyaluronic acid preparations, threads and others. The doctor in charge of the treatment will decide about the time intervals between particular procedures.
Will high temperature, sunbathing or laser treatments degrade Radiesse?
No, they will not. Contrary to hyaluronic acid dermal fillers Radiesse is not affected by high temperatures. It means that sunbathing, using solarium, sauna or undergoing laser treatment will not influence the effects of Radiesse.
Who performs the treatment?
The procedure is performed by a medical doctor, experienced in the use of Radiesse – Dagmara Misiek-Cyrwus
The product is manufactured by Merz Aesthetics (Germany).
| Price |
0,3ml |
100€ |
|
0,8ml |
250€ |
|
1,5ml |
375€ |
| Duration |
|
about 60 min. |
| Anaesthesia |
|
yes |
To ensure you with comfort and safety, each product is opened in the patient’s presence and expiration date of the product is presented. Thus we guarantee that the products used during the procedure are original and of the highest quality.
NOSE HUMP, NOSE ASYMETRY, NOSE TIP
1. Hyaluronic Acid
2. Calcium Hydroxylapatite
CALCIUM HYDROXYLAPATITE (RADIESSE)
Radiesse is entirely new and innovative dermal filler. Like stabilised hyaluronic acid it gives the effect of immediate filling, but, most of all, unlike other hyaluronic acid based fillers it strongly energises the skin to the production of its own collagen.
As a result, we not only restore the lost tissue volume, but we also improve the skin structure.
Radiesse belongs to one of the safest currently available dermal fillers perfecting the skin volume.
When we start losing face volume and contour…
…it’s time to start Radiesse |
How does Radiesse dermal filler work?
Main ingredient of the preparation is calcium hydroxylapatite – identical with the calcium present in human teeth or bones. When injected subdermally, this substance causes intensive stimulation of fibroblasts – cells responsible for the synthesis of collagen fibres.
Who can benefit from treatment with Radiesse?
The treatment brings very good effects in patients with lost tissue volumetry. However, Radiesse can also be a preventative treatment, maintaining firm skin in patients with or without first signs of skin ageing.
EFFECTS:
- intensive skin firming (effect of rejuvenation, restoration of skin elasticity and flexibility)
- filling of zygomatic area and hollow cheeks (lifting effect)
- filling of nasolabial folds (younger and refreshed appearance)
- correction of marionette lines – drooping mouth corners (cheerful/brighter facial expression)
- elimination of chipmunk cheeks (correction of the jawline and face oval)
- brow lifting (optically enlarged eyes)
- filling the temples (healthier and younger appearance)
- nose shape correction
- chin correction (restoration of natural proportion)
- hands – restoration of skin firmness and elasticity
- neck and décolletage – restoration of skin firmness and elasticity
What makes Radiesse different from other leading dermal fillers?
“V” EFFECT
Increased skin volumetry stimulated by collagen production. |
Natural aesthetic effect
Visible rejuvenation and improvement of skin firmness
Restoration of lost skin volume
Subtle correction of face contour and lines
Stimulation of own collagen production – intensive tissue regeneration
Effect visible immediately following the treatment and lasting for over a year
Safe effect, confirmed with clinical research
FDA approved
Millions of performed treatments all over the world
| Radiessebelongs to one of the safest currently available volumizing dermal fillers. |
How soon are the effects visible?
First effect of Radiesse treatment (like in other hyaluronic acid fillers) is visible immediately upon injection. Yet, intensive stimulation to collagen fibres synthesis and general improvement of the skin condition develops gradually. Typically, noticeable results of collagen volume increase appear already after 2-3 months.
How long does the effect of Radiesse last?
In majority of patients the results may last up to a year or longer.
Is the procedure safe?
Definitely it is a safe treatment. As calcium hydroxylapatite is naturally present in human teeth and bones it is 100% biocompatible, does not cause allergic reaction and guarantees long term safety results.
Can Radiesse be combined with other treatments?
Radiesse may be combined with botulin toxin treatments, hyaluronic acid preparations, threads and others. The doctor in charge of the treatment will decide about the time intervals between particular procedures.
Will high temperature, sunbathing or laser treatments degrade Radiesse?
No, they will not. Contrary to hyaluronic acid dermal fillers Radiesse is not affected by high temperatures. It means that sunbathing, using solarium, sauna or undergoing laser treatment will not influence the effects of Radiesse.
Who performs the treatment?
The procedure is performed by a medical doctor, experienced in the use of Radiesse – Dagmara Misiek-Cyrwus
The product is manufactured by Merz Aesthetics (Germany).
| Price |
0,3ml |
100€ |
|
0,8ml |
250€ |
|
1,5ml |
375€ |
| Duration |
|
about 60 min. |
| Anaesthesia |
|
yes |
To ensure you with comfort and safety, each product is opened in the patient’s presence and expiration date of the product is presented. Thus we guarantee that the products used during the procedure are original and of the highest quality.
SMALL, RECEDING CHIN
1. Hyaluronic Acid
HYALURONIC ACID
Restylane®, Juvederm®, Teosyal®, Revofil®
filling wrinkles and folds
cheek augmentation
mouth/nose/chin augmentation
dark shadows under the eyes (tear trough area)
Effects:
- cheek augmentation
- nasolabial folds
- drooping mouth corners
- forehead wrinkles
- wrinkles all over the face
- temple hollows
- jawline
- crow’s feet
- lip augmentation
- chin shape correction
- elimination of dark circles under the eyes
Ageing is inevitable and happens to each of us. We can’t make this any different. But we can influence the effects that ageing has on our skin.…
What are facial filling treatments?
Facial filling treatments are successfully applied in patients with lax skin, wrinkles and lost tissue volume resulting from the natural ageing process. Though they also act preventively helping to maintain firm and healthy skin with or without the first signs of ageing. Regardless of patient’s age they also correct possible facial asymmetry or may make the mouth more plump.
Facial dermal fillers are also dedicated to patients with small, narrow or asymmetric lips, who would like to enhance the lip volume according to individual preferences or just hydrate the lips without their augmentation.
Now, irresistibly soft and delicate lips are possible not only in the young people.
They are available for everybody!
Thanks to revolutionary hyaluronic acid fillers dedicated for the lips improvement you can gain subtlest volume, additional softness and smoothness and maintain natural hydration of the skin of the mouth and around it.
We’ll improve your natural beauty, and you’ll enjoy the effects for a long time…
Regardless of their age, these treatments are dedicated to patients with under eye hollows, which give the impression of tired or eyes. The skin in the eye area is very delicate, thin and therefore requires a lot of attention and care. These are our eyes that first reveal our age and condition.
At the beginning, the shadows appear in the corners of your eyes, over time the effect develops to the whole eye contour. In consequence, our eyes become sad and tired while whole face looks a few years older.
Restylane®, Juvederm®, Surgiderm® and Teosyal® are exclusive, highest quality natural dermal fillers which delicately remove signs of ageing or gently improve nature’s imperfections. They are natural and safe products whose effectiveness and safety have been proved by hundreds of clinical studies. Each of them has been so far applied in more than ten to a several dozen millions treatments all over the world, and their number increases every day.
Revofil® is an alternative for patients in whom injectable fillers get quickly absorbed. The preparation is also based on hyaluronic acid, though it also contains appropriately selected biomimetic peptides which prevent the activity of hyaluronidase (enzyme that degrades hyaluronic acid) and inhibit the action of free radicals.
How do dermal fillers work?
Injectable dermal fillers contain hyaluronic acid in the form of a light gel – natural substance present in a human body. They support the skin offering its refreshment and improvement of appearance, regardless of the treatment purpose (smoothing wrinkles, improvement of the face contour, mouth augmentation or just rejuvenation).
Since the skin – or even your desired effects may change over time, a great advantage of dermal fillers is that their effects are fully reversible. It gives the patient freedom of choice concerning maintenance of the effect and a full control over his/her appearance.
We use only the highest quality hyaluronic acid dermal fillers:
Restylane®, Q-Med (Sweden)
Juvederm®, Allergan (France)
Surgiderm®, Allergan (France)
Teosyal®, Teoxane (Switzerland)
Benefits of facial filling treatments:
– hollow cheeks become firm and plump
– nasolabial folds are softened
– drooping mouth corners return to their original position
– forehead wrinkles get smoothed
– wrinkles all over the face become softened
– temporal hollows are reduced
– the jawline contour is redefined
– any facial asymmetry is reduced
Results of hyaluronic acid dermal fillers can be summed up in three words:
safe – natural – effective
Why injectable dermal fillers?
Natural aesthetic effect
Visible rejuvenation and improvement of skin firmness
Restoration of lost skin volume
Subtle correction of face contour and lines
Long lasting effect visible immediately following the treatment
Full and immediate reversibility of the effect
Safe effect, confirmed with clinical research
What does the procedure look like?
After medical consultation, the doctor, with a very fine needle or cannula injects a small amount of light gel into the target skin area. Before the procedure the skin surface is numbed with topical anaesthetic (Emla cream). As most of the preparations contain lidocaine, their injection is practically painless. Immediately following the treatment some patients may experience slight transient swelling or bruising, which go away within a few days. Still, they can resume their normal activities right after the session.
How soon are the effects visible?
Firs effects are visible already immediately after injection of dermal filler.
How long will the effect last?
The duration of effects will depend on the product (its density and level of cross-linking) and individual organism. Average longevity of light and subtle dermal fillers is up to 6 months, for the preparations of medium density up to about 9-12 months and even up to 18 months for innovative volumetric preparations.
Is the procedure safe?
Definitely it is a safe treatment. As hyaluronic acid is naturally present in human body it is 100% biocompatible, does not cause allergic reactions and guarantees long term safety results.
Are all preparations the same?
In the range of Restylane®, Juvederm®, Surgiderm® and Teosyal® products there are various preparations dedicated to certain face areas, with different density for particular facial zone and purposes.
Can the procedure be combined with other treatments?
The treatment may be combined with botulin toxin treatments, threads and others. The doctor in charge of the treatment will decide about the time intervals between particular procedures.
Who performs the treatment?
The procedure is performed by an experienced medical doctor – Dagmara Misiek-Cyrwus
| Price Restylane® |
Restylane, Restylane Perlane 1ml |
299€ |
| Juvederm® |
Ultra 2 0,55ml |
160€ |
|
Ultra 3, Ultra 4 1ml |
299€ |
| Surgiderm® |
18, 24XP, 30 XP, 30 0,8ml |
250€ |
| Teosyal® |
Touch Up 0,5ml |
175€ |
|
First Lines 0,7ml |
210€ |
|
Global Action, Deep Lines 1ml |
299€ |
| Revofil® |
Plus 1ml |
269€ |
|
SubQ 2ml |
449€ |
| Juvederm® |
Voluma 1ml |
275€ |
|
Voluma 2ml |
449€ |
| Teosyal® |
Ultra Deep, Ultimate 1ml |
299€ |
|
Ultimate 2ml |
410€ |
|
Ultimate 3ml |
410€ |
| Duration |
|
about 60 min. |
| Anaesthesia |
|
yes |
To ensure you with comfort and safety, each product is opened in the patient’s presence and expiration date of the product is presented. Thus we guarantee that the products used during the procedure are original and of the highest quality.
2. Calcium Hydroxylapatite
CALCIUM HYDROXYLAPATITE (RADIESSE)
Radiesse is entirely new and innovative dermal filler. Like stabilised hyaluronic acid it gives the effect of immediate filling, but, most of all, unlike other hyaluronic acid based fillers it strongly energises the skin to the production of its own collagen.
As a result, we not only restore the lost tissue volume, but we also improve the skin structure.
Radiesse belongs to one of the safest currently available dermal fillers perfecting the skin volume.
When we start losing face volume and contour…
…it’s time to start Radiesse |
How does Radiesse dermal filler work?
Main ingredient of the preparation is calcium hydroxylapatite – identical with the calcium present in human teeth or bones. When injected subdermally, this substance causes intensive stimulation of fibroblasts – cells responsible for the synthesis of collagen fibres.
Who can benefit from treatment with Radiesse?
The treatment brings very good effects in patients with lost tissue volumetry. However, Radiesse can also be a preventative treatment, maintaining firm skin in patients with or without first signs of skin ageing.
EFFECTS:
- intensive skin firming (effect of rejuvenation, restoration of skin elasticity and flexibility)
- filling of zygomatic area and hollow cheeks (lifting effect)
- filling of nasolabial folds (younger and refreshed appearance)
- correction of marionette lines – drooping mouth corners (cheerful/brighter facial expression)
- elimination of chipmunk cheeks (correction of the jawline and face oval)
- brow lifting (optically enlarged eyes)
- filling the temples (healthier and younger appearance)
- nose shape correction
- chin correction (restoration of natural proportion)
- hands – restoration of skin firmness and elasticity
- neck and décolletage – restoration of skin firmness and elasticity
What makes Radiesse different from other leading dermal fillers?
“V” EFFECT
Increased skin volumetry stimulated by collagen production. |
Natural aesthetic effect
Visible rejuvenation and improvement of skin firmness
Restoration of lost skin volume
Subtle correction of face contour and lines
Stimulation of own collagen production – intensive tissue regeneration
Effect visible immediately following the treatment and lasting for over a year
Safe effect, confirmed with clinical research
FDA approved
Millions of performed treatments all over the world
| Radiessebelongs to one of the safest currently available volumizing dermal fillers. |
How soon are the effects visible?
First effect of Radiesse treatment (like in other hyaluronic acid fillers) is visible immediately upon injection. Yet, intensive stimulation to collagen fibres synthesis and general improvement of the skin condition develops gradually. Typically, noticeable results of collagen volume increase appear already after 2-3 months.
How long does the effect of Radiesse last?
In majority of patients the results may last up to a year or longer.
Is the procedure safe?
Definitely it is a safe treatment. As calcium hydroxylapatite is naturally present in human teeth and bones it is 100% biocompatible, does not cause allergic reaction and guarantees long term safety results.
Can Radiesse be combined with other treatments?
Radiesse may be combined with botulin toxin treatments, hyaluronic acid preparations, threads and others. The doctor in charge of the treatment will decide about the time intervals between particular procedures.
Will high temperature, sunbathing or laser treatments degrade Radiesse?
No, they will not. Contrary to hyaluronic acid dermal fillers Radiesse is not affected by high temperatures. It means that sunbathing, using solarium, sauna or undergoing laser treatment will not influence the effects of Radiesse.
Who performs the treatment?
The procedure is performed by a medical doctor, experienced in the use of Radiesse – Dagmara Misiek-Cyrwus
The product is manufactured by Merz Aesthetics (Germany).
| Price |
0,3ml |
100€ |
|
0,8ml |
250€ |
|
1,5ml |
375€ |
| Duration |
|
about 60 min. |
| Anaesthesia |
|
yes |
To ensure you with comfort and safety, each product is opened in the patient’s presence and expiration date of the product is presented. Thus we guarantee that the products used during the procedure are original and of the highest quality.
PROMINENT DOUBLE CHIN
1. Intralipotherapy - removal of localised excess adipose tissue
INJECTION LIPOLYSIS
Aqualyx®
intralipotherapy
removal of localised excess adipose tissue
Until recently the only method for getting rid of unwanted fat folds was fat aspiration, so called liposuction. This solution was effective but invasive.
As a result of studies initiated in 2002, conducted by team of doctors under the direction of prof. Motolese (Italy), it was discovered that deoxycholic acid is a substance strongly influencing adipose tissue, as it leads to total destruction of fat cells. On the basis of these studies, in 2007, prof. Motolese began his work concerning new preparation, which would entirely eliminate adipose cell. As a result of these studies, new injection technique was developed – Aqualyx introlipotherapy.
Aqualyx® is a nonsurgical alternative to liposuction.
Aqualyx® is nowadays the only in the world registered product dedicated for injection fatty tissue reduction, while the introlipotherapy is regarded as the safest injection technique of adipose tissue reduction..
It is much less invasive, non-operative method which does not make patients resign from regular activities.
Aqualyx is dedicated for improvement of the following body areas:
– double chin/jawline contouring
– arms
– inner side of thighs
– inner side of knees
– hips
– breeches
– skin folds on the back (below the ribs)
– abdomen
– below buttocks
Who can benefit from the treatment?
The best effects are obtained in patients with appropriate weight or little overweight with local fat deposits, especially in such body areas as: hips, breeches, inner side of knees, which are stubborn to physical exercises or diet.
What does the procedure look like?
During the procedure doctor injects the preparation into the area of localised fat accumulation. The treatment is entirely painless, afterwards, the target area can feel tender and be slightly red. Patients may also experience a sensation of delicate burning or itching. These effects are typical and prove that the preparation works well. As in all injections, there might appear little haematomas on the skin.
Can Aqualyx be combined with other treatments?
Aqualyx treatments can be combined with other aesthetic medicine procedures. The doctor in charge of the treatment will decide about the time intervals between particular procedures.
Who performs the treatment?
The procedure is performed by a medical doctor, experienced in the use of Aqualyx – medical doctor Dagmara Misiek-Cyrwus
| Price |
1 ampoule |
70€ |
|
|
|
| Duration |
|
about 20-30 min. |
| Anaesthesia |
|
yes |
To ensure you with comfort and safety, each product is opened in the patient’s presence and expiration date of the product is presented. Thus we guarantee that the products used during the procedure are original and of the highest quality.
BRUXISM, SQUARE JAW
1. Mimic wrinkles
Botulin toxin
MIMIC WRINKLES (EXPRESSION LINES) OF THE LOWER AND UPPER PARTS OF THE FACE
(Botox®, Azzalure®, Boccouture®)
What are mimic wrinkles?
The ageing process is accompanied by formation of static and mimic wrinkles, the latter also called expression lines.
Static wrinkles are caused by the loss of skin original volume (e.g. nasolabial folds). Mimic wrinkles are the effect of excessive activity of facial expression muscles – e.g. horizontal forehead lines or crow’s feet.
Why are expression lines formed?
When a human face shows emotions, the muscles shrink causing the development of wrinkles and lines. Similarly, the same happens, when we smile, squint or concentrate.
With the passage of time, when our skin loses its elasticity, wrinkles deepen and become permanent (not only during grimacing, but also when we relax). And so, for example, lines between eyebrows make us look as if we were angry, even though we are not.
How can we prevent the process?
Botulinum toxin type A, when injected into the muscles responsible for wrinkles, helps them relax, causes that the lines and folds soften and gives your face more refreshed look.
| BOTOX® is the first in the world, most profoundly analysed botulinum toxin widely accepted for the application in the treatment of hyperhidrosis. |
INDICATIONS
- horizontal forehead wrinkles (horizontal lines on the forehead)
- lion’s wrinkles (vertical lines between the eyebrows, make the face look fierce)
- crow’s feet (wrinkles around the eyes)
- wrinkles of the lower eyelids
- drooping eyebrows (sad and tired appearance)
- wrinkles on the nose (bunny lines)
- nose tip raising
- drooping mouth corners (sad appearance)
- smoker’s wrinkles (wrinkles around the mouth)
- granular (or dimpled) chin
- gummy smile
- face oval
- neck and décolletage wrinkles
Why botulin toxin?
Natural aesthetic effect
Tailoring the treatment effect to individual patient’s expectations
Possibility of subtle correction of facial expression
Spectacular improvement with minimal invasiveness
Patients may resume their regular activities right after the treatment
Visible effects already within the first week following botulin injection
Safe, confirmed with multicentre clinical studies all over the world
The treatment has been appreciated for over 20 years
Who can benefit from treatment with botulinum toxin?
The treatment is successfully applied in patients with present expression lines of various degree of severity. However, it can also be a preventative treatment, maintaining firm skin in patients with or without the first signs of skin ageing. Then only minimal doses are used to obtain the most subtle and discrete effect.
When are the first effects visible?
First results are noticeable after about 2-3 days, while full effect can be admired about a week from the procedure.
| BOTOX® has been appreciated already for over 20 years now as a result of experience and safety of use. |
What does the procedure look like?
During the procedure, the doctor, using a very fine needle, injects small doses of botulinum toxin into the particular muscle responsible for the formation of a certain wrinkle. The treatment is practically painless, though in pain sensitive patients the target skin area can be numbed with local anaesthetic (Emla cream). After about 7-14 days patients come for a follow-up consultation, when the final, desired effect is being perfected.
EFFECTS:
| VISIBLE FACE REJUVENATION AND NATURAL APPEARANCE |
Reduction of sweat secretion in the affected area: up to 100%
Reduction of sweat secretion in the affected area: up to 100%
Depending on patients’ desires, wrinkles are softened proportionately to their expectations.
Reduction of sweat secretion in the affected area: up to 100%
The face looks relaxed
Reduction of sweat secretion in the affected area: up to 100%
On the 30th day following the treatment – 90% of patients
On the 120th day – 86% of patients
How long does the effect last?
The results last for about 4-6 months.
After this period facial expression and muscle activity returns. Although, formation of lines and wrinkles caused by the contraction of those muscles develops much later. And so, despite activation of facial expression the face still remains smoothed and the treatment effects are visible.
The procedure should not be administered more often than every three months.
Is the procedure safe?
Yes. Botulinum toxin injection is currently the most often performed aesthetic medicine treatment. Being present on the beauty market for over 20 years it is one the most appreciated treatments among patients. In order to prevent any possible adverse effects it should always be performed by a medical doctor.
Can botulinum toxin be combined with other treatments?
The procedure may be applied together with other aesthetic medicine treatments, like hyaluronic acid, threads and others. The doctor in charge of the treatment will decide about the time intervals between particular procedures.
Who performs the treatment?
The procedure is performed by a medical doctor, experienced in the use of botulinum toxin – Dagmara Misiek-Cyrwus
In our clinic we perform treatments based on the highest quality botulinum toxin products:
Botox® from Allergan (Irland)
Azzalure® from Galderma (UK)
Boccouture® from Merz (Germany)
| Price |
horizontal forehead wrinkles |
from 45 € |
|
lion’s wrinkles from |
75€ |
|
crow’s feet from |
50€ |
|
wrinkles of the lower eyelids |
35€ |
|
brow lift |
50€ |
|
wrinkles on the nose (bunny lines) |
from 35€ |
|
nose tip raising |
35€ |
|
drooping mouth corners |
50€ |
|
smoker’s lines |
35€ |
|
granular (or dimpled) chin |
45€ |
|
gummy smile |
35€ |
|
face oval (Nefretete Lift) |
from 50€ |
| Duration |
|
about 15 min. |
| Anaesthesia |
|
no/yes |
| Touch up after about 7-14 days |
|
is included in the price of the treatment |
To ensure you with comfort and safety, each product is opened in the patient’s presence and expiration date of the product is presented. Thus we guarantee that the products used during the procedure are original and of the highest quality.
FACIAL SCARS
1. Medical peeling, Ferulac Peel®, Nomelan Caffeico®
MEDICAL PEELINGS
Properties:
Medical peelings are currently the most often applied procedures in aesthetic medicine clinics.
| Medical peelings are effective and delicate solution for problematic skin |
They are suitable even for very sensitive complexion or for skin with dilated blood capillaries – depending on particular skin problem and type the doctor indicates appropriate composition of medical peeling.
Its effect is soothed and hydrated skin with improved firmness. Such properties are the effect of anti-oxidative properties, which protect the skin against harmful effects of free radicals.
The treatments improve condition of the skin, which results in more tight, hydrated and brightened complexion. Such therapy plays an important role in skin anti-ageing prevention.
Delicate skin flaking starts 3-5 days after the session. During this period of time, it is advised to deeply moisturise the skin and protect it against the UV rays.
What is the action of medical peels?
Sebum control and balancing action – controls and balances the amount of sebum, penetrating into hair follicle and reducing Propionibacterium acnes populations, in this way eliminating spots and blackheads
Whitening action – sun spots, postinflammatory discolouration and dark circles under eyes are reduced by about 50% after a month of therapy
High skin restructuring capacity – high skin ability for the synthesis of collagen, elastin and GAGs.
INDICATIONS
- seborrheic or acne skin
- acne
- rosacea
- uneven pigmentation and spots
- wrinkles and symptoms of photoageing
BEFORE THE TREATMENT: to intensify the effect of the procedure, for 1-2 weeks before the treatment we can use lower concentration AHA products, remembering not to irritate the skin
AFTER THE PROCEDURE
– the skin should be soothed
– it is recommended to use sun-protective creams SPV>30+
– patients should definitely avoid sunbathing or solarium for about 2 weeks
Can medical peels be combined with other treatments?
Medical peelings are successfully applied in with botulinum toxin treatments, hyaluronic acid, absorbable threads and others. The doctor in charge of the treatment will decide about the time intervals between particular procedures.
How often can the treatment be performed?
The procedure may be repeated every 14-21 days.
For best results, 4-6 treatments are recommended.
Who performs the treatment?
The procedure is performed by a medical doctor, experienced in the use of medical peelings – Dagmara Misiek-Cyrwus
| Price |
|
180 PLN |
| Duration |
|
about 30 min. |
| Anaeshesia |
|
no |
To ensure you with comfort and safety, each product is opened in the patient’s presence and expiration date of the product is presented. Thus we guarantee that the products used during the procedure are original and of the highest quality.
MEDICAL PEELINGS
FERULAC PEEL ® ; NOMELAN CAFFEICO ®
Properties of ferulic acid:
Ferulac Peel® and Nomelan Caffeico® are new generation line of products dedicated to skin with signs of photoageing, melasma and discolouration of various origin (hormonal, postinflammatory, after sun). Ferulic acid is nowadays one of the most effective skin whitening treatments.
It controls the activity of tyrosinase, which takes part in the production of melanin.
Additionally, ferulic acid soothes, hydrates and improves the skin firmness, resulting in general skin rejuvenation. Such properties are the effect of anti-oxidative properties, which protect the skin against harmful effects of free radicals.
| The Ferulic acid therapy is one of the newest methods of fight against skin discolouration. |
Unlike other available medical peelings, patient leaves the clinic with a few layers of applied Ferulac Peel. The preparation should then be washed off after the time indicated by the doctor in charge of the treatment, usually it is about 8-12 hours. Intensive skin flaking starts 3-5 days after the session. During this period of time, it is advised to deeply moisturise the skin and protect it against the UV rays.
The procedure is complemented by a retinol mask.
Ferulac Peel treatments improve condition of the skin, which results in more tight, hydrated and brightened complexion. It is also good to realise, that such therapy plays an important role in skin anti-ageing prevention.
How it works
Whitening action – spots and discolouration of various origin are reduced by about 75% after a month
Sebum control and balancing action – controls and stabilises the amount of sebum penetrating into the hair follicle, skin pores are reduced and less visible, skin regains its even tone
Anti-oxidative action – neutralises free radicals and enhances effectiveness of vitamins C and E
INDICATIONS:
- photoageing
- melasma
- discolouration (hormonal, after sun, postinflammatory)
- stretch marks
BEFORE THE TREATMENT: to intensify the effect of the procedure, for 1-2 weeks before the treatment we can use lower concentration AHA products, remembering not to irritate the skin
AFTER THE PROCEDURE
– the skin should be soothed
– it is recommended to use sun-protective creams SPV>30+
– patients should definitely avoid sunbathing or solarium for about 2 weeks
Can botulinum toxin be combined with other treatments?
Medical peelings are successfully applied in with botulinum toxin treatments, hyaluronic acid, absorbable threads and others. The doctor in charge of the treatment will decide about the time intervals between particular procedures.
How often can the treatment be performed?
The procedure may be repeated every 14-28 days.
For best results, 2-4 treatments are recommended.
Who performs the treatment?
The procedure is performed by a medical doctor, experienced in the use of medical peelings – Dagmara Misiek-Cyrwus
| Price |
face |
70€ |
|
décolletage |
70€ |
|
back |
100€ |
|
stretch marks |
from 70€ |
| Duration |
|
8-12 hours Patient goes home |
| Anaeshesia |
|
no |
To ensure you with comfort and safety, each product is opened in the patient’s presence and expiration date of the product is presented. Thus we guarantee that the products used during the procedure are original and of the highest quality.
2. Skinboosters® - skin revitalisation
HYALURONIC ACID
Restylane®, Juvederm®, Teosyal®, Revofil®
Skinboosters®-
skin revitalisation
Youth and beauty is always associated with smooth, pleasant to the touch, hydrated, tight and flexible skin. Unfortunately, it is our skin that first reveals the signs of ageing. Aesthetic medicine offers a solution for the problem of skin ageing. The most up-to-date skin revitalisation method are Skinboosters® treatments.
What are Skinboosters® treatments?
Skinboosters are innovative treatments dedicated for skin revitalisation. They are hyaluronic acid products, which maintain a proper level of skin hydration, giving it elasticity and firmness, fresh look and natural vitality.
Skinboosters treatments are effective alternative to non-stabilised hyaluronic acid mesotherapy. Regarding slow disintegration of hyaluronic acid stabilising bonds, Skinboosters preparations guarantee long lasting effects. The treatment involves a series of microinjections performed with a very fine needle and is administered under topical anaesthesia with the Emla cream. Right after the session patients can resume their regular activities – rarely, but there might appear small bruises resulting from the microinjections, which revert spontaneously.
How long does the Skinboosters treatment last?
The procedure lasts about 30 minutes.
What is the Skinboosters treatment protocol?
For optimal, long-lasting effect, three initial treatment sessions with 3 to 4 weeks apart are recommended. To obtain a lasting effect it is advised to repeat the treatment cycle every 6 months. In younger patients one treatment every six months is enough.
What are the effects of Skinboosters?
Skinboosters treatments provide lasting moisture and improve the skin’s structure. Additionally, they restore the skin’s firmness and elasticity, eliminating small lines, giving smoother, brighter and radiant skin.
What are the Skinboosters treatment areas?
Skinboosters treatments can be used to revitalise the skin of the whole body, especially in the areas which are regarded as hard to improve.
-
sensitive skin around the eyes
-
sensitive area around the mouth
-
delicate skin of cheeks
-
thin skin of the neck
-
sensitive décolletage skin
-
the dorsal (outer) parts of hands
Who can benefit from Skinboosters treatments?
Skinboosters treatments are dedicated to patients who wish to improve the skin’s quality and restore its young look. They are especially recommended to women whose skin is overdried caused by long exposure to the sun or air conditioning.
What are the advantages of Skinboosters treatments?
Skin revitalisation with Skinboosters products result in very natural and smooth skin appearance. The skin receives long-lasting hydration, elasticity and tightness, restores its radiance, looks young and healthy. With Skinboosters treatment we do not have to be afraid of the mask-like effect. If we also consider its non-invasive character and minimum recovery time before resuming regular daily activities, Skinboosters becomes one of the best modern methods of skin revitalisation.
Can Skinboosters be combined with other treatments?
The treatment may be combined with botulin toxin treatments, threads and others. The doctor in charge of the treatment will decide about the time intervals between particular procedures.
Who performs the treatment?
The procedure is performed by a medical doctor, experienced in the application of Skinboosters preparations – Dagmara Misiek-Cyrwus
| Price Skinboosters |
Vital Light 1ml |
159€ |
|
Vital 1ml |
185€ |
| Duration |
|
about 60 min. |
| Anaesthesia |
|
yes |
To ensure you with comfort and safety, each product is opened in the patient’s presence and expiration date of the product is presented. Thus we guarantee that the products used during the procedure are original and of the highest quality.
WRINKLES ON THE NOSE
1. Mimic wrinkles
Botulin toxin
MIMIC WRINKLES (EXPRESSION LINES) OF THE LOWER AND UPPER PARTS OF THE FACE
(Botox®, Azzalure®, Boccouture®)
What are mimic wrinkles?
The ageing process is accompanied by formation of static and mimic wrinkles, the latter also called expression lines.
Static wrinkles are caused by the loss of skin original volume (e.g. nasolabial folds). Mimic wrinkles are the effect of excessive activity of facial expression muscles – e.g. horizontal forehead lines or crow’s feet.
Why are expression lines formed?
When a human face shows emotions, the muscles shrink causing the development of wrinkles and lines. Similarly, the same happens, when we smile, squint or concentrate.
With the passage of time, when our skin loses its elasticity, wrinkles deepen and become permanent (not only during grimacing, but also when we relax). And so, for example, lines between eyebrows make us look as if we were angry, even though we are not.
How can we prevent the process?
Botulinum toxin type A, when injected into the muscles responsible for wrinkles, helps them relax, causes that the lines and folds soften and gives your face more refreshed look.
| BOTOX® is the first in the world, most profoundly analysed botulinum toxin widely accepted for the application in the treatment of hyperhidrosis. |
INDICATIONS
- horizontal forehead wrinkles (horizontal lines on the forehead)
- lion’s wrinkles (vertical lines between the eyebrows, make the face look fierce)
- crow’s feet (wrinkles around the eyes)
- wrinkles of the lower eyelids
- drooping eyebrows (sad and tired appearance)
- wrinkles on the nose (bunny lines)
- nose tip raising
- drooping mouth corners (sad appearance)
- smoker’s wrinkles (wrinkles around the mouth)
- granular (or dimpled) chin
- gummy smile
- face oval
- neck and décolletage wrinkles
Why botulin toxin?
Natural aesthetic effect
Tailoring the treatment effect to individual patient’s expectations
Possibility of subtle correction of facial expression
Spectacular improvement with minimal invasiveness
Patients may resume their regular activities right after the treatment
Visible effects already within the first week following botulin injection
Safe, confirmed with multicentre clinical studies all over the world
The treatment has been appreciated for over 20 years
Who can benefit from treatment with botulinum toxin?
The treatment is successfully applied in patients with present expression lines of various degree of severity. However, it can also be a preventative treatment, maintaining firm skin in patients with or without the first signs of skin ageing. Then only minimal doses are used to obtain the most subtle and discrete effect.
When are the first effects visible?
First results are noticeable after about 2-3 days, while full effect can be admired about a week from the procedure.
| BOTOX® has been appreciated already for over 20 years now as a result of experience and safety of use. |
What does the procedure look like?
During the procedure, the doctor, using a very fine needle, injects small doses of botulinum toxin into the particular muscle responsible for the formation of a certain wrinkle. The treatment is practically painless, though in pain sensitive patients the target skin area can be numbed with local anaesthetic (Emla cream). After about 7-14 days patients come for a follow-up consultation, when the final, desired effect is being perfected.
EFFECTS:
| VISIBLE FACE REJUVENATION AND NATURAL APPEARANCE |
Reduction of sweat secretion in the affected area: up to 100%
Reduction of sweat secretion in the affected area: up to 100%
Depending on patients’ desires, wrinkles are softened proportionately to their expectations.
Reduction of sweat secretion in the affected area: up to 100%
The face looks relaxed
Reduction of sweat secretion in the affected area: up to 100%
On the 30th day following the treatment – 90% of patients
On the 120th day – 86% of patients
How long does the effect last?
The results last for about 4-6 months.
After this period facial expression and muscle activity returns. Although, formation of lines and wrinkles caused by the contraction of those muscles develops much later. And so, despite activation of facial expression the face still remains smoothed and the treatment effects are visible.
The procedure should not be administered more often than every three months.
Is the procedure safe?
Yes. Botulinum toxin injection is currently the most often performed aesthetic medicine treatment. Being present on the beauty market for over 20 years it is one the most appreciated treatments among patients. In order to prevent any possible adverse effects it should always be performed by a medical doctor.
Can botulinum toxin be combined with other treatments?
The procedure may be applied together with other aesthetic medicine treatments, like hyaluronic acid, threads and others. The doctor in charge of the treatment will decide about the time intervals between particular procedures.
Who performs the treatment?
The procedure is performed by a medical doctor, experienced in the use of botulinum toxin – Dagmara Misiek-Cyrwus
In our clinic we perform treatments based on the highest quality botulinum toxin products:
Botox® from Allergan (Irland)
Azzalure® from Galderma (UK)
Boccouture® from Merz (Germany)
| Price |
horizontal forehead wrinkles |
from 45 € |
|
lion’s wrinkles from |
75€ |
|
crow’s feet from |
50€ |
|
wrinkles of the lower eyelids |
35€ |
|
brow lift |
50€ |
|
wrinkles on the nose (bunny lines) |
from 35€ |
|
nose tip raising |
35€ |
|
drooping mouth corners |
50€ |
|
smoker’s lines |
35€ |
|
granular (or dimpled) chin |
45€ |
|
gummy smile |
35€ |
|
face oval (Nefretete Lift) |
from 50€ |
| Duration |
|
about 15 min. |
| Anaesthesia |
|
no/yes |
| Touch up after about 7-14 days |
|
is included in the price of the treatment |
To ensure you with comfort and safety, each product is opened in the patient’s presence and expiration date of the product is presented. Thus we guarantee that the products used during the procedure are original and of the highest quality.
DROOPING NOSE TIP
1. Mimic wrinkles
Botulin toxin
MIMIC WRINKLES (EXPRESSION LINES) OF THE LOWER AND UPPER PARTS OF THE FACE
(Botox®, Azzalure®, Boccouture®)
What are mimic wrinkles?
The ageing process is accompanied by formation of static and mimic wrinkles, the latter also called expression lines.
Static wrinkles are caused by the loss of skin original volume (e.g. nasolabial folds). Mimic wrinkles are the effect of excessive activity of facial expression muscles – e.g. horizontal forehead lines or crow’s feet.
Why are expression lines formed?
When a human face shows emotions, the muscles shrink causing the development of wrinkles and lines. Similarly, the same happens, when we smile, squint or concentrate.
With the passage of time, when our skin loses its elasticity, wrinkles deepen and become permanent (not only during grimacing, but also when we relax). And so, for example, lines between eyebrows make us look as if we were angry, even though we are not.
How can we prevent the process?
Botulinum toxin type A, when injected into the muscles responsible for wrinkles, helps them relax, causes that the lines and folds soften and gives your face more refreshed look.
| BOTOX® is the first in the world, most profoundly analysed botulinum toxin widely accepted for the application in the treatment of hyperhidrosis. |
INDICATIONS
- horizontal forehead wrinkles (horizontal lines on the forehead)
- lion’s wrinkles (vertical lines between the eyebrows, make the face look fierce)
- crow’s feet (wrinkles around the eyes)
- wrinkles of the lower eyelids
- drooping eyebrows (sad and tired appearance)
- wrinkles on the nose (bunny lines)
- nose tip raising
- drooping mouth corners (sad appearance)
- smoker’s wrinkles (wrinkles around the mouth)
- granular (or dimpled) chin
- gummy smile
- face oval
- neck and décolletage wrinkles
Why botulin toxin?
Natural aesthetic effect
Tailoring the treatment effect to individual patient’s expectations
Possibility of subtle correction of facial expression
Spectacular improvement with minimal invasiveness
Patients may resume their regular activities right after the treatment
Visible effects already within the first week following botulin injection
Safe, confirmed with multicentre clinical studies all over the world
The treatment has been appreciated for over 20 years
Who can benefit from treatment with botulinum toxin?
The treatment is successfully applied in patients with present expression lines of various degree of severity. However, it can also be a preventative treatment, maintaining firm skin in patients with or without the first signs of skin ageing. Then only minimal doses are used to obtain the most subtle and discrete effect.
When are the first effects visible?
First results are noticeable after about 2-3 days, while full effect can be admired about a week from the procedure.
| BOTOX® has been appreciated already for over 20 years now as a result of experience and safety of use. |
What does the procedure look like?
During the procedure, the doctor, using a very fine needle, injects small doses of botulinum toxin into the particular muscle responsible for the formation of a certain wrinkle. The treatment is practically painless, though in pain sensitive patients the target skin area can be numbed with local anaesthetic (Emla cream). After about 7-14 days patients come for a follow-up consultation, when the final, desired effect is being perfected.
EFFECTS:
| VISIBLE FACE REJUVENATION AND NATURAL APPEARANCE |
Reduction of sweat secretion in the affected area: up to 100%
Reduction of sweat secretion in the affected area: up to 100%
Depending on patients’ desires, wrinkles are softened proportionately to their expectations.
Reduction of sweat secretion in the affected area: up to 100%
The face looks relaxed
Reduction of sweat secretion in the affected area: up to 100%
On the 30th day following the treatment – 90% of patients
On the 120th day – 86% of patients
How long does the effect last?
The results last for about 4-6 months.
After this period facial expression and muscle activity returns. Although, formation of lines and wrinkles caused by the contraction of those muscles develops much later. And so, despite activation of facial expression the face still remains smoothed and the treatment effects are visible.
The procedure should not be administered more often than every three months.
Is the procedure safe?
Yes. Botulinum toxin injection is currently the most often performed aesthetic medicine treatment. Being present on the beauty market for over 20 years it is one the most appreciated treatments among patients. In order to prevent any possible adverse effects it should always be performed by a medical doctor.
Can botulinum toxin be combined with other treatments?
The procedure may be applied together with other aesthetic medicine treatments, like hyaluronic acid, threads and others. The doctor in charge of the treatment will decide about the time intervals between particular procedures.
Who performs the treatment?
The procedure is performed by a medical doctor, experienced in the use of botulinum toxin – Dagmara Misiek-Cyrwus
In our clinic we perform treatments based on the highest quality botulinum toxin products:
Botox® from Allergan (Irland)
Azzalure® from Galderma (UK)
Boccouture® from Merz (Germany)
| Price |
horizontal forehead wrinkles |
from 45 € |
|
lion’s wrinkles from |
75€ |
|
crow’s feet from |
50€ |
|
wrinkles of the lower eyelids |
35€ |
|
brow lift |
50€ |
|
wrinkles on the nose (bunny lines) |
from 35€ |
|
nose tip raising |
35€ |
|
drooping mouth corners |
50€ |
|
smoker’s lines |
35€ |
|
granular (or dimpled) chin |
45€ |
|
gummy smile |
35€ |
|
face oval (Nefretete Lift) |
from 50€ |
| Duration |
|
about 15 min. |
| Anaesthesia |
|
no/yes |
| Touch up after about 7-14 days |
|
is included in the price of the treatment |
To ensure you with comfort and safety, each product is opened in the patient’s presence and expiration date of the product is presented. Thus we guarantee that the products used during the procedure are original and of the highest quality.
SMOKER'S WRINKLES (WRINKLES AROUND THE MOUTH)
1. Mimic wrinkles
Botulin toxin
MIMIC WRINKLES (EXPRESSION LINES) OF THE LOWER AND UPPER PARTS OF THE FACE
(Botox®, Azzalure®, Boccouture®)
What are mimic wrinkles?
The ageing process is accompanied by formation of static and mimic wrinkles, the latter also called expression lines.
Static wrinkles are caused by the loss of skin original volume (e.g. nasolabial folds). Mimic wrinkles are the effect of excessive activity of facial expression muscles – e.g. horizontal forehead lines or crow’s feet.
Why are expression lines formed?
When a human face shows emotions, the muscles shrink causing the development of wrinkles and lines. Similarly, the same happens, when we smile, squint or concentrate.
With the passage of time, when our skin loses its elasticity, wrinkles deepen and become permanent (not only during grimacing, but also when we relax). And so, for example, lines between eyebrows make us look as if we were angry, even though we are not.
How can we prevent the process?
Botulinum toxin type A, when injected into the muscles responsible for wrinkles, helps them relax, causes that the lines and folds soften and gives your face more refreshed look.
| BOTOX® is the first in the world, most profoundly analysed botulinum toxin widely accepted for the application in the treatment of hyperhidrosis. |
INDICATIONS
- horizontal forehead wrinkles (horizontal lines on the forehead)
- lion’s wrinkles (vertical lines between the eyebrows, make the face look fierce)
- crow’s feet (wrinkles around the eyes)
- wrinkles of the lower eyelids
- drooping eyebrows (sad and tired appearance)
- wrinkles on the nose (bunny lines)
- nose tip raising
- drooping mouth corners (sad appearance)
- smoker’s wrinkles (wrinkles around the mouth)
- granular (or dimpled) chin
- gummy smile
- face oval
- neck and décolletage wrinkles
Why botulin toxin?
Natural aesthetic effect
Tailoring the treatment effect to individual patient’s expectations
Possibility of subtle correction of facial expression
Spectacular improvement with minimal invasiveness
Patients may resume their regular activities right after the treatment
Visible effects already within the first week following botulin injection
Safe, confirmed with multicentre clinical studies all over the world
The treatment has been appreciated for over 20 years
Who can benefit from treatment with botulinum toxin?
The treatment is successfully applied in patients with present expression lines of various degree of severity. However, it can also be a preventative treatment, maintaining firm skin in patients with or without the first signs of skin ageing. Then only minimal doses are used to obtain the most subtle and discrete effect.
When are the first effects visible?
First results are noticeable after about 2-3 days, while full effect can be admired about a week from the procedure.
| BOTOX® has been appreciated already for over 20 years now as a result of experience and safety of use. |
What does the procedure look like?
During the procedure, the doctor, using a very fine needle, injects small doses of botulinum toxin into the particular muscle responsible for the formation of a certain wrinkle. The treatment is practically painless, though in pain sensitive patients the target skin area can be numbed with local anaesthetic (Emla cream). After about 7-14 days patients come for a follow-up consultation, when the final, desired effect is being perfected.
EFFECTS:
| VISIBLE FACE REJUVENATION AND NATURAL APPEARANCE |
Reduction of sweat secretion in the affected area: up to 100%
Reduction of sweat secretion in the affected area: up to 100%
Depending on patients’ desires, wrinkles are softened proportionately to their expectations.
Reduction of sweat secretion in the affected area: up to 100%
The face looks relaxed
Reduction of sweat secretion in the affected area: up to 100%
On the 30th day following the treatment – 90% of patients
On the 120th day – 86% of patients
How long does the effect last?
The results last for about 4-6 months.
After this period facial expression and muscle activity returns. Although, formation of lines and wrinkles caused by the contraction of those muscles develops much later. And so, despite activation of facial expression the face still remains smoothed and the treatment effects are visible.
The procedure should not be administered more often than every three months.
Is the procedure safe?
Yes. Botulinum toxin injection is currently the most often performed aesthetic medicine treatment. Being present on the beauty market for over 20 years it is one the most appreciated treatments among patients. In order to prevent any possible adverse effects it should always be performed by a medical doctor.
Can botulinum toxin be combined with other treatments?
The procedure may be applied together with other aesthetic medicine treatments, like hyaluronic acid, threads and others. The doctor in charge of the treatment will decide about the time intervals between particular procedures.
Who performs the treatment?
The procedure is performed by a medical doctor, experienced in the use of botulinum toxin – Dagmara Misiek-Cyrwus
In our clinic we perform treatments based on the highest quality botulinum toxin products:
Botox® from Allergan (Irland)
Azzalure® from Galderma (UK)
Boccouture® from Merz (Germany)
| Price |
horizontal forehead wrinkles |
from 45 € |
|
lion’s wrinkles from |
75€ |
|
crow’s feet from |
50€ |
|
wrinkles of the lower eyelids |
35€ |
|
brow lift |
50€ |
|
wrinkles on the nose (bunny lines) |
from 35€ |
|
nose tip raising |
35€ |
|
drooping mouth corners |
50€ |
|
smoker’s lines |
35€ |
|
granular (or dimpled) chin |
45€ |
|
gummy smile |
35€ |
|
face oval (Nefretete Lift) |
from 50€ |
| Duration |
|
about 15 min. |
| Anaesthesia |
|
no/yes |
| Touch up after about 7-14 days |
|
is included in the price of the treatment |
To ensure you with comfort and safety, each product is opened in the patient’s presence and expiration date of the product is presented. Thus we guarantee that the products used during the procedure are original and of the highest quality.
2. Skinboosters® - skin revitalisation
HYALURONIC ACID
Restylane®, Juvederm®, Teosyal®, Revofil®
Skinboosters®-
skin revitalisation
Youth and beauty is always associated with smooth, pleasant to the touch, hydrated, tight and flexible skin. Unfortunately, it is our skin that first reveals the signs of ageing. Aesthetic medicine offers a solution for the problem of skin ageing. The most up-to-date skin revitalisation method are Skinboosters® treatments.
What are Skinboosters® treatments?
Skinboosters are innovative treatments dedicated for skin revitalisation. They are hyaluronic acid products, which maintain a proper level of skin hydration, giving it elasticity and firmness, fresh look and natural vitality.
Skinboosters treatments are effective alternative to non-stabilised hyaluronic acid mesotherapy. Regarding slow disintegration of hyaluronic acid stabilising bonds, Skinboosters preparations guarantee long lasting effects. The treatment involves a series of microinjections performed with a very fine needle and is administered under topical anaesthesia with the Emla cream. Right after the session patients can resume their regular activities – rarely, but there might appear small bruises resulting from the microinjections, which revert spontaneously.
How long does the Skinboosters treatment last?
The procedure lasts about 30 minutes.
What is the Skinboosters treatment protocol?
For optimal, long-lasting effect, three initial treatment sessions with 3 to 4 weeks apart are recommended. To obtain a lasting effect it is advised to repeat the treatment cycle every 6 months. In younger patients one treatment every six months is enough.
What are the effects of Skinboosters?
Skinboosters treatments provide lasting moisture and improve the skin’s structure. Additionally, they restore the skin’s firmness and elasticity, eliminating small lines, giving smoother, brighter and radiant skin.
What are the Skinboosters treatment areas?
Skinboosters treatments can be used to revitalise the skin of the whole body, especially in the areas which are regarded as hard to improve.
-
sensitive skin around the eyes
-
sensitive area around the mouth
-
delicate skin of cheeks
-
thin skin of the neck
-
sensitive décolletage skin
-
the dorsal (outer) parts of hands
Who can benefit from Skinboosters treatments?
Skinboosters treatments are dedicated to patients who wish to improve the skin’s quality and restore its young look. They are especially recommended to women whose skin is overdried caused by long exposure to the sun or air conditioning.
What are the advantages of Skinboosters treatments?
Skin revitalisation with Skinboosters products result in very natural and smooth skin appearance. The skin receives long-lasting hydration, elasticity and tightness, restores its radiance, looks young and healthy. With Skinboosters treatment we do not have to be afraid of the mask-like effect. If we also consider its non-invasive character and minimum recovery time before resuming regular daily activities, Skinboosters becomes one of the best modern methods of skin revitalisation.
Can Skinboosters be combined with other treatments?
The treatment may be combined with botulin toxin treatments, threads and others. The doctor in charge of the treatment will decide about the time intervals between particular procedures.
Who performs the treatment?
The procedure is performed by a medical doctor, experienced in the application of Skinboosters preparations – Dagmara Misiek-Cyrwus
| Price Skinboosters |
Vital Light 1ml |
159€ |
|
Vital 1ml |
185€ |
| Duration |
|
about 60 min. |
| Anaesthesia |
|
yes |
To ensure you with comfort and safety, each product is opened in the patient’s presence and expiration date of the product is presented. Thus we guarantee that the products used during the procedure are original and of the highest quality.
GRANULAR (DIMPLED) CHIN
1. Mimic wrinkles
Botulin toxin
MIMIC WRINKLES (EXPRESSION LINES) OF THE LOWER AND UPPER PARTS OF THE FACE
(Botox®, Azzalure®, Boccouture®)
What are mimic wrinkles?
The ageing process is accompanied by formation of static and mimic wrinkles, the latter also called expression lines.
Static wrinkles are caused by the loss of skin original volume (e.g. nasolabial folds). Mimic wrinkles are the effect of excessive activity of facial expression muscles – e.g. horizontal forehead lines or crow’s feet.
Why are expression lines formed?
When a human face shows emotions, the muscles shrink causing the development of wrinkles and lines. Similarly, the same happens, when we smile, squint or concentrate.
With the passage of time, when our skin loses its elasticity, wrinkles deepen and become permanent (not only during grimacing, but also when we relax). And so, for example, lines between eyebrows make us look as if we were angry, even though we are not.
How can we prevent the process?
Botulinum toxin type A, when injected into the muscles responsible for wrinkles, helps them relax, causes that the lines and folds soften and gives your face more refreshed look.
| BOTOX® is the first in the world, most profoundly analysed botulinum toxin widely accepted for the application in the treatment of hyperhidrosis. |
INDICATIONS
- horizontal forehead wrinkles (horizontal lines on the forehead)
- lion’s wrinkles (vertical lines between the eyebrows, make the face look fierce)
- crow’s feet (wrinkles around the eyes)
- wrinkles of the lower eyelids
- drooping eyebrows (sad and tired appearance)
- wrinkles on the nose (bunny lines)
- nose tip raising
- drooping mouth corners (sad appearance)
- smoker’s wrinkles (wrinkles around the mouth)
- granular (or dimpled) chin
- gummy smile
- face oval
- neck and décolletage wrinkles
Why botulin toxin?
Natural aesthetic effect
Tailoring the treatment effect to individual patient’s expectations
Possibility of subtle correction of facial expression
Spectacular improvement with minimal invasiveness
Patients may resume their regular activities right after the treatment
Visible effects already within the first week following botulin injection
Safe, confirmed with multicentre clinical studies all over the world
The treatment has been appreciated for over 20 years
Who can benefit from treatment with botulinum toxin?
The treatment is successfully applied in patients with present expression lines of various degree of severity. However, it can also be a preventative treatment, maintaining firm skin in patients with or without the first signs of skin ageing. Then only minimal doses are used to obtain the most subtle and discrete effect.
When are the first effects visible?
First results are noticeable after about 2-3 days, while full effect can be admired about a week from the procedure.
| BOTOX® has been appreciated already for over 20 years now as a result of experience and safety of use. |
What does the procedure look like?
During the procedure, the doctor, using a very fine needle, injects small doses of botulinum toxin into the particular muscle responsible for the formation of a certain wrinkle. The treatment is practically painless, though in pain sensitive patients the target skin area can be numbed with local anaesthetic (Emla cream). After about 7-14 days patients come for a follow-up consultation, when the final, desired effect is being perfected.
EFFECTS:
| VISIBLE FACE REJUVENATION AND NATURAL APPEARANCE |
Reduction of sweat secretion in the affected area: up to 100%
Reduction of sweat secretion in the affected area: up to 100%
Depending on patients’ desires, wrinkles are softened proportionately to their expectations.
Reduction of sweat secretion in the affected area: up to 100%
The face looks relaxed
Reduction of sweat secretion in the affected area: up to 100%
On the 30th day following the treatment – 90% of patients
On the 120th day – 86% of patients
How long does the effect last?
The results last for about 4-6 months.
After this period facial expression and muscle activity returns. Although, formation of lines and wrinkles caused by the contraction of those muscles develops much later. And so, despite activation of facial expression the face still remains smoothed and the treatment effects are visible.
The procedure should not be administered more often than every three months.
Is the procedure safe?
Yes. Botulinum toxin injection is currently the most often performed aesthetic medicine treatment. Being present on the beauty market for over 20 years it is one the most appreciated treatments among patients. In order to prevent any possible adverse effects it should always be performed by a medical doctor.
Can botulinum toxin be combined with other treatments?
The procedure may be applied together with other aesthetic medicine treatments, like hyaluronic acid, threads and others. The doctor in charge of the treatment will decide about the time intervals between particular procedures.
Who performs the treatment?
The procedure is performed by a medical doctor, experienced in the use of botulinum toxin – Dagmara Misiek-Cyrwus
In our clinic we perform treatments based on the highest quality botulinum toxin products:
Botox® from Allergan (Irland)
Azzalure® from Galderma (UK)
Boccouture® from Merz (Germany)
| Price |
horizontal forehead wrinkles |
from 45 € |
|
lion’s wrinkles from |
75€ |
|
crow’s feet from |
50€ |
|
wrinkles of the lower eyelids |
35€ |
|
brow lift |
50€ |
|
wrinkles on the nose (bunny lines) |
from 35€ |
|
nose tip raising |
35€ |
|
drooping mouth corners |
50€ |
|
smoker’s lines |
35€ |
|
granular (or dimpled) chin |
45€ |
|
gummy smile |
35€ |
|
face oval (Nefretete Lift) |
from 50€ |
| Duration |
|
about 15 min. |
| Anaesthesia |
|
no/yes |
| Touch up after about 7-14 days |
|
is included in the price of the treatment |
To ensure you with comfort and safety, each product is opened in the patient’s presence and expiration date of the product is presented. Thus we guarantee that the products used during the procedure are original and of the highest quality.
GUMMY SMILE
1. Mimic wrinkles
Botulin toxin
MIMIC WRINKLES (EXPRESSION LINES) OF THE LOWER AND UPPER PARTS OF THE FACE
(Botox®, Azzalure®, Boccouture®)
What are mimic wrinkles?
The ageing process is accompanied by formation of static and mimic wrinkles, the latter also called expression lines.
Static wrinkles are caused by the loss of skin original volume (e.g. nasolabial folds). Mimic wrinkles are the effect of excessive activity of facial expression muscles – e.g. horizontal forehead lines or crow’s feet.
Why are expression lines formed?
When a human face shows emotions, the muscles shrink causing the development of wrinkles and lines. Similarly, the same happens, when we smile, squint or concentrate.
With the passage of time, when our skin loses its elasticity, wrinkles deepen and become permanent (not only during grimacing, but also when we relax). And so, for example, lines between eyebrows make us look as if we were angry, even though we are not.
How can we prevent the process?
Botulinum toxin type A, when injected into the muscles responsible for wrinkles, helps them relax, causes that the lines and folds soften and gives your face more refreshed look.
| BOTOX® is the first in the world, most profoundly analysed botulinum toxin widely accepted for the application in the treatment of hyperhidrosis. |
INDICATIONS
- horizontal forehead wrinkles (horizontal lines on the forehead)
- lion’s wrinkles (vertical lines between the eyebrows, make the face look fierce)
- crow’s feet (wrinkles around the eyes)
- wrinkles of the lower eyelids
- drooping eyebrows (sad and tired appearance)
- wrinkles on the nose (bunny lines)
- nose tip raising
- drooping mouth corners (sad appearance)
- smoker’s wrinkles (wrinkles around the mouth)
- granular (or dimpled) chin
- gummy smile
- face oval
- neck and décolletage wrinkles
Why botulin toxin?
Natural aesthetic effect
Tailoring the treatment effect to individual patient’s expectations
Possibility of subtle correction of facial expression
Spectacular improvement with minimal invasiveness
Patients may resume their regular activities right after the treatment
Visible effects already within the first week following botulin injection
Safe, confirmed with multicentre clinical studies all over the world
The treatment has been appreciated for over 20 years
Who can benefit from treatment with botulinum toxin?
The treatment is successfully applied in patients with present expression lines of various degree of severity. However, it can also be a preventative treatment, maintaining firm skin in patients with or without the first signs of skin ageing. Then only minimal doses are used to obtain the most subtle and discrete effect.
When are the first effects visible?
First results are noticeable after about 2-3 days, while full effect can be admired about a week from the procedure.
| BOTOX® has been appreciated already for over 20 years now as a result of experience and safety of use. |
What does the procedure look like?
During the procedure, the doctor, using a very fine needle, injects small doses of botulinum toxin into the particular muscle responsible for the formation of a certain wrinkle. The treatment is practically painless, though in pain sensitive patients the target skin area can be numbed with local anaesthetic (Emla cream). After about 7-14 days patients come for a follow-up consultation, when the final, desired effect is being perfected.
EFFECTS:
| VISIBLE FACE REJUVENATION AND NATURAL APPEARANCE |
Reduction of sweat secretion in the affected area: up to 100%
Reduction of sweat secretion in the affected area: up to 100%
Depending on patients’ desires, wrinkles are softened proportionately to their expectations.
Reduction of sweat secretion in the affected area: up to 100%
The face looks relaxed
Reduction of sweat secretion in the affected area: up to 100%
On the 30th day following the treatment – 90% of patients
On the 120th day – 86% of patients
How long does the effect last?
The results last for about 4-6 months.
After this period facial expression and muscle activity returns. Although, formation of lines and wrinkles caused by the contraction of those muscles develops much later. And so, despite activation of facial expression the face still remains smoothed and the treatment effects are visible.
The procedure should not be administered more often than every three months.
Is the procedure safe?
Yes. Botulinum toxin injection is currently the most often performed aesthetic medicine treatment. Being present on the beauty market for over 20 years it is one the most appreciated treatments among patients. In order to prevent any possible adverse effects it should always be performed by a medical doctor.
Can botulinum toxin be combined with other treatments?
The procedure may be applied together with other aesthetic medicine treatments, like hyaluronic acid, threads and others. The doctor in charge of the treatment will decide about the time intervals between particular procedures.
Who performs the treatment?
The procedure is performed by a medical doctor, experienced in the use of botulinum toxin – Dagmara Misiek-Cyrwus
In our clinic we perform treatments based on the highest quality botulinum toxin products:
Botox® from Allergan (Irland)
Azzalure® from Galderma (UK)
Boccouture® from Merz (Germany)
| Price |
horizontal forehead wrinkles |
from 45 € |
|
lion’s wrinkles from |
75€ |
|
crow’s feet from |
50€ |
|
wrinkles of the lower eyelids |
35€ |
|
brow lift |
50€ |
|
wrinkles on the nose (bunny lines) |
from 35€ |
|
nose tip raising |
35€ |
|
drooping mouth corners |
50€ |
|
smoker’s lines |
35€ |
|
granular (or dimpled) chin |
45€ |
|
gummy smile |
35€ |
|
face oval (Nefretete Lift) |
from 50€ |
| Duration |
|
about 15 min. |
| Anaesthesia |
|
no/yes |
| Touch up after about 7-14 days |
|
is included in the price of the treatment |
To ensure you with comfort and safety, each product is opened in the patient’s presence and expiration date of the product is presented. Thus we guarantee that the products used during the procedure are original and of the highest quality.
ROSACEA
1. Lumenis Quantum - treatment of rosacea
IPL LASER TREATMENTS
Lumenis Quantum
treatment of rosacea
In Krak-Medica we use the Nd:YAG laser with the IPL Quantum platform, introduced by a pioneer in the field of aesthetic medicine, American LUMENIS
Rosacea is characterised by: facial erythema (redness), spider veins and pimples. Causes of the development of rosacea are not known, however, it is believed that the condition is triggered by, among others, hormonal or vasomotor disorders as well as genetic factors. It is more common in people with fair skin with dilated blood capillaries.
Thanks to revolutionary IPL Quantum platform by LUMENIS, we have achieved a synergy of effectiveness and safety of the treatment.
First symptoms of rosacea are broken capillaries and facial redness. Over time, erythema becomes permanent, there are more and more so called spider veins and in the central part of the face there appear pimples with itching, burning, and tenderness. These symptoms are often accompanied by excess secretion of sebum and seborrhoea.
Do not ignore erythema!
Frequent flushing episodes (e.g. in stressful situations, after drinking alcohol, upon exposure to temperature extremes) may cause persistence of the disorder and trigger rosacea. At the same time, capillary permeability increases, leading to swellings in the intracellular space. They cause inflammatory reaction, which establishes and enhances the above symptoms, in this way causing the vicious circle.
Resulting from all the above processes, simple spider veins, allowed to progress can trigger rosacea, which is then difficult to treat.
The condition usually affects the nose, cheeks and chin.
What may intensify rosacea?
– alcohol and spicy food
– temperature changes
– unfavourable weather conditions: wind, frost and UV – temperature changes
– stress
– hot coffee, tea
Before the procedure the doctor evaluates patient’s skin condition particularly the depth and approximate number of spider veins. On the basis of such examination and the type of patient’s skin, the doctor matches the right parameters for the treatment so that it brings the best effects and at the same time it is safe for the patient. Prior to the treatment the doctor performs a cost-free patch test.
Before the treatment is performed, patient’s history is taken, concerning past illnesses, diet, currently taken medications, herbs and other dietary supplements.
How it works
Dilated capillaries are being closed with a handpiece emitting light of certain wave length. During the procedure photothermolysis takes place: laser light penetrates into the capillary and is absorbed by haemoglobin – red pigment of blood. In the next phase, the laser beam is transformed into heat energy. As a result, water present in the tissue evaporates, while the capillary walls are destroyed.
What does the procedure look like?
The procedure usually lasts approximately 30-40 minutes and the exact duration depends on the treated area. Patient puts on safety glasses and then the doctor irradiates the target area with a special handpiece. Since the Lumenis Quantum system uses a unique cooling handpiece, it makes the procedure entirely comfortable. Immediately following the treatment patient may experience slight skin redness, therefore, to soothe and protect the skin, special cool compresses or cooling gels are applied to release excessive heat from the tissue.
Should the treatment be repeated?
Usually, to obtain satisfactory effects it is advised to undergo 2-3 treatments, in some cases even 5 or more sessions are needed. If it is necessary to repeat the procedure, subsequent visit should take place after 3-5 weeks (the doctor will decide about the exact time).
Thanks to laser method of rosacea treatment patients may resume normal activities right after the IPL therapy session.
Our principle:
For safety of our patients and effectiveness of the treatment, one or a few days before the procedure, we perform a cost-free patch test, aiming at optimal choice of treatment parameters.
Who performs the treatment?
The procedure is performed by a medical doctor, certified to use the Quantum platform – Dagmara Misiek-Cyrwus
| Price |
nose |
65€ |
|
cheeks |
75€ |
|
chin |
50€ |
|
cheeks+nose |
115€ |
|
whole face |
190€ |
|
package of three sessions cheeks |
190€ |
|
package of three sessions nose |
150€ |
|
package of 3 treatments whole face |
450€ |
| Duration with cooling |
|
about 45 min. |
GOOD TO KNOW:
You should always stay alert when seeing low price of IPL laser treatment.
Before any IPL laser treatment, make sure that the procedure is performed by a medical doctor, while the original equipment manufacturer is a renowned company (European or American). It will help to avoid negative consequences of faulty, low quality devices, such as skin burns or permanent discolouration.
2. Mimic wrinkles
Botulin toxin
MIMIC WRINKLES (EXPRESSION LINES) OF THE LOWER AND UPPER PARTS OF THE FACE
(Botox®, Azzalure®, Boccouture®)
What are mimic wrinkles?
The ageing process is accompanied by formation of static and mimic wrinkles, the latter also called expression lines.
Static wrinkles are caused by the loss of skin original volume (e.g. nasolabial folds). Mimic wrinkles are the effect of excessive activity of facial expression muscles – e.g. horizontal forehead lines or crow’s feet.
Why are expression lines formed?
When a human face shows emotions, the muscles shrink causing the development of wrinkles and lines. Similarly, the same happens, when we smile, squint or concentrate.
With the passage of time, when our skin loses its elasticity, wrinkles deepen and become permanent (not only during grimacing, but also when we relax). And so, for example, lines between eyebrows make us look as if we were angry, even though we are not.
How can we prevent the process?
Botulinum toxin type A, when injected into the muscles responsible for wrinkles, helps them relax, causes that the lines and folds soften and gives your face more refreshed look.
| BOTOX® is the first in the world, most profoundly analysed botulinum toxin widely accepted for the application in the treatment of hyperhidrosis. |
INDICATIONS
- horizontal forehead wrinkles (horizontal lines on the forehead)
- lion’s wrinkles (vertical lines between the eyebrows, make the face look fierce)
- crow’s feet (wrinkles around the eyes)
- wrinkles of the lower eyelids
- drooping eyebrows (sad and tired appearance)
- wrinkles on the nose (bunny lines)
- nose tip raising
- drooping mouth corners (sad appearance)
- smoker’s wrinkles (wrinkles around the mouth)
- granular (or dimpled) chin
- gummy smile
- face oval
- neck and décolletage wrinkles
Why botulin toxin?
Natural aesthetic effect
Tailoring the treatment effect to individual patient’s expectations
Possibility of subtle correction of facial expression
Spectacular improvement with minimal invasiveness
Patients may resume their regular activities right after the treatment
Visible effects already within the first week following botulin injection
Safe, confirmed with multicentre clinical studies all over the world
The treatment has been appreciated for over 20 years
Who can benefit from treatment with botulinum toxin?
The treatment is successfully applied in patients with present expression lines of various degree of severity. However, it can also be a preventative treatment, maintaining firm skin in patients with or without the first signs of skin ageing. Then only minimal doses are used to obtain the most subtle and discrete effect.
When are the first effects visible?
First results are noticeable after about 2-3 days, while full effect can be admired about a week from the procedure.
| BOTOX® has been appreciated already for over 20 years now as a result of experience and safety of use. |
What does the procedure look like?
During the procedure, the doctor, using a very fine needle, injects small doses of botulinum toxin into the particular muscle responsible for the formation of a certain wrinkle. The treatment is practically painless, though in pain sensitive patients the target skin area can be numbed with local anaesthetic (Emla cream). After about 7-14 days patients come for a follow-up consultation, when the final, desired effect is being perfected.
EFFECTS:
| VISIBLE FACE REJUVENATION AND NATURAL APPEARANCE |
Reduction of sweat secretion in the affected area: up to 100%
Reduction of sweat secretion in the affected area: up to 100%
Depending on patients’ desires, wrinkles are softened proportionately to their expectations.
Reduction of sweat secretion in the affected area: up to 100%
The face looks relaxed
Reduction of sweat secretion in the affected area: up to 100%
On the 30th day following the treatment – 90% of patients
On the 120th day – 86% of patients
How long does the effect last?
The results last for about 4-6 months.
After this period facial expression and muscle activity returns. Although, formation of lines and wrinkles caused by the contraction of those muscles develops much later. And so, despite activation of facial expression the face still remains smoothed and the treatment effects are visible.
The procedure should not be administered more often than every three months.
Is the procedure safe?
Yes. Botulinum toxin injection is currently the most often performed aesthetic medicine treatment. Being present on the beauty market for over 20 years it is one the most appreciated treatments among patients. In order to prevent any possible adverse effects it should always be performed by a medical doctor.
Can botulinum toxin be combined with other treatments?
The procedure may be applied together with other aesthetic medicine treatments, like hyaluronic acid, threads and others. The doctor in charge of the treatment will decide about the time intervals between particular procedures.
Who performs the treatment?
The procedure is performed by a medical doctor, experienced in the use of botulinum toxin – Dagmara Misiek-Cyrwus
In our clinic we perform treatments based on the highest quality botulinum toxin products:
Botox® from Allergan (Irland)
Azzalure® from Galderma (UK)
Boccouture® from Merz (Germany)
| Price |
horizontal forehead wrinkles |
from 45 € |
|
lion’s wrinkles from |
75€ |
|
crow’s feet from |
50€ |
|
wrinkles of the lower eyelids |
35€ |
|
brow lift |
50€ |
|
wrinkles on the nose (bunny lines) |
from 35€ |
|
nose tip raising |
35€ |
|
drooping mouth corners |
50€ |
|
smoker’s lines |
35€ |
|
granular (or dimpled) chin |
45€ |
|
gummy smile |
35€ |
|
face oval (Nefretete Lift) |
from 50€ |
| Duration |
|
about 15 min. |
| Anaesthesia |
|
no/yes |
| Touch up after about 7-14 days |
|
is included in the price of the treatment |
To ensure you with comfort and safety, each product is opened in the patient’s presence and expiration date of the product is presented. Thus we guarantee that the products used during the procedure are original and of the highest quality.
3. Medical peelings
MEDICAL PEELINGS
Properties:
Medical peelings are currently the most often applied procedures in aesthetic medicine clinics.
| Medical peelings are effective and delicate solution for problematic skin |
They are suitable even for very sensitive complexion or for skin with dilated blood capillaries – depending on particular skin problem and type the doctor indicates appropriate composition of medical peeling.
Its effect is soothed and hydrated skin with improved firmness. Such properties are the effect of anti-oxidative properties, which protect the skin against harmful effects of free radicals.
The treatments improve condition of the skin, which results in more tight, hydrated and brightened complexion. Such therapy plays an important role in skin anti-ageing prevention.
Delicate skin flaking starts 3-5 days after the session. During this period of time, it is advised to deeply moisturise the skin and protect it against the UV rays.
What is the action of medical peels?
Sebum control and balancing action – controls and balances the amount of sebum, penetrating into hair follicle and reducing Propionibacterium acnes populations, in this way eliminating spots and blackheads
Whitening action – sun spots, postinflammatory discolouration and dark circles under eyes are reduced by about 50% after a month of therapy
High skin restructuring capacity – high skin ability for the synthesis of collagen, elastin and GAGs.
INDICATIONS
- seborrheic or acne skin
- acne
- rosacea
- uneven pigmentation and spots
- wrinkles and symptoms of photoageing
BEFORE THE TREATMENT: to intensify the effect of the procedure, for 1-2 weeks before the treatment we can use lower concentration AHA products, remembering not to irritate the skin
AFTER THE PROCEDURE
– the skin should be soothed
– it is recommended to use sun-protective creams SPV>30+
– patients should definitely avoid sunbathing or solarium for about 2 weeks
Can medical peels be combined with other treatments?
Medical peelings are successfully applied in with botulinum toxin treatments, hyaluronic acid, absorbable threads and others. The doctor in charge of the treatment will decide about the time intervals between particular procedures.
How often can the treatment be performed?
The procedure may be repeated every 14-21 days.
For best results, 4-6 treatments are recommended.
Who performs the treatment?
The procedure is performed by a medical doctor, experienced in the use of medical peelings – Dagmara Misiek-Cyrwus
| Price |
|
180 PLN |
| Duration |
|
about 30 min. |
| Anaeshesia |
|
no |
To ensure you with comfort and safety, each product is opened in the patient’s presence and expiration date of the product is presented. Thus we guarantee that the products used during the procedure are original and of the highest quality.
MEDICAL PEELINGS
Properties:
Medical peelings are currently the most often applied procedures in aesthetic medicine clinics.
| Medical peelings are effective and delicate solution for problematic skin |
They are suitable even for very sensitive complexion or for skin with dilated blood capillaries – depending on particular skin problem and type the doctor indicates appropriate composition of medical peeling.
Its effect is soothed and hydrated skin with improved firmness. Such properties are the effect of anti-oxidative properties, which protect the skin against harmful effects of free radicals.
The treatments improve condition of the skin, which results in more tight, hydrated and brightened complexion. Such therapy plays an important role in skin anti-ageing prevention.
Delicate skin flaking starts 3-5 days after the session. During this period of time, it is advised to deeply moisturise the skin and protect it against the UV rays.
What is the action of medical peels?
Sebum control and balancing action – controls and balances the amount of sebum, penetrating into hair follicle and reducing Propionibacterium acnes populations, in this way eliminating spots and blackheads
Whitening action – sun spots, postinflammatory discolouration and dark circles under eyes are reduced by about 50% after a month of therapy
High skin restructuring capacity – high skin ability for the synthesis of collagen, elastin and GAGs.
INDICATIONS
- seborrheic or acne skin
- acne
- rosacea
- uneven pigmentation and spots
- wrinkles and symptoms of photoageing
BEFORE THE TREATMENT: to intensify the effect of the procedure, for 1-2 weeks before the treatment we can use lower concentration AHA products, remembering not to irritate the skin
AFTER THE PROCEDURE
– the skin should be soothed
– it is recommended to use sun-protective creams SPV>30+
– patients should definitely avoid sunbathing or solarium for about 2 weeks
Can medical peels be combined with other treatments?
Medical peelings are successfully applied in with botulinum toxin treatments, hyaluronic acid, absorbable threads and others. The doctor in charge of the treatment will decide about the time intervals between particular procedures.
How often can the treatment be performed?
The procedure may be repeated every 14-21 days.
For best results, 4-6 treatments are recommended.
Who performs the treatment?
The procedure is performed by a medical doctor, experienced in the use of medical peelings – Dagmara Misiek-Cyrwus
| Price |
|
180 PLN |
| Duration |
|
about 30 min. |
| Anaeshesia |
|
no |
To ensure you with comfort and safety, each product is opened in the patient’s presence and expiration date of the product is presented. Thus we guarantee that the products used during the procedure are original and of the highest quality.
ACNE
1. Mimic wrinkles
Botulin toxin
MIMIC WRINKLES (EXPRESSION LINES) OF THE LOWER AND UPPER PARTS OF THE FACE
(Botox®, Azzalure®, Boccouture®)
What are mimic wrinkles?
The ageing process is accompanied by formation of static and mimic wrinkles, the latter also called expression lines.
Static wrinkles are caused by the loss of skin original volume (e.g. nasolabial folds). Mimic wrinkles are the effect of excessive activity of facial expression muscles – e.g. horizontal forehead lines or crow’s feet.
Why are expression lines formed?
When a human face shows emotions, the muscles shrink causing the development of wrinkles and lines. Similarly, the same happens, when we smile, squint or concentrate.
With the passage of time, when our skin loses its elasticity, wrinkles deepen and become permanent (not only during grimacing, but also when we relax). And so, for example, lines between eyebrows make us look as if we were angry, even though we are not.
How can we prevent the process?
Botulinum toxin type A, when injected into the muscles responsible for wrinkles, helps them relax, causes that the lines and folds soften and gives your face more refreshed look.
| BOTOX® is the first in the world, most profoundly analysed botulinum toxin widely accepted for the application in the treatment of hyperhidrosis. |
INDICATIONS
- horizontal forehead wrinkles (horizontal lines on the forehead)
- lion’s wrinkles (vertical lines between the eyebrows, make the face look fierce)
- crow’s feet (wrinkles around the eyes)
- wrinkles of the lower eyelids
- drooping eyebrows (sad and tired appearance)
- wrinkles on the nose (bunny lines)
- nose tip raising
- drooping mouth corners (sad appearance)
- smoker’s wrinkles (wrinkles around the mouth)
- granular (or dimpled) chin
- gummy smile
- face oval
- neck and décolletage wrinkles
Why botulin toxin?
Natural aesthetic effect
Tailoring the treatment effect to individual patient’s expectations
Possibility of subtle correction of facial expression
Spectacular improvement with minimal invasiveness
Patients may resume their regular activities right after the treatment
Visible effects already within the first week following botulin injection
Safe, confirmed with multicentre clinical studies all over the world
The treatment has been appreciated for over 20 years
Who can benefit from treatment with botulinum toxin?
The treatment is successfully applied in patients with present expression lines of various degree of severity. However, it can also be a preventative treatment, maintaining firm skin in patients with or without the first signs of skin ageing. Then only minimal doses are used to obtain the most subtle and discrete effect.
When are the first effects visible?
First results are noticeable after about 2-3 days, while full effect can be admired about a week from the procedure.
| BOTOX® has been appreciated already for over 20 years now as a result of experience and safety of use. |
What does the procedure look like?
During the procedure, the doctor, using a very fine needle, injects small doses of botulinum toxin into the particular muscle responsible for the formation of a certain wrinkle. The treatment is practically painless, though in pain sensitive patients the target skin area can be numbed with local anaesthetic (Emla cream). After about 7-14 days patients come for a follow-up consultation, when the final, desired effect is being perfected.
EFFECTS:
| VISIBLE FACE REJUVENATION AND NATURAL APPEARANCE |
Reduction of sweat secretion in the affected area: up to 100%
Reduction of sweat secretion in the affected area: up to 100%
Depending on patients’ desires, wrinkles are softened proportionately to their expectations.
Reduction of sweat secretion in the affected area: up to 100%
The face looks relaxed
Reduction of sweat secretion in the affected area: up to 100%
On the 30th day following the treatment – 90% of patients
On the 120th day – 86% of patients
How long does the effect last?
The results last for about 4-6 months.
After this period facial expression and muscle activity returns. Although, formation of lines and wrinkles caused by the contraction of those muscles develops much later. And so, despite activation of facial expression the face still remains smoothed and the treatment effects are visible.
The procedure should not be administered more often than every three months.
Is the procedure safe?
Yes. Botulinum toxin injection is currently the most often performed aesthetic medicine treatment. Being present on the beauty market for over 20 years it is one the most appreciated treatments among patients. In order to prevent any possible adverse effects it should always be performed by a medical doctor.
Can botulinum toxin be combined with other treatments?
The procedure may be applied together with other aesthetic medicine treatments, like hyaluronic acid, threads and others. The doctor in charge of the treatment will decide about the time intervals between particular procedures.
Who performs the treatment?
The procedure is performed by a medical doctor, experienced in the use of botulinum toxin – Dagmara Misiek-Cyrwus
In our clinic we perform treatments based on the highest quality botulinum toxin products:
Botox® from Allergan (Irland)
Azzalure® from Galderma (UK)
Boccouture® from Merz (Germany)
| Price |
horizontal forehead wrinkles |
from 45 € |
|
lion’s wrinkles from |
75€ |
|
crow’s feet from |
50€ |
|
wrinkles of the lower eyelids |
35€ |
|
brow lift |
50€ |
|
wrinkles on the nose (bunny lines) |
from 35€ |
|
nose tip raising |
35€ |
|
drooping mouth corners |
50€ |
|
smoker’s lines |
35€ |
|
granular (or dimpled) chin |
45€ |
|
gummy smile |
35€ |
|
face oval (Nefretete Lift) |
from 50€ |
| Duration |
|
about 15 min. |
| Anaesthesia |
|
no/yes |
| Touch up after about 7-14 days |
|
is included in the price of the treatment |
To ensure you with comfort and safety, each product is opened in the patient’s presence and expiration date of the product is presented. Thus we guarantee that the products used during the procedure are original and of the highest quality.
2. Medical peelings
MEDICAL PEELINGS
Properties:
Medical peelings are currently the most often applied procedures in aesthetic medicine clinics.
| Medical peelings are effective and delicate solution for problematic skin |
They are suitable even for very sensitive complexion or for skin with dilated blood capillaries – depending on particular skin problem and type the doctor indicates appropriate composition of medical peeling.
Its effect is soothed and hydrated skin with improved firmness. Such properties are the effect of anti-oxidative properties, which protect the skin against harmful effects of free radicals.
The treatments improve condition of the skin, which results in more tight, hydrated and brightened complexion. Such therapy plays an important role in skin anti-ageing prevention.
Delicate skin flaking starts 3-5 days after the session. During this period of time, it is advised to deeply moisturise the skin and protect it against the UV rays.
What is the action of medical peels?
Sebum control and balancing action – controls and balances the amount of sebum, penetrating into hair follicle and reducing Propionibacterium acnes populations, in this way eliminating spots and blackheads
Whitening action – sun spots, postinflammatory discolouration and dark circles under eyes are reduced by about 50% after a month of therapy
High skin restructuring capacity – high skin ability for the synthesis of collagen, elastin and GAGs.
INDICATIONS
- seborrheic or acne skin
- acne
- rosacea
- uneven pigmentation and spots
- wrinkles and symptoms of photoageing
BEFORE THE TREATMENT: to intensify the effect of the procedure, for 1-2 weeks before the treatment we can use lower concentration AHA products, remembering not to irritate the skin
AFTER THE PROCEDURE
– the skin should be soothed
– it is recommended to use sun-protective creams SPV>30+
– patients should definitely avoid sunbathing or solarium for about 2 weeks
Can medical peels be combined with other treatments?
Medical peelings are successfully applied in with botulinum toxin treatments, hyaluronic acid, absorbable threads and others. The doctor in charge of the treatment will decide about the time intervals between particular procedures.
How often can the treatment be performed?
The procedure may be repeated every 14-21 days.
For best results, 4-6 treatments are recommended.
Who performs the treatment?
The procedure is performed by a medical doctor, experienced in the use of medical peelings – Dagmara Misiek-Cyrwus
| Price |
|
180 PLN |
| Duration |
|
about 30 min. |
| Anaeshesia |
|
no |
To ensure you with comfort and safety, each product is opened in the patient’s presence and expiration date of the product is presented. Thus we guarantee that the products used during the procedure are original and of the highest quality.
MIGRANE HEADACHES
1. Mimic wrinkles
Botulin toxin
MIMIC WRINKLES (EXPRESSION LINES) OF THE LOWER AND UPPER PARTS OF THE FACE
(Botox®, Azzalure®, Boccouture®)
What are mimic wrinkles?
The ageing process is accompanied by formation of static and mimic wrinkles, the latter also called expression lines.
Static wrinkles are caused by the loss of skin original volume (e.g. nasolabial folds). Mimic wrinkles are the effect of excessive activity of facial expression muscles – e.g. horizontal forehead lines or crow’s feet.
Why are expression lines formed?
When a human face shows emotions, the muscles shrink causing the development of wrinkles and lines. Similarly, the same happens, when we smile, squint or concentrate.
With the passage of time, when our skin loses its elasticity, wrinkles deepen and become permanent (not only during grimacing, but also when we relax). And so, for example, lines between eyebrows make us look as if we were angry, even though we are not.
How can we prevent the process?
Botulinum toxin type A, when injected into the muscles responsible for wrinkles, helps them relax, causes that the lines and folds soften and gives your face more refreshed look.
| BOTOX® is the first in the world, most profoundly analysed botulinum toxin widely accepted for the application in the treatment of hyperhidrosis. |
INDICATIONS
- horizontal forehead wrinkles (horizontal lines on the forehead)
- lion’s wrinkles (vertical lines between the eyebrows, make the face look fierce)
- crow’s feet (wrinkles around the eyes)
- wrinkles of the lower eyelids
- drooping eyebrows (sad and tired appearance)
- wrinkles on the nose (bunny lines)
- nose tip raising
- drooping mouth corners (sad appearance)
- smoker’s wrinkles (wrinkles around the mouth)
- granular (or dimpled) chin
- gummy smile
- face oval
- neck and décolletage wrinkles
Why botulin toxin?
Natural aesthetic effect
Tailoring the treatment effect to individual patient’s expectations
Possibility of subtle correction of facial expression
Spectacular improvement with minimal invasiveness
Patients may resume their regular activities right after the treatment
Visible effects already within the first week following botulin injection
Safe, confirmed with multicentre clinical studies all over the world
The treatment has been appreciated for over 20 years
Who can benefit from treatment with botulinum toxin?
The treatment is successfully applied in patients with present expression lines of various degree of severity. However, it can also be a preventative treatment, maintaining firm skin in patients with or without the first signs of skin ageing. Then only minimal doses are used to obtain the most subtle and discrete effect.
When are the first effects visible?
First results are noticeable after about 2-3 days, while full effect can be admired about a week from the procedure.
| BOTOX® has been appreciated already for over 20 years now as a result of experience and safety of use. |
What does the procedure look like?
During the procedure, the doctor, using a very fine needle, injects small doses of botulinum toxin into the particular muscle responsible for the formation of a certain wrinkle. The treatment is practically painless, though in pain sensitive patients the target skin area can be numbed with local anaesthetic (Emla cream). After about 7-14 days patients come for a follow-up consultation, when the final, desired effect is being perfected.
EFFECTS:
| VISIBLE FACE REJUVENATION AND NATURAL APPEARANCE |
Reduction of sweat secretion in the affected area: up to 100%
Reduction of sweat secretion in the affected area: up to 100%
Depending on patients’ desires, wrinkles are softened proportionately to their expectations.
Reduction of sweat secretion in the affected area: up to 100%
The face looks relaxed
Reduction of sweat secretion in the affected area: up to 100%
On the 30th day following the treatment – 90% of patients
On the 120th day – 86% of patients
How long does the effect last?
The results last for about 4-6 months.
After this period facial expression and muscle activity returns. Although, formation of lines and wrinkles caused by the contraction of those muscles develops much later. And so, despite activation of facial expression the face still remains smoothed and the treatment effects are visible.
The procedure should not be administered more often than every three months.
Is the procedure safe?
Yes. Botulinum toxin injection is currently the most often performed aesthetic medicine treatment. Being present on the beauty market for over 20 years it is one the most appreciated treatments among patients. In order to prevent any possible adverse effects it should always be performed by a medical doctor.
Can botulinum toxin be combined with other treatments?
The procedure may be applied together with other aesthetic medicine treatments, like hyaluronic acid, threads and others. The doctor in charge of the treatment will decide about the time intervals between particular procedures.
Who performs the treatment?
The procedure is performed by a medical doctor, experienced in the use of botulinum toxin – Dagmara Misiek-Cyrwus
In our clinic we perform treatments based on the highest quality botulinum toxin products:
Botox® from Allergan (Irland)
Azzalure® from Galderma (UK)
Boccouture® from Merz (Germany)
| Price |
horizontal forehead wrinkles |
from 45 € |
|
lion’s wrinkles from |
75€ |
|
crow’s feet from |
50€ |
|
wrinkles of the lower eyelids |
35€ |
|
brow lift |
50€ |
|
wrinkles on the nose (bunny lines) |
from 35€ |
|
nose tip raising |
35€ |
|
drooping mouth corners |
50€ |
|
smoker’s lines |
35€ |
|
granular (or dimpled) chin |
45€ |
|
gummy smile |
35€ |
|
face oval (Nefretete Lift) |
from 50€ |
| Duration |
|
about 15 min. |
| Anaesthesia |
|
no/yes |
| Touch up after about 7-14 days |
|
is included in the price of the treatment |
To ensure you with comfort and safety, each product is opened in the patient’s presence and expiration date of the product is presented. Thus we guarantee that the products used during the procedure are original and of the highest quality.
ENLARGED SKIN PORES, OILY SKIN CONDITIONS
2. Mimic wrinkles
Botulin toxin
MIMIC WRINKLES (EXPRESSION LINES) OF THE LOWER AND UPPER PARTS OF THE FACE
(Botox®, Azzalure®, Boccouture®)
What are mimic wrinkles?
The ageing process is accompanied by formation of static and mimic wrinkles, the latter also called expression lines.
Static wrinkles are caused by the loss of skin original volume (e.g. nasolabial folds). Mimic wrinkles are the effect of excessive activity of facial expression muscles – e.g. horizontal forehead lines or crow’s feet.
Why are expression lines formed?
When a human face shows emotions, the muscles shrink causing the development of wrinkles and lines. Similarly, the same happens, when we smile, squint or concentrate.
With the passage of time, when our skin loses its elasticity, wrinkles deepen and become permanent (not only during grimacing, but also when we relax). And so, for example, lines between eyebrows make us look as if we were angry, even though we are not.
How can we prevent the process?
Botulinum toxin type A, when injected into the muscles responsible for wrinkles, helps them relax, causes that the lines and folds soften and gives your face more refreshed look.
| BOTOX® is the first in the world, most profoundly analysed botulinum toxin widely accepted for the application in the treatment of hyperhidrosis. |
INDICATIONS
- horizontal forehead wrinkles (horizontal lines on the forehead)
- lion’s wrinkles (vertical lines between the eyebrows, make the face look fierce)
- crow’s feet (wrinkles around the eyes)
- wrinkles of the lower eyelids
- drooping eyebrows (sad and tired appearance)
- wrinkles on the nose (bunny lines)
- nose tip raising
- drooping mouth corners (sad appearance)
- smoker’s wrinkles (wrinkles around the mouth)
- granular (or dimpled) chin
- gummy smile
- face oval
- neck and décolletage wrinkles
Why botulin toxin?
Natural aesthetic effect
Tailoring the treatment effect to individual patient’s expectations
Possibility of subtle correction of facial expression
Spectacular improvement with minimal invasiveness
Patients may resume their regular activities right after the treatment
Visible effects already within the first week following botulin injection
Safe, confirmed with multicentre clinical studies all over the world
The treatment has been appreciated for over 20 years
Who can benefit from treatment with botulinum toxin?
The treatment is successfully applied in patients with present expression lines of various degree of severity. However, it can also be a preventative treatment, maintaining firm skin in patients with or without the first signs of skin ageing. Then only minimal doses are used to obtain the most subtle and discrete effect.
When are the first effects visible?
First results are noticeable after about 2-3 days, while full effect can be admired about a week from the procedure.
| BOTOX® has been appreciated already for over 20 years now as a result of experience and safety of use. |
What does the procedure look like?
During the procedure, the doctor, using a very fine needle, injects small doses of botulinum toxin into the particular muscle responsible for the formation of a certain wrinkle. The treatment is practically painless, though in pain sensitive patients the target skin area can be numbed with local anaesthetic (Emla cream). After about 7-14 days patients come for a follow-up consultation, when the final, desired effect is being perfected.
EFFECTS:
| VISIBLE FACE REJUVENATION AND NATURAL APPEARANCE |
Reduction of sweat secretion in the affected area: up to 100%
Reduction of sweat secretion in the affected area: up to 100%
Depending on patients’ desires, wrinkles are softened proportionately to their expectations.
Reduction of sweat secretion in the affected area: up to 100%
The face looks relaxed
Reduction of sweat secretion in the affected area: up to 100%
On the 30th day following the treatment – 90% of patients
On the 120th day – 86% of patients
How long does the effect last?
The results last for about 4-6 months.
After this period facial expression and muscle activity returns. Although, formation of lines and wrinkles caused by the contraction of those muscles develops much later. And so, despite activation of facial expression the face still remains smoothed and the treatment effects are visible.
The procedure should not be administered more often than every three months.
Is the procedure safe?
Yes. Botulinum toxin injection is currently the most often performed aesthetic medicine treatment. Being present on the beauty market for over 20 years it is one the most appreciated treatments among patients. In order to prevent any possible adverse effects it should always be performed by a medical doctor.
Can botulinum toxin be combined with other treatments?
The procedure may be applied together with other aesthetic medicine treatments, like hyaluronic acid, threads and others. The doctor in charge of the treatment will decide about the time intervals between particular procedures.
Who performs the treatment?
The procedure is performed by a medical doctor, experienced in the use of botulinum toxin – Dagmara Misiek-Cyrwus
In our clinic we perform treatments based on the highest quality botulinum toxin products:
Botox® from Allergan (Irland)
Azzalure® from Galderma (UK)
Boccouture® from Merz (Germany)
| Price |
horizontal forehead wrinkles |
from 45 € |
|
lion’s wrinkles from |
75€ |
|
crow’s feet from |
50€ |
|
wrinkles of the lower eyelids |
35€ |
|
brow lift |
50€ |
|
wrinkles on the nose (bunny lines) |
from 35€ |
|
nose tip raising |
35€ |
|
drooping mouth corners |
50€ |
|
smoker’s lines |
35€ |
|
granular (or dimpled) chin |
45€ |
|
gummy smile |
35€ |
|
face oval (Nefretete Lift) |
from 50€ |
| Duration |
|
about 15 min. |
| Anaesthesia |
|
no/yes |
| Touch up after about 7-14 days |
|
is included in the price of the treatment |
To ensure you with comfort and safety, each product is opened in the patient’s presence and expiration date of the product is presented. Thus we guarantee that the products used during the procedure are original and of the highest quality.
1. Medical peelings
MEDICAL PEELINGS
Properties:
Medical peelings are currently the most often applied procedures in aesthetic medicine clinics.
| Medical peelings are effective and delicate solution for problematic skin |
They are suitable even for very sensitive complexion or for skin with dilated blood capillaries – depending on particular skin problem and type the doctor indicates appropriate composition of medical peeling.
Its effect is soothed and hydrated skin with improved firmness. Such properties are the effect of anti-oxidative properties, which protect the skin against harmful effects of free radicals.
The treatments improve condition of the skin, which results in more tight, hydrated and brightened complexion. Such therapy plays an important role in skin anti-ageing prevention.
Delicate skin flaking starts 3-5 days after the session. During this period of time, it is advised to deeply moisturise the skin and protect it against the UV rays.
What is the action of medical peels?
Sebum control and balancing action – controls and balances the amount of sebum, penetrating into hair follicle and reducing Propionibacterium acnes populations, in this way eliminating spots and blackheads
Whitening action – sun spots, postinflammatory discolouration and dark circles under eyes are reduced by about 50% after a month of therapy
High skin restructuring capacity – high skin ability for the synthesis of collagen, elastin and GAGs.
INDICATIONS
- seborrheic or acne skin
- acne
- rosacea
- uneven pigmentation and spots
- wrinkles and symptoms of photoageing
BEFORE THE TREATMENT: to intensify the effect of the procedure, for 1-2 weeks before the treatment we can use lower concentration AHA products, remembering not to irritate the skin
AFTER THE PROCEDURE
– the skin should be soothed
– it is recommended to use sun-protective creams SPV>30+
– patients should definitely avoid sunbathing or solarium for about 2 weeks
Can medical peels be combined with other treatments?
Medical peelings are successfully applied in with botulinum toxin treatments, hyaluronic acid, absorbable threads and others. The doctor in charge of the treatment will decide about the time intervals between particular procedures.
How often can the treatment be performed?
The procedure may be repeated every 14-21 days.
For best results, 4-6 treatments are recommended.
Who performs the treatment?
The procedure is performed by a medical doctor, experienced in the use of medical peelings – Dagmara Misiek-Cyrwus
| Price |
|
180 PLN |
| Duration |
|
about 30 min. |
| Anaeshesia |
|
no |
To ensure you with comfort and safety, each product is opened in the patient’s presence and expiration date of the product is presented. Thus we guarantee that the products used during the procedure are original and of the highest quality.
BROKEN SKIN CAPILLARIES/PERMANENT OR INCIDENTAL ERYTHEMA
1. Lumenis Quantum - treatment of rosacea
IPL LASER TREATMENTS
Lumenis Quantum
treatment of rosacea
In Krak-Medica we use the Nd:YAG laser with the IPL Quantum platform, introduced by a pioneer in the field of aesthetic medicine, American LUMENIS
Rosacea is characterised by: facial erythema (redness), spider veins and pimples. Causes of the development of rosacea are not known, however, it is believed that the condition is triggered by, among others, hormonal or vasomotor disorders as well as genetic factors. It is more common in people with fair skin with dilated blood capillaries.
Thanks to revolutionary IPL Quantum platform by LUMENIS, we have achieved a synergy of effectiveness and safety of the treatment.
First symptoms of rosacea are broken capillaries and facial redness. Over time, erythema becomes permanent, there are more and more so called spider veins and in the central part of the face there appear pimples with itching, burning, and tenderness. These symptoms are often accompanied by excess secretion of sebum and seborrhoea.
Do not ignore erythema!
Frequent flushing episodes (e.g. in stressful situations, after drinking alcohol, upon exposure to temperature extremes) may cause persistence of the disorder and trigger rosacea. At the same time, capillary permeability increases, leading to swellings in the intracellular space. They cause inflammatory reaction, which establishes and enhances the above symptoms, in this way causing the vicious circle.
Resulting from all the above processes, simple spider veins, allowed to progress can trigger rosacea, which is then difficult to treat.
The condition usually affects the nose, cheeks and chin.
What may intensify rosacea?
– alcohol and spicy food
– temperature changes
– unfavourable weather conditions: wind, frost and UV – temperature changes
– stress
– hot coffee, tea
Before the procedure the doctor evaluates patient’s skin condition particularly the depth and approximate number of spider veins. On the basis of such examination and the type of patient’s skin, the doctor matches the right parameters for the treatment so that it brings the best effects and at the same time it is safe for the patient. Prior to the treatment the doctor performs a cost-free patch test.
Before the treatment is performed, patient’s history is taken, concerning past illnesses, diet, currently taken medications, herbs and other dietary supplements.
How it works
Dilated capillaries are being closed with a handpiece emitting light of certain wave length. During the procedure photothermolysis takes place: laser light penetrates into the capillary and is absorbed by haemoglobin – red pigment of blood. In the next phase, the laser beam is transformed into heat energy. As a result, water present in the tissue evaporates, while the capillary walls are destroyed.
What does the procedure look like?
The procedure usually lasts approximately 30-40 minutes and the exact duration depends on the treated area. Patient puts on safety glasses and then the doctor irradiates the target area with a special handpiece. Since the Lumenis Quantum system uses a unique cooling handpiece, it makes the procedure entirely comfortable. Immediately following the treatment patient may experience slight skin redness, therefore, to soothe and protect the skin, special cool compresses or cooling gels are applied to release excessive heat from the tissue.
Should the treatment be repeated?
Usually, to obtain satisfactory effects it is advised to undergo 2-3 treatments, in some cases even 5 or more sessions are needed. If it is necessary to repeat the procedure, subsequent visit should take place after 3-5 weeks (the doctor will decide about the exact time).
Thanks to laser method of rosacea treatment patients may resume normal activities right after the IPL therapy session.
Our principle:
For safety of our patients and effectiveness of the treatment, one or a few days before the procedure, we perform a cost-free patch test, aiming at optimal choice of treatment parameters.
Who performs the treatment?
The procedure is performed by a medical doctor, certified to use the Quantum platform – Dagmara Misiek-Cyrwus
| Price |
nose |
65€ |
|
cheeks |
75€ |
|
chin |
50€ |
|
cheeks+nose |
115€ |
|
whole face |
190€ |
|
package of three sessions cheeks |
190€ |
|
package of three sessions nose |
150€ |
|
package of 3 treatments whole face |
450€ |
| Duration with cooling |
|
about 45 min. |
GOOD TO KNOW:
You should always stay alert when seeing low price of IPL laser treatment.
Before any IPL laser treatment, make sure that the procedure is performed by a medical doctor, while the original equipment manufacturer is a renowned company (European or American). It will help to avoid negative consequences of faulty, low quality devices, such as skin burns or permanent discolouration.
FOREHEAD EXCESSIVE SWEATING
1. Treatment of excessive sweating
Botulin toxin
Treatment of excessive sweating
(Botox®, Azzalure®, Boccouture®)
It is estimated that excessive sweating (hyperhidrosis) affects even 1% of population. It concerns both women and men as well, most often occurs at the age of 20-40 and is caused by abnormally increased sweat production by human body. It is present even in comfortable temperatures and without physical effort.
Sweating is heavy and uncomfortable. It often accompanies stressful situations, intensifies during public speeches, presentations, etc., however, it sometimes occurs without specific reason. Many of the affected people complain about constantly sweaty hands or feet.
This condition can either be generalized or localized to specific parts of the body, most often hands, feet, armpits or forehead.
Though perspiration is a regular human body process, abnormally increased sweating is troublesome. Excessive sweating is associated with psychical discomfort, which may lead to social withdrawal (often present in cases of localised hand hyperhidrosis in people who have regular personal business contact with other people – e.g. handshake greetings ritual).
| BOTOX® is the first in the world, most profoundly analysed botulinum toxin widely accepted for the application in the treatment of hyperhidrosis. |
Simple and effective solution
The best results are obtained through injection of small doses of botulinum toxin type A into the affected areas – it effectively blocks the sweat production by sweat glands for a few months.
How does botulinum toxin work?
Upon injection of botulinum toxin into the skin affected by hyperhidrosis the impulses between nerves and sweat glands get temporarily blocked, which results in total blockage of sweat production.
| BOTOX® has been appreciated already for over 20 years now as a result of experience and safety of use. |
What does the procedure look like?
During the procedure, the doctor, using a very fine needle, injects small doses of botulinum toxin just under the surface of the affected skin. The target area is numbed with local anaesthetic (Emla cream) before the procedure starts. After about 7-14 days patients undergo so called Minor test (starch-iodine test), when remaining areas of sweating are localised.
EFFECTS:
| BLOCKAGE OF SWEAT PRODUCTION |
Reduction of sweat secretion in the affected area: up to 100%
| PATIENT’S PSYCHIC COMFORT |
Pozytywny wpływ na samoocenę i relacje z innymi ludźmi
Positive influence on self-evaluation and relationships with other people.
How long does the effect last?
Blockage of sweat production is usually effective from about 6-10 months in the armpits and for 7-8 months in hand hyperhidrosis. Length of this period depends on every patient individually. In clinical studies, in 27,5% of patients the result lasted for over a year.
Can botulinum toxin be combined with other treatments?
Botulinum toxin procedure may be successfully used with other aesthetic medicine treatments. The doctor in charge of the treatment will decide about the time intervals between particular procedures.
Who performs the treatment?
The procedure is performed by a medical doctor, experienced in the application of botulinum toxin – Dagmara Misiek-Cyrwus
In our clinic we perform treatments based on the highest quality botulinum toxin products:
Botox® from Allergan (Irland)
Azzalure® from Galderma (UK)
Boccouture® from Merz (Germany)
| Price |
forehead |
60 € |
|
armpits |
375€ |
|
hands |
400€ |
|
feet |
450€ |
| Duration |
|
about 60-80 min. |
| Anaesthesia |
|
yes |
| Touch up after about 7-14 days |
|
is included in the price of the treatment |
To ensure you with comfort and safety, each product is opened in the patient’s presence and expiration date of the product is presented. Thus we guarantee that the products used during the procedure are original and of the highest quality.
DERMATOCHIRURGIA
chirurgiczne wycięcie zmiany
W przypadku wątpliwych zmian skórnych, lub zmian podejrzanych leczeniem z wyboru jest zawsze jej chirurgiczne wycięcie z marginesem tkanek oraz badanie histopatologiczne.
Zmiana taka wycinana jest przez chirurga oraz wysyłana do badania hist.-pat.w Diagnostyce. Wynik dostępny jest zwykle za 7-10 dni.
| Cena zabiegu |
1 zmiana |
od 450zł |
|
zmany mnogie |
od 550zł |
|
bad.hist.-pat. |
60zł |
| Czas zabiegu |
|
ok.30min |
MEZOTERAPIA IGŁOWA LEKARSKA
MEZOTERAPIA OWŁOSIONEJ SKÓRY GŁOWY
RRS®XL Hair
stymulacja wzrostu
Zabiegi mezoterapii igłowej to jedne z najczęściej rekomendowanych zabiegów u Pacjentów z problemem nadmiernego wypadania włosów, nadmiernej łamliwości, czy łysienia.
Zabiegi te wyróżnia ich mała inwazyjność.
Jak wygląda zabieg?
Lekarz przy pomocy cienkiej i krótkiej igiełki wprowadza produkt w cały obszar skóry owłosionej głowy dotknięty problemem. Zabieg odbywa się bez znieczulenia, nie jest jednak zbyt bolesny. Trwa ok.15-20 min.
Ile zabiegów powinno się wykonać?
Zaleca się wykonanie 6-12 zabiegów w odstępach ok.10-21 dni.
Jak działa mezoterapia?
Zawarty w preparacie czynnik wzrostu EGF, a także inne składniki silnie stymulują mieszki włosowe, zapobiegają wypadaniu włosów i odżywiają skórę głowy.
WSKAZANIA:
– okresowe wypadanie włosów
– genetyczna skłonność do wypadania włosów
– włosy osłabione, łamliwe
– łysienie- androgenowi, postresowe i in.
Kto wykonuje zabieg?
Zabieg wykonywany jest przez doświadczonego lekarza w zakresie mezoterapii- lek. med. Dagmarę Misiek-Cyrwus
W gabinecie wykonujemy zabiegi w oparciu o najwyższej jakości produkty do mezoterapii:
RRS® XL Hair firmy Aesthetic Dermal (Hiszpania)
.
.
RRS® XL Hair
koktajl kwasu hialuronowego i kompleksu biorewitalizującego do stosowania na obszar twarzy i ciała
Aktywne składniki:
Czynnik wzrostu Rh-polipeptyd-1 EGF
kwas hialuronowy 3mg/ml
7 witamin (vit.A, B1, B2, B, B5, B6, B12, C)
2 kwasy tłuszczowe (kwas linolowy, linolenowy)
2 koenzymy (NAD, NADP)
3 antyoksydanty (kwas askorbinowy, fitynowy, limonowy)
17 aminokwasów (arginina, glutamina, leucyna, tauryna,
metionina, fenyloalanina, izoleucyna, lizyna, hydroxyprolina,
teanina, seryna, glutamina, alanina, kwas asparaginowy, kwas glutaminowy)
9 mikroelementów (miedź, potas, wapń, żelazo,
magnez, fosfor, sód, mangan, selen, krzem organiczny)
3 terpeny (linalol, borneol, cyneol)
EFEKTY:
| ZAHAMOWANIE WYPADANIA WŁOSÓW |
| Sumaryczny efekt składników. Do 86% mniej wypadających włosów |
| STYMULACJA WZROSTU NOWYCH WŁOSÓW |
| Pobudzenie przez czynnik EGF |
| SILNE ODŻYWIENIE MIESZKÓW WŁOSOWYCH |
| Poprawa jakości włosa |
| Czas zabiegu |
|
ok.30min |
| Znieczulenie |
|
nie |
W trosce o Państwa zadowolenie i bezpieczeństwo każdy produkt otwierany jest zawsze przy Pacjencie oraz okazywana jest jego data ważności. Gwarantujemy Państwu tym samym oryginalność i najwyższą jakość użytych do zabiegu produktów.
LAX SKIN OF THE NECK AND DECOLLETAGE
1. Calcium Hydroxylapatite
CALCIUM HYDROXYLAPATITE (RADIESSE)
Radiesse is entirely new and innovative dermal filler. Like stabilised hyaluronic acid it gives the effect of immediate filling, but, most of all, unlike other hyaluronic acid based fillers it strongly energises the skin to the production of its own collagen.
As a result, we not only restore the lost tissue volume, but we also improve the skin structure.
Radiesse belongs to one of the safest currently available dermal fillers perfecting the skin volume.
When we start losing face volume and contour…
…it’s time to start Radiesse |
How does Radiesse dermal filler work?
Main ingredient of the preparation is calcium hydroxylapatite – identical with the calcium present in human teeth or bones. When injected subdermally, this substance causes intensive stimulation of fibroblasts – cells responsible for the synthesis of collagen fibres.
Who can benefit from treatment with Radiesse?
The treatment brings very good effects in patients with lost tissue volumetry. However, Radiesse can also be a preventative treatment, maintaining firm skin in patients with or without first signs of skin ageing.
EFFECTS:
- intensive skin firming (effect of rejuvenation, restoration of skin elasticity and flexibility)
- filling of zygomatic area and hollow cheeks (lifting effect)
- filling of nasolabial folds (younger and refreshed appearance)
- correction of marionette lines – drooping mouth corners (cheerful/brighter facial expression)
- elimination of chipmunk cheeks (correction of the jawline and face oval)
- brow lifting (optically enlarged eyes)
- filling the temples (healthier and younger appearance)
- nose shape correction
- chin correction (restoration of natural proportion)
- hands – restoration of skin firmness and elasticity
- neck and décolletage – restoration of skin firmness and elasticity
What makes Radiesse different from other leading dermal fillers?
“V” EFFECT
Increased skin volumetry stimulated by collagen production. |
Natural aesthetic effect
Visible rejuvenation and improvement of skin firmness
Restoration of lost skin volume
Subtle correction of face contour and lines
Stimulation of own collagen production – intensive tissue regeneration
Effect visible immediately following the treatment and lasting for over a year
Safe effect, confirmed with clinical research
FDA approved
Millions of performed treatments all over the world
| Radiessebelongs to one of the safest currently available volumizing dermal fillers. |
How soon are the effects visible?
First effect of Radiesse treatment (like in other hyaluronic acid fillers) is visible immediately upon injection. Yet, intensive stimulation to collagen fibres synthesis and general improvement of the skin condition develops gradually. Typically, noticeable results of collagen volume increase appear already after 2-3 months.
How long does the effect of Radiesse last?
In majority of patients the results may last up to a year or longer.
Is the procedure safe?
Definitely it is a safe treatment. As calcium hydroxylapatite is naturally present in human teeth and bones it is 100% biocompatible, does not cause allergic reaction and guarantees long term safety results.
Can Radiesse be combined with other treatments?
Radiesse may be combined with botulin toxin treatments, hyaluronic acid preparations, threads and others. The doctor in charge of the treatment will decide about the time intervals between particular procedures.
Will high temperature, sunbathing or laser treatments degrade Radiesse?
No, they will not. Contrary to hyaluronic acid dermal fillers Radiesse is not affected by high temperatures. It means that sunbathing, using solarium, sauna or undergoing laser treatment will not influence the effects of Radiesse.
Who performs the treatment?
The procedure is performed by a medical doctor, experienced in the use of Radiesse – Dagmara Misiek-Cyrwus
The product is manufactured by Merz Aesthetics (Germany).
| Price |
0,3ml |
100€ |
|
0,8ml |
250€ |
|
1,5ml |
375€ |
| Duration |
|
about 60 min. |
| Anaesthesia |
|
yes |
To ensure you with comfort and safety, each product is opened in the patient’s presence and expiration date of the product is presented. Thus we guarantee that the products used during the procedure are original and of the highest quality.
2. Skinboosters® - skin revitalisation
HYALURONIC ACID
Restylane®, Juvederm®, Teosyal®, Revofil®
Skinboosters®-
skin revitalisation
Youth and beauty is always associated with smooth, pleasant to the touch, hydrated, tight and flexible skin. Unfortunately, it is our skin that first reveals the signs of ageing. Aesthetic medicine offers a solution for the problem of skin ageing. The most up-to-date skin revitalisation method are Skinboosters® treatments.
What are Skinboosters® treatments?
Skinboosters are innovative treatments dedicated for skin revitalisation. They are hyaluronic acid products, which maintain a proper level of skin hydration, giving it elasticity and firmness, fresh look and natural vitality.
Skinboosters treatments are effective alternative to non-stabilised hyaluronic acid mesotherapy. Regarding slow disintegration of hyaluronic acid stabilising bonds, Skinboosters preparations guarantee long lasting effects. The treatment involves a series of microinjections performed with a very fine needle and is administered under topical anaesthesia with the Emla cream. Right after the session patients can resume their regular activities – rarely, but there might appear small bruises resulting from the microinjections, which revert spontaneously.
How long does the Skinboosters treatment last?
The procedure lasts about 30 minutes.
What is the Skinboosters treatment protocol?
For optimal, long-lasting effect, three initial treatment sessions with 3 to 4 weeks apart are recommended. To obtain a lasting effect it is advised to repeat the treatment cycle every 6 months. In younger patients one treatment every six months is enough.
What are the effects of Skinboosters?
Skinboosters treatments provide lasting moisture and improve the skin’s structure. Additionally, they restore the skin’s firmness and elasticity, eliminating small lines, giving smoother, brighter and radiant skin.
What are the Skinboosters treatment areas?
Skinboosters treatments can be used to revitalise the skin of the whole body, especially in the areas which are regarded as hard to improve.
-
sensitive skin around the eyes
-
sensitive area around the mouth
-
delicate skin of cheeks
-
thin skin of the neck
-
sensitive décolletage skin
-
the dorsal (outer) parts of hands
Who can benefit from Skinboosters treatments?
Skinboosters treatments are dedicated to patients who wish to improve the skin’s quality and restore its young look. They are especially recommended to women whose skin is overdried caused by long exposure to the sun or air conditioning.
What are the advantages of Skinboosters treatments?
Skin revitalisation with Skinboosters products result in very natural and smooth skin appearance. The skin receives long-lasting hydration, elasticity and tightness, restores its radiance, looks young and healthy. With Skinboosters treatment we do not have to be afraid of the mask-like effect. If we also consider its non-invasive character and minimum recovery time before resuming regular daily activities, Skinboosters becomes one of the best modern methods of skin revitalisation.
Can Skinboosters be combined with other treatments?
The treatment may be combined with botulin toxin treatments, threads and others. The doctor in charge of the treatment will decide about the time intervals between particular procedures.
Who performs the treatment?
The procedure is performed by a medical doctor, experienced in the application of Skinboosters preparations – Dagmara Misiek-Cyrwus
| Price Skinboosters |
Vital Light 1ml |
159€ |
|
Vital 1ml |
185€ |
| Duration |
|
about 60 min. |
| Anaesthesia |
|
yes |
To ensure you with comfort and safety, each product is opened in the patient’s presence and expiration date of the product is presented. Thus we guarantee that the products used during the procedure are original and of the highest quality.
3. PDO threads - First Lift PDO - Classic and Screw
PDO threads
– First Lift PDO – Classic and Screw –
skin revitalisation and firming
What are First Lift PDO threads – 2 Generation?
Absorbable First Lift PDO threads are one of the most effective among currently available on the beauty market, non-invasive, tissue revitalising methods which successfully correct any part of the body.
These threads are made of absorbable PDO (polydioxanone) material, being a strong synthetic monofilament thread.
Clinical studies have proved that PDO enhances the process of neocollagenesis, meaning stimulation of collagen production. At the same time, energised by PDO fibroblasts cause the increase of both the level of elasticin and natural hyaluronic acid.
First Lift PDO is a treatment of little invasiveness and is dedicated for correction of firmness in such areas like forehead, cheeks, around the mouth, face oval, crow’s feet, neck and décolletage.
What does the procedure look like?
During a sterile procedure, the doctor injects a unique conductor needle with the thread inserted inside into the target skin area. The treatment is performed under local anaesthetic, lasts for about 15-20 minutes and is practically painless. Immediately after the procedure patient leaves the clinic.
Why First Lift PDO?
Natural effects
Effective regeneration
Entirely absorbable ingredients
Little invasiveness – no incisions
Gradual reconstruction of lost collagen
Local anaesthesia
Short recovery time
EFFECTS:
– skin revitalisation
– tissue relaxation
– stimulation of collagen synthesis
– face regains its radiant appearance
EFFECTS:
VISIBLE IMPROVEMENT IN SKIN DENSITY AND TIGHTNESS
anti-ageing effect
Strong revitalising action after a few weeks: +48%
SOFT SKIN LIFTING
As a result of skin tightening
COLLAGEN AND ELASTICIN RECONSTRUCTION
Strong stimulating effects: +76% ↑ in the amount of collagen
SOFTENING OF SMALL WRINKLES
Reconstruction of damaged and atonic skin
How long do the effects last?
The threads dissolve after about 6-8 months, while the implantation effects last for about 12-18 months.
Can First Lift PDO thread lift be combined with other treatments?
Yes, First Lift PDO thread lift can be combined with botulinum toxin, hyaluronic acid and other treatments. The doctor in charge of the treatment will decide about the time intervals between particular procedures.
Who performs the treatment?
The procedure is performed by a medical doctor, experienced in the use of First Lift PDO threads – medical doctor Dagmara Misiek-Cyrwus
| Price |
(1 thread) First Lift-2 Generation face/neck/décolletage |
25€ |
|
SCREW-2 Generation face/neck/décolletage |
35€ |
| Duration |
|
about 15-20 min. |
| Anaesthesia |
|
yes |
To ensure you with comfort and safety, each product is opened in the patient’s presence and expiration date of the product is presented. Thus we guarantee that the products used during the procedure are original and of the highest quality.
4. PDO thread with cogs - Happy Lift PDO
LIFTING THREADS
Silhouette-soft®, First Lift PDO®, Happy Lift PDO®
PDO thread with cogs
– Happy Lift PDO
– Free floating
– Ancorage
– Double Needle
– MESO COGS
What are Happy Lift PDO threads?
Absorbable Happy lift PDO is a revolutionary method of restoring youthful face appearance within very short period of time. The threads are great alternative for surgical lifting – they guarantee immediate effect at the same time minimising any complications or side effects of surgery.
Happy Lift threads are made of absorbable PDO (polydioxanone) material, being a strong synthetic monofilament thread. They come with specially designed microscopic hooks (barbs) with unique length and space between single barbs, enabling the lifting effect. Once implanted, the threads act like a new scaffolding for the flabby tissues.
Moreover, PDO enhances the process of neocollagenesis, meaning stimulation of collagen production. At the same time, energised by PDO fibroblasts cause the increase of both the level of elasticin and natural hyaluronic acid.
Happy Lift PDO threads both intensively revitalise and and lift soft tissues.
FREE FLOATING – thread with bidirectional cogs – recommended for face and neck lifting.
ANCORAGE – ideal for lifting of central parts of the face.
DOUBLE NEEDLE – for eyebrow and neck lifting
MESO COGS – recommended for the treatment of bigger body areas (breast, thighs, shoulders, hands, décolletage, neck).
What does the procedure look like?
During a sterile procedure, the doctor injects a unique conductor needle with the thread inserted inside into the target skin area. For full patient’s comfort the treatment is performed under local anaesthetic and lasts for about 30-40 minutes. Immediately after the procedure patient leaves the clinic.
Why Happy Lift PDO ?
Natural effects
Effective regeneration
Unique cogs
High capacity of tissue elevation
Entirely absorbable ingredients
Little invasiveness – no incisions
Gradual reconstruction of lost collagen
Local anaesthesia
Short recovery time
EFFECTS:
– strong lifting
– stimulation of collagen synthesis
EFFECTS:
VISSIBLE TISSUE RAISING AND IMPROVEMENT OF SKIN DENSITY
LIFTING EFFECT
Intensive tissue elevating action
SOFT SKIN LIFTING
As a result of skin tightening
COLLAGEN AND ELASTICIN RECONSTRUCTION
Strong stimulating effects
SOFTENING OF SMALL WRINKLES
Reconstruction of damaged and atonic skin
How long do the effects last?
The threads dissolve after about 12-15 months, while the implantation effects last even up to 5 years.
Can Happy Lift PDO be combined with other treatments?
Yes, Happy Lift PDO therapy can be combined with botulinum toxin, hyaluronic acid and other treatments. The doctor in charge of the treatment will decide about the time intervals between particular procedures.
Who performs the treatment?
The procedure is performed by a medical doctor, experienced in the use of Happy Lift PDO – medical doctor Dagmara Misiek-Cyrwus
| Price |
(1 thread) Happy Lift-2 face/neck/décolletage |
335€ |
|
|
|
| Duration |
|
about 30-40 min. |
| Anaesthesia |
|
yes |
To ensure you with comfort and safety, each product is opened in the patient’s presence and expiration date of the product is presented. Thus we guarantee that the products used during the procedure are original and of the highest quality.
4. Face / Body mesotherapy
MEDICAL NEEDLE MESOTHERAPY
Teosyal Redensity I®, Juvederm Hydrate®,
Light Eyes®, White In®, RRS HA®
FACE/BODY MESOTHERAPY
hydration/nutrition/tightening
Needle mesotherapy is one of the most often recommended rejuvenating treatments. They are dedicated for prevention, correction and reduction of the effects skin ageing. Needle mesotherapy treatments prevent, smooth and eliminate small facial lines, deeply hydrate the skin and make it look radiant and spectacularly glowing.
Regular performance of needle mesotherapy provides long lasting effect of healthy looking skin.
EFFECTS OF MESOTHERAPY:
- hydration and stimulation
- skin regeneration
- improvement of skin tightness
- anti-ageing effect
- skin biorevitalisation
- collagen and elasticin reconstruction
- softening of small wrinkles
- neutralization of free radicals
Why mesotherapy?
- minimally invasive treatment
- subtle and natural effects
- intensive and long-lasting skin hydration
- delaying the skin ageing process
What does the procedure look like?
With the use of a very fine needle the doctor injects the product into the target skin area that we want to biorevitalise. Before the treatment, the skin is numbed with topical anaesthetic – the Emla cream. The whole procedure lasts for about 15-20 minutes.
How many treatments are needed?
Number and frequency of treatments depends on patient’s age and skin condition. In young patients with no or very first signs of skin ageing mesotherapy is applied preventively. Then, to reverse the process of wrinkle formation it is enough to have 1 treatment every 4-6 months.
In case of mature skin with visible signs of skin ageing it is recommended to take a series of a few treatments (about 3-6 every 2-4 weeks).
In patients with very mature skin, smoker’s or damaged skin, frequency of treatments can be increased.
What are mesotherapy medications?
Currently, the most popular face mesotherapy preparations are cocktails (based on hyaluronic acid and/or organic silica combined with various skin biorevitalising complexes.
INDICATIONS
- dry, dehydrated skin
- lax skin with lost elasticity
- young skin – first symptoms of ageing
- mature skin with signs of ageing
- smoker’s skin
Who performs the treatment?
The procedure is performed by a medical doctor, experienced in mesotherapy – medical doctor Dagmara Misiek-Cyrwus
In our clinic we perform treatments based on the highest quality mesotherapy products:
Teosyal Redensity I, Teoxane (Switzerland)
RRS® HA, Aesthetic Dermal (Spain)
Juvederm Hydrate®, Allergan (France)
Teosyal REDENSITY I®
New treatment providing skin radiance. The treatment helps to restore the skin’s structure and strengthens its ability to reflect light.
A simple, effective protocol in 3 sessions at 3 week intervals.
PROPRIETARY FORMULA:
– HYALURONIC ACID 15mg/g – improvement of skin hydration and density
– SKIN RESTORATION COMPLEX
8 amino acids (arginine, glycine, lysine, proline, threonine, isoleucine, valine, leucine)
3 antioxidants (glutathione, lime acid, N-acetyl-L-cysteine)
2 minerals (zinc and copper)
1 vitamin (B6 – antiallergic)
selected according to compatibility. Effective combination supporting the skin regeneration process.
They stimulate production of collagen and elastin fibres, are necessary in DNA synthesis, regulate the process of healing and reconstruction of tissues.
– LIDOCAINE – ensures comfort during injection
EFFECTS:
VISIBLE IMPROVEMENT IN SKIN DENSITY AND HYDRATION
CELLULAR RECONSTRUCTION AND REGENERATION
Epidermal cohesive effect: + 98% collagen IV
Tightening effect: + 26% of fibrillin 1
ANTIOXIDANT PROTECTION
– 28% on an oxidation marker
SKIN HYDRATION
14 times more acid GAGs
WRINKLE SOFTENING
+20% after the 1st session and +83% after the 3rd session
RRS® HA Injectable
Cocktail of hyaluronic acid and biorevitalising complex for face and body
Active ingredients:
hyaluronic acid 6mg/ml
10 vitamins (vit. A, B1, B2, B3, B5, B6, B12, C, E, B9)
3 fatty acids (oleic acid, linoleic acid, linolenic acid)
2 coenzymes (NAD, NADP)
12 antioxidants (ascorbic acid, phytic acid, lime acid,
carnosine acid, chlorogenic acid, rosemarinic acid, taurine, theanine,
tocopherol, gallic acid, ferulic acid, caffeic acid)
11 polyphenols (quercetin, hesperidin, resveratrol, catechin,
epicatechin, procyanidin, viniferin, pycnogenol)
21 aminoacids (arginine, glutamine, leucine, taurine,
methionine, phenylalanine, isoleucine, lysine, hydroxyproline,
theanine, serine, glutamine, histidine, glycine, threonine,
alanine, asparaginic acid, glutaminic acid)
13 microelements (zinc, copper, potassium, calcium, iron,
magnesium, phosphor, sodium, manganese, selenium, silica, cobalt, chrome)
3 terpenes (linalool, borneol, cineole)
EFFECTS:
VISIBLE IMPROVEMENT IN SKIN DENSITY AND HYDRATION
INCREASED HYDRATION EFFECT
Cumulative results
SOFTENING OF SMALL WRINKLES
Dermal redensification effect
INTENSIVE REGENERATION OF MATURE SKIN
Strong nourishment
RRS® Hyalift 35mg and 75mg
clear non-stabilised hyaluronic acid of high concentration 7mg/ml and 15mg/ml for skin hydration
Juvéderm® Hydrate
clear non-stabilised hyaluronic acid 13mg/ml for skin hydration with 0,9% mannitol, which prolongs the hydration effect
A simple, effective protocol in 3 sessions at 3 week intervals.
Hydrolifting Juvéderm® HYDRATE is a new generation treatment designed to hydrate the deepest layers of the skin and improve its elasticity. Although Juvéderm® HYDRATE works in dermal/epidermal junction it is not classified as a filler. It is a treatment specifically designed to improve the skin condition in the areas that are often susceptible to sun damage and the signs of ageing (face, neck, décolletage and hands). A unique feature of Juvéderm® HYDRATE is a specially developed formula, where a low molecular weight (smooth and uniform), non-cross-linked hyaluronic acid is enriched with mannitol, a substance that affects slow degradation of hyaluronic acid in the skin and additionally is a strong antioxidant.
This formula guarantees hydration of deep skin layers and makes the minor skin folds and wrinkles less visible. The skin looks healthy, fresh and silky to the touch. It becomes remarkably hydrated and more elastic. As a result, the treated area is refreshed, the skin regains its natural, youthful glow, while the face looks cheerful and bright.
Based on research and experience, aesthetic medicine specialists confirm that Juvéderm® HYDRATE belongs to one of the best tolerated skin hydrating treatments.
| Price |
Teosyal Redensity I face/body |
580PLN |
|
RRS HA Injectable face/body |
320PLN |
|
RRS Hyalift face/body |
250PLN |
|
Juvederm Hydrate face/body |
600PLN |
| Duration |
|
about 60 min. |
| Anaesthesia |
|
yes |
To ensure you with comfort and safety, each product is opened in the patient’s presence and expiration date of the product is presented. Thus we guarantee that the products used during the procedure are original and of the highest quality.
5. Medical peeling, Ferulac Peel®, Nomelan Caffeico®
MEDICAL PEELINGS
Properties:
Medical peelings are currently the most often applied procedures in aesthetic medicine clinics.
| Medical peelings are effective and delicate solution for problematic skin |
They are suitable even for very sensitive complexion or for skin with dilated blood capillaries – depending on particular skin problem and type the doctor indicates appropriate composition of medical peeling.
Its effect is soothed and hydrated skin with improved firmness. Such properties are the effect of anti-oxidative properties, which protect the skin against harmful effects of free radicals.
The treatments improve condition of the skin, which results in more tight, hydrated and brightened complexion. Such therapy plays an important role in skin anti-ageing prevention.
Delicate skin flaking starts 3-5 days after the session. During this period of time, it is advised to deeply moisturise the skin and protect it against the UV rays.
What is the action of medical peels?
Sebum control and balancing action – controls and balances the amount of sebum, penetrating into hair follicle and reducing Propionibacterium acnes populations, in this way eliminating spots and blackheads
Whitening action – sun spots, postinflammatory discolouration and dark circles under eyes are reduced by about 50% after a month of therapy
High skin restructuring capacity – high skin ability for the synthesis of collagen, elastin and GAGs.
INDICATIONS
- seborrheic or acne skin
- acne
- rosacea
- uneven pigmentation and spots
- wrinkles and symptoms of photoageing
BEFORE THE TREATMENT: to intensify the effect of the procedure, for 1-2 weeks before the treatment we can use lower concentration AHA products, remembering not to irritate the skin
AFTER THE PROCEDURE
– the skin should be soothed
– it is recommended to use sun-protective creams SPV>30+
– patients should definitely avoid sunbathing or solarium for about 2 weeks
Can medical peels be combined with other treatments?
Medical peelings are successfully applied in with botulinum toxin treatments, hyaluronic acid, absorbable threads and others. The doctor in charge of the treatment will decide about the time intervals between particular procedures.
How often can the treatment be performed?
The procedure may be repeated every 14-21 days.
For best results, 4-6 treatments are recommended.
Who performs the treatment?
The procedure is performed by a medical doctor, experienced in the use of medical peelings – Dagmara Misiek-Cyrwus
| Price |
|
180 PLN |
| Duration |
|
about 30 min. |
| Anaeshesia |
|
no |
To ensure you with comfort and safety, each product is opened in the patient’s presence and expiration date of the product is presented. Thus we guarantee that the products used during the procedure are original and of the highest quality.
MEDICAL PEELINGS
FERULAC PEEL ® ; NOMELAN CAFFEICO ®
Properties of ferulic acid:
Ferulac Peel® and Nomelan Caffeico® are new generation line of products dedicated to skin with signs of photoageing, melasma and discolouration of various origin (hormonal, postinflammatory, after sun). Ferulic acid is nowadays one of the most effective skin whitening treatments.
It controls the activity of tyrosinase, which takes part in the production of melanin.
Additionally, ferulic acid soothes, hydrates and improves the skin firmness, resulting in general skin rejuvenation. Such properties are the effect of anti-oxidative properties, which protect the skin against harmful effects of free radicals.
| The Ferulic acid therapy is one of the newest methods of fight against skin discolouration. |
Unlike other available medical peelings, patient leaves the clinic with a few layers of applied Ferulac Peel. The preparation should then be washed off after the time indicated by the doctor in charge of the treatment, usually it is about 8-12 hours. Intensive skin flaking starts 3-5 days after the session. During this period of time, it is advised to deeply moisturise the skin and protect it against the UV rays.
The procedure is complemented by a retinol mask.
Ferulac Peel treatments improve condition of the skin, which results in more tight, hydrated and brightened complexion. It is also good to realise, that such therapy plays an important role in skin anti-ageing prevention.
How it works
Whitening action – spots and discolouration of various origin are reduced by about 75% after a month
Sebum control and balancing action – controls and stabilises the amount of sebum penetrating into the hair follicle, skin pores are reduced and less visible, skin regains its even tone
Anti-oxidative action – neutralises free radicals and enhances effectiveness of vitamins C and E
INDICATIONS:
- photoageing
- melasma
- discolouration (hormonal, after sun, postinflammatory)
- stretch marks
BEFORE THE TREATMENT: to intensify the effect of the procedure, for 1-2 weeks before the treatment we can use lower concentration AHA products, remembering not to irritate the skin
AFTER THE PROCEDURE
– the skin should be soothed
– it is recommended to use sun-protective creams SPV>30+
– patients should definitely avoid sunbathing or solarium for about 2 weeks
Can botulinum toxin be combined with other treatments?
Medical peelings are successfully applied in with botulinum toxin treatments, hyaluronic acid, absorbable threads and others. The doctor in charge of the treatment will decide about the time intervals between particular procedures.
How often can the treatment be performed?
The procedure may be repeated every 14-28 days.
For best results, 2-4 treatments are recommended.
Who performs the treatment?
The procedure is performed by a medical doctor, experienced in the use of medical peelings – Dagmara Misiek-Cyrwus
| Price |
face |
70€ |
|
décolletage |
70€ |
|
back |
100€ |
|
stretch marks |
from 70€ |
| Duration |
|
8-12 hours Patient goes home |
| Anaeshesia |
|
no |
To ensure you with comfort and safety, each product is opened in the patient’s presence and expiration date of the product is presented. Thus we guarantee that the products used during the procedure are original and of the highest quality.
6. Lumenis Quantum - laser face-lift
IPL LASER TREATMENTS
Lumenis Quantum
laser face-lift
In Krak-Medica we use the Nd:YAG laser with the IPL Quantum platform, introduced by a pioneer in the field of aesthetic medicine, American LUMENIS
Laser lifting of the face, neck and décolletage is a method of entirely non-invasive skin stimulation and enhancement of collagen production. It revitalises and whitens the skin, at the same time restoring its tone and tightness. Laser skin lifting makes wrinkles less visible and significantly improves condition of the skin.
Thanks to revolutionary IPL Quantum platform by LUMENIS, we have achieved a synergy of effectiveness and safety of the treatment.
Laser lift gives 3 effects in 1 procedure:
– lifting effect, redensifying and tightening of the whole treatment area
– elimination of discolouration and spots
– closing broken capillaries and reduction of erythema
EFFECTS:
SKIN WHITENING
Elimination of discolouration
EVEN SKIN TONE
Closing capillaries
VISIBLE REJUVENATION
Lifting effect
Before the procedure the doctor evaluates the condition of patient’s skin, identifying its biggest problematic issues. On the basis of such examination and the type of patient’s skin, the doctor matches the right parameters for the treatment so that it brings the best effects and at the same time it is safe for the patient. Prior to the treatment the doctor performs a cost-free patch test.
Before the treatment is performed patient’s history is taken, concerning past illnesses, diet, currently taken medications, herbs and other dietary supplements.
How it works
Stimulation of fibroblasts to the production of collagen and other proteins, consequently leading to visible skin tightening can be admired after about 3 weeks.
What does the procedure look like?
The procedure usually lasts approximately 30-40 minutes and the exact duration depends on the treated area. Patient puts on safety glasses and then the doctor irradiates the target area with a special handpiece. Since the Lumenis Quantum system uses a unique cooling handpiece, it makes the procedure entirely comfortable. Immediately following the treatment patient may experience slight skin redness, therefore, to soothe and protect the skin, special cool compresses or cooling gels are applied to release excessive heat from the tissue.
Should the treatment be repeated?
Laser treatment is a procedure that should be performed in a series. It is recommended to take 3 treatments at 3-4 week intervals.
Patients may resume their regular activities right after the treatment.
Our principle:
For safety of our patients and effectiveness of the treatment, one or a few days before the procedure, we perform a cost-free patch test, aiming at optimal choice of treatment parameters.
Who performs the treatment?
The procedure is performed by a medical doctor, certified to use the Quantum platform – Dagmara Misiek-Cyrwus
| Price |
whole face |
175€ |
|
package of 3 treatments whole face |
400€ |
|
neck |
110€ |
|
package of three sessions neck |
260€ |
|
décolletage |
125€ |
|
package of three sessions décolletage |
300€ |
| Duration with cooling |
|
about 45 min. |
GOOD TO KNOW:
You should always stay alert when seeing low price of IPL laser treatment.
Before any IPL laser treatment, make sure that the procedure is performed by a medical doctor, while the original equipment manufacturer is a renowned company (European or American). It will help to avoid negative consequences of faulty, low quality devices, such as skin burns or permanent discolouration.
NECK AND DECOLLETAGE WRINKLES
1. Calcium Hydroxylapatite
CALCIUM HYDROXYLAPATITE (RADIESSE)
Radiesse is entirely new and innovative dermal filler. Like stabilised hyaluronic acid it gives the effect of immediate filling, but, most of all, unlike other hyaluronic acid based fillers it strongly energises the skin to the production of its own collagen.
As a result, we not only restore the lost tissue volume, but we also improve the skin structure.
Radiesse belongs to one of the safest currently available dermal fillers perfecting the skin volume.
When we start losing face volume and contour…
…it’s time to start Radiesse |
How does Radiesse dermal filler work?
Main ingredient of the preparation is calcium hydroxylapatite – identical with the calcium present in human teeth or bones. When injected subdermally, this substance causes intensive stimulation of fibroblasts – cells responsible for the synthesis of collagen fibres.
Who can benefit from treatment with Radiesse?
The treatment brings very good effects in patients with lost tissue volumetry. However, Radiesse can also be a preventative treatment, maintaining firm skin in patients with or without first signs of skin ageing.
EFFECTS:
- intensive skin firming (effect of rejuvenation, restoration of skin elasticity and flexibility)
- filling of zygomatic area and hollow cheeks (lifting effect)
- filling of nasolabial folds (younger and refreshed appearance)
- correction of marionette lines – drooping mouth corners (cheerful/brighter facial expression)
- elimination of chipmunk cheeks (correction of the jawline and face oval)
- brow lifting (optically enlarged eyes)
- filling the temples (healthier and younger appearance)
- nose shape correction
- chin correction (restoration of natural proportion)
- hands – restoration of skin firmness and elasticity
- neck and décolletage – restoration of skin firmness and elasticity
What makes Radiesse different from other leading dermal fillers?
“V” EFFECT
Increased skin volumetry stimulated by collagen production. |
Natural aesthetic effect
Visible rejuvenation and improvement of skin firmness
Restoration of lost skin volume
Subtle correction of face contour and lines
Stimulation of own collagen production – intensive tissue regeneration
Effect visible immediately following the treatment and lasting for over a year
Safe effect, confirmed with clinical research
FDA approved
Millions of performed treatments all over the world
| Radiessebelongs to one of the safest currently available volumizing dermal fillers. |
How soon are the effects visible?
First effect of Radiesse treatment (like in other hyaluronic acid fillers) is visible immediately upon injection. Yet, intensive stimulation to collagen fibres synthesis and general improvement of the skin condition develops gradually. Typically, noticeable results of collagen volume increase appear already after 2-3 months.
How long does the effect of Radiesse last?
In majority of patients the results may last up to a year or longer.
Is the procedure safe?
Definitely it is a safe treatment. As calcium hydroxylapatite is naturally present in human teeth and bones it is 100% biocompatible, does not cause allergic reaction and guarantees long term safety results.
Can Radiesse be combined with other treatments?
Radiesse may be combined with botulin toxin treatments, hyaluronic acid preparations, threads and others. The doctor in charge of the treatment will decide about the time intervals between particular procedures.
Will high temperature, sunbathing or laser treatments degrade Radiesse?
No, they will not. Contrary to hyaluronic acid dermal fillers Radiesse is not affected by high temperatures. It means that sunbathing, using solarium, sauna or undergoing laser treatment will not influence the effects of Radiesse.
Who performs the treatment?
The procedure is performed by a medical doctor, experienced in the use of Radiesse – Dagmara Misiek-Cyrwus
The product is manufactured by Merz Aesthetics (Germany).
| Price |
0,3ml |
100€ |
|
0,8ml |
250€ |
|
1,5ml |
375€ |
| Duration |
|
about 60 min. |
| Anaesthesia |
|
yes |
To ensure you with comfort and safety, each product is opened in the patient’s presence and expiration date of the product is presented. Thus we guarantee that the products used during the procedure are original and of the highest quality.
2. Skinboosters® - skin revitalisation
HYALURONIC ACID
Restylane®, Juvederm®, Teosyal®, Revofil®
Skinboosters®-
skin revitalisation
Youth and beauty is always associated with smooth, pleasant to the touch, hydrated, tight and flexible skin. Unfortunately, it is our skin that first reveals the signs of ageing. Aesthetic medicine offers a solution for the problem of skin ageing. The most up-to-date skin revitalisation method are Skinboosters® treatments.
What are Skinboosters® treatments?
Skinboosters are innovative treatments dedicated for skin revitalisation. They are hyaluronic acid products, which maintain a proper level of skin hydration, giving it elasticity and firmness, fresh look and natural vitality.
Skinboosters treatments are effective alternative to non-stabilised hyaluronic acid mesotherapy. Regarding slow disintegration of hyaluronic acid stabilising bonds, Skinboosters preparations guarantee long lasting effects. The treatment involves a series of microinjections performed with a very fine needle and is administered under topical anaesthesia with the Emla cream. Right after the session patients can resume their regular activities – rarely, but there might appear small bruises resulting from the microinjections, which revert spontaneously.
How long does the Skinboosters treatment last?
The procedure lasts about 30 minutes.
What is the Skinboosters treatment protocol?
For optimal, long-lasting effect, three initial treatment sessions with 3 to 4 weeks apart are recommended. To obtain a lasting effect it is advised to repeat the treatment cycle every 6 months. In younger patients one treatment every six months is enough.
What are the effects of Skinboosters?
Skinboosters treatments provide lasting moisture and improve the skin’s structure. Additionally, they restore the skin’s firmness and elasticity, eliminating small lines, giving smoother, brighter and radiant skin.
What are the Skinboosters treatment areas?
Skinboosters treatments can be used to revitalise the skin of the whole body, especially in the areas which are regarded as hard to improve.
-
sensitive skin around the eyes
-
sensitive area around the mouth
-
delicate skin of cheeks
-
thin skin of the neck
-
sensitive décolletage skin
-
the dorsal (outer) parts of hands
Who can benefit from Skinboosters treatments?
Skinboosters treatments are dedicated to patients who wish to improve the skin’s quality and restore its young look. They are especially recommended to women whose skin is overdried caused by long exposure to the sun or air conditioning.
What are the advantages of Skinboosters treatments?
Skin revitalisation with Skinboosters products result in very natural and smooth skin appearance. The skin receives long-lasting hydration, elasticity and tightness, restores its radiance, looks young and healthy. With Skinboosters treatment we do not have to be afraid of the mask-like effect. If we also consider its non-invasive character and minimum recovery time before resuming regular daily activities, Skinboosters becomes one of the best modern methods of skin revitalisation.
Can Skinboosters be combined with other treatments?
The treatment may be combined with botulin toxin treatments, threads and others. The doctor in charge of the treatment will decide about the time intervals between particular procedures.
Who performs the treatment?
The procedure is performed by a medical doctor, experienced in the application of Skinboosters preparations – Dagmara Misiek-Cyrwus
| Price Skinboosters |
Vital Light 1ml |
159€ |
|
Vital 1ml |
185€ |
| Duration |
|
about 60 min. |
| Anaesthesia |
|
yes |
To ensure you with comfort and safety, each product is opened in the patient’s presence and expiration date of the product is presented. Thus we guarantee that the products used during the procedure are original and of the highest quality.
3. Hyaluronic Acid
HYALURONIC ACID
Restylane®, Juvederm®, Teosyal®, Revofil®
filling wrinkles and folds
cheek augmentation
mouth/nose/chin augmentation
dark shadows under the eyes (tear trough area)
Effects:
- cheek augmentation
- nasolabial folds
- drooping mouth corners
- forehead wrinkles
- wrinkles all over the face
- temple hollows
- jawline
- crow’s feet
- lip augmentation
- chin shape correction
- elimination of dark circles under the eyes
Ageing is inevitable and happens to each of us. We can’t make this any different. But we can influence the effects that ageing has on our skin.…
What are facial filling treatments?
Facial filling treatments are successfully applied in patients with lax skin, wrinkles and lost tissue volume resulting from the natural ageing process. Though they also act preventively helping to maintain firm and healthy skin with or without the first signs of ageing. Regardless of patient’s age they also correct possible facial asymmetry or may make the mouth more plump.
Facial dermal fillers are also dedicated to patients with small, narrow or asymmetric lips, who would like to enhance the lip volume according to individual preferences or just hydrate the lips without their augmentation.
Now, irresistibly soft and delicate lips are possible not only in the young people.
They are available for everybody!
Thanks to revolutionary hyaluronic acid fillers dedicated for the lips improvement you can gain subtlest volume, additional softness and smoothness and maintain natural hydration of the skin of the mouth and around it.
We’ll improve your natural beauty, and you’ll enjoy the effects for a long time…
Regardless of their age, these treatments are dedicated to patients with under eye hollows, which give the impression of tired or eyes. The skin in the eye area is very delicate, thin and therefore requires a lot of attention and care. These are our eyes that first reveal our age and condition.
At the beginning, the shadows appear in the corners of your eyes, over time the effect develops to the whole eye contour. In consequence, our eyes become sad and tired while whole face looks a few years older.
Restylane®, Juvederm®, Surgiderm® and Teosyal® are exclusive, highest quality natural dermal fillers which delicately remove signs of ageing or gently improve nature’s imperfections. They are natural and safe products whose effectiveness and safety have been proved by hundreds of clinical studies. Each of them has been so far applied in more than ten to a several dozen millions treatments all over the world, and their number increases every day.
Revofil® is an alternative for patients in whom injectable fillers get quickly absorbed. The preparation is also based on hyaluronic acid, though it also contains appropriately selected biomimetic peptides which prevent the activity of hyaluronidase (enzyme that degrades hyaluronic acid) and inhibit the action of free radicals.
How do dermal fillers work?
Injectable dermal fillers contain hyaluronic acid in the form of a light gel – natural substance present in a human body. They support the skin offering its refreshment and improvement of appearance, regardless of the treatment purpose (smoothing wrinkles, improvement of the face contour, mouth augmentation or just rejuvenation).
Since the skin – or even your desired effects may change over time, a great advantage of dermal fillers is that their effects are fully reversible. It gives the patient freedom of choice concerning maintenance of the effect and a full control over his/her appearance.
We use only the highest quality hyaluronic acid dermal fillers:
Restylane®, Q-Med (Sweden)
Juvederm®, Allergan (France)
Surgiderm®, Allergan (France)
Teosyal®, Teoxane (Switzerland)
Benefits of facial filling treatments:
– hollow cheeks become firm and plump
– nasolabial folds are softened
– drooping mouth corners return to their original position
– forehead wrinkles get smoothed
– wrinkles all over the face become softened
– temporal hollows are reduced
– the jawline contour is redefined
– any facial asymmetry is reduced
Results of hyaluronic acid dermal fillers can be summed up in three words:
safe – natural – effective
Why injectable dermal fillers?
Natural aesthetic effect
Visible rejuvenation and improvement of skin firmness
Restoration of lost skin volume
Subtle correction of face contour and lines
Long lasting effect visible immediately following the treatment
Full and immediate reversibility of the effect
Safe effect, confirmed with clinical research
What does the procedure look like?
After medical consultation, the doctor, with a very fine needle or cannula injects a small amount of light gel into the target skin area. Before the procedure the skin surface is numbed with topical anaesthetic (Emla cream). As most of the preparations contain lidocaine, their injection is practically painless. Immediately following the treatment some patients may experience slight transient swelling or bruising, which go away within a few days. Still, they can resume their normal activities right after the session.
How soon are the effects visible?
Firs effects are visible already immediately after injection of dermal filler.
How long will the effect last?
The duration of effects will depend on the product (its density and level of cross-linking) and individual organism. Average longevity of light and subtle dermal fillers is up to 6 months, for the preparations of medium density up to about 9-12 months and even up to 18 months for innovative volumetric preparations.
Is the procedure safe?
Definitely it is a safe treatment. As hyaluronic acid is naturally present in human body it is 100% biocompatible, does not cause allergic reactions and guarantees long term safety results.
Are all preparations the same?
In the range of Restylane®, Juvederm®, Surgiderm® and Teosyal® products there are various preparations dedicated to certain face areas, with different density for particular facial zone and purposes.
Can the procedure be combined with other treatments?
The treatment may be combined with botulin toxin treatments, threads and others. The doctor in charge of the treatment will decide about the time intervals between particular procedures.
Who performs the treatment?
The procedure is performed by an experienced medical doctor – Dagmara Misiek-Cyrwus
| Price Restylane® |
Restylane, Restylane Perlane 1ml |
299€ |
| Juvederm® |
Ultra 2 0,55ml |
160€ |
|
Ultra 3, Ultra 4 1ml |
299€ |
| Surgiderm® |
18, 24XP, 30 XP, 30 0,8ml |
250€ |
| Teosyal® |
Touch Up 0,5ml |
175€ |
|
First Lines 0,7ml |
210€ |
|
Global Action, Deep Lines 1ml |
299€ |
| Revofil® |
Plus 1ml |
269€ |
|
SubQ 2ml |
449€ |
| Juvederm® |
Voluma 1ml |
275€ |
|
Voluma 2ml |
449€ |
| Teosyal® |
Ultra Deep, Ultimate 1ml |
299€ |
|
Ultimate 2ml |
410€ |
|
Ultimate 3ml |
410€ |
| Duration |
|
about 60 min. |
| Anaesthesia |
|
yes |
To ensure you with comfort and safety, each product is opened in the patient’s presence and expiration date of the product is presented. Thus we guarantee that the products used during the procedure are original and of the highest quality.
4. Lumenis Quantum - laser face-lift
IPL LASER TREATMENTS
Lumenis Quantum
laser face-lift
In Krak-Medica we use the Nd:YAG laser with the IPL Quantum platform, introduced by a pioneer in the field of aesthetic medicine, American LUMENIS
Laser lifting of the face, neck and décolletage is a method of entirely non-invasive skin stimulation and enhancement of collagen production. It revitalises and whitens the skin, at the same time restoring its tone and tightness. Laser skin lifting makes wrinkles less visible and significantly improves condition of the skin.
Thanks to revolutionary IPL Quantum platform by LUMENIS, we have achieved a synergy of effectiveness and safety of the treatment.
Laser lift gives 3 effects in 1 procedure:
– lifting effect, redensifying and tightening of the whole treatment area
– elimination of discolouration and spots
– closing broken capillaries and reduction of erythema
EFFECTS:
SKIN WHITENING
Elimination of discolouration
EVEN SKIN TONE
Closing capillaries
VISIBLE REJUVENATION
Lifting effect
Before the procedure the doctor evaluates the condition of patient’s skin, identifying its biggest problematic issues. On the basis of such examination and the type of patient’s skin, the doctor matches the right parameters for the treatment so that it brings the best effects and at the same time it is safe for the patient. Prior to the treatment the doctor performs a cost-free patch test.
Before the treatment is performed patient’s history is taken, concerning past illnesses, diet, currently taken medications, herbs and other dietary supplements.
How it works
Stimulation of fibroblasts to the production of collagen and other proteins, consequently leading to visible skin tightening can be admired after about 3 weeks.
What does the procedure look like?
The procedure usually lasts approximately 30-40 minutes and the exact duration depends on the treated area. Patient puts on safety glasses and then the doctor irradiates the target area with a special handpiece. Since the Lumenis Quantum system uses a unique cooling handpiece, it makes the procedure entirely comfortable. Immediately following the treatment patient may experience slight skin redness, therefore, to soothe and protect the skin, special cool compresses or cooling gels are applied to release excessive heat from the tissue.
Should the treatment be repeated?
Laser treatment is a procedure that should be performed in a series. It is recommended to take 3 treatments at 3-4 week intervals.
Patients may resume their regular activities right after the treatment.
Our principle:
For safety of our patients and effectiveness of the treatment, one or a few days before the procedure, we perform a cost-free patch test, aiming at optimal choice of treatment parameters.
Who performs the treatment?
The procedure is performed by a medical doctor, certified to use the Quantum platform – Dagmara Misiek-Cyrwus
| Price |
whole face |
175€ |
|
package of 3 treatments whole face |
400€ |
|
neck |
110€ |
|
package of three sessions neck |
260€ |
|
décolletage |
125€ |
|
package of three sessions décolletage |
300€ |
| Duration with cooling |
|
about 45 min. |
GOOD TO KNOW:
You should always stay alert when seeing low price of IPL laser treatment.
Before any IPL laser treatment, make sure that the procedure is performed by a medical doctor, while the original equipment manufacturer is a renowned company (European or American). It will help to avoid negative consequences of faulty, low quality devices, such as skin burns or permanent discolouration.
DECOLLETAGE DISCOLOURATION AND SPOTS
1. Lumenis Quantum – Photorejuvenation
LASER IPL TREATMENTS
Lumenis Quantum
Photorejuvenation
In Krak-Medica we use the Nd:YAG laser with the IPL Quantum platform, introduced by a pioneer in the field of aesthetic medicine, American LUMENIS
Photorejuvenation is a treatment not only improving skin appearance, but also healing its condition. The method biostimulates tissues and has many advantages. It revitalises and whitens the skin. Additionally, photorejuvenation techniques restore the skin’s healthy tone. Laser skin photorejuvenation makes wrinkles less visible. The procedure also positively influences density of the skin.
Thanks to revolutionary IPL Quantum platform by LUMENIS, we have achieved a synergy of effectiveness and safety of the treatment.
Photorejuvenation gives 3 effects in 1 procedure:
– elimination of discolouration and spots
– closing broken capillaries and reduction of erythema
– lifting effect, redensifying and tightening of the whole treatment area
EFFECTS:
SKIN WHITENING
Elimination of discolouration
EVEN SKIN TONE
Closing capillaries
VISIBLE REJUVENATION
Lifting effect
Before the procedure the doctor evaluates the condition of patient’s skin, identifying its biggest problematic issues. On the basis of such examination and the type of patient’s skin, the doctor matches the right parameters for the treatment so that it brings the best effects and at the same time it is safe for the patient. Prior to the treatment the doctor performs a cost-free patch test.
Before the treatment is performed patient’s history is taken, concerning past illnesses, diet, currently taken medications, herbs and other dietary supplements.
How it works
Dilated capillaries close within two weeks. Spots and discolouration disappear up to seven days. The treated skin becomes tight, firm, and redensified, while wrinkles are gradually reduced.
What does the procedure look like?
The procedure usually lasts approximately 30-40 minutes and the exact duration depends on the treated area. Patient puts on safety glasses and then the doctor irradiates the target area with a special handpiece. Since the Lumenis Quantum system uses a unique cooling handpiece, it makes the procedure entirely comfortable. Immediately following the treatment patient may experience slight skin redness, therefore, to soothe and protect the skin, special cool compresses or cooling gels are applied to release excessive heat from the tissue.
Should the treatment be repeated?
To intensify the effect it is recommended to take 3 treatments at 3-4 week intervals.
Thanks to laser method of discolouration treatment patients may resume normal activities right after the IPL therapy session.
Our principle:
For safety of our patients and effectiveness of the treatment, one or a few days before the procedure, we perform a cost-free patch test, aiming at optimal choice of treatment parameters.
Who performs the treatment?
The procedure is performed by a medical doctor, certified to use the Quantum platform – Dagmara Misiek-Cyrwus
| Price |
whole face |
200€ |
|
package of 3 treatments whole face |
450€ |
|
neck |
110€ |
|
décolletage |
125€ |
|
neck+décolletage |
185€ |
|
face + neck + décolletage |
310€ |
| Duration with cooling |
|
about 45 min. |
GOOD TO KNOW:
You should always stay alert when seeing low price of IPL laser treatment.
Before any IPL laser treatment, make sure that the procedure is performed by a medical doctor, while the original equipment manufacturer is a renowned company (European or American). It will help to avoid negative consequences of faulty, low quality devices, such as skin burns or permanent discolouration.
2. Lumenis Quantum - elimination of discolouration and spots
IPL LASER TREATMENTS
Lumenis Quantum
elimination of discolouration and spots
In Krak-Medica we use the Nd:YAG laser with the IPL Quantum platform, introduced by a pioneer in the field of aesthetic medicine, American LUMENIS
Like every year, the issue of skin discolouration comes back in the autumn to colourful women’s magazines and to aesthetic medicine clinics. It is not a surprise, as in the summer the problem escalates, while autumn and winter are ideal to remove or at least visibly reduce the skin imperfections caused by sun exposure.
Types of skin discolouration
Freckles – numerous, irregular spots triggered by exposure to sunlight. Their formation is genetically conditioned.
Melasma – is the most popular reason of patients’ visits in medical offices. It causes irregular, brown, well demarcated patches commonly found on the forehead, cheeks, upper lip in women after 30 years of age. The patches most often develop or intensify during pregnancy, taking oral or patch contraceptives and in cases of various endocrine disorders.
Lentignes – small, round or oval, slightly raised pigmented spots developed mainly after the age of 30 on the face or hands, triggered by excessive sun UV rays exposure.
Postinflammatory discolouration – might develop in the areas of earlier acne lesions, inflammatory disorders, injuries, etc.
What are the causes of skin discolouration?
Hormonal changes in pregnancy, oral contraceptives or all hormonal disorders are potential triggers of skin discolouration. After excessive sun exposure or visits in solarium abnormal high amount of melanin is produced and distributed in the skin.
Thanks to revolutionary IPL Quantum platform by LUMENIS, we have achieved a synergy of effectiveness and safety of the treatment.
How to effectively eliminate skin discolouration?
One of the most popular methods for eliminating discolouration of various origin are IPL treatments. IPL laser treatments – IPL is selectively absorbed by the skin cells containing melanin. High energy of the laser beam causes destruction of the pigmented cells – they “explode” releasing melanin, which is then removed by the cells of immune system.
How it works
Discolouration and spots are being removed with a handpiece emitting light of certain wavelength. This procedure leads to photothermolysis: a process where laser light penetrates into the target discolouration at the same time damaging the cells with excessive pigment. The destroyed cells are then removed during regular exchange of epidermal cells within 6-7 days.
What does the procedure look like?
The procedure usually lasts approximately 30-40 minutes and the exact duration depends on the treated area. Patient puts on safety glasses and then the doctor irradiates the target area with a special handpiece. Since the Lumenis Quantum system uses a unique cooling handpiece, it makes the procedure entirely comfortable. Immediately following the treatment patient may experience slight skin redness, therefore, to soothe and protect the skin, special cool compresses or cooling gels are applied to release excessive heat from the tissue.
Should the treatment be repeated?
With few pigmented skin lesions it is usually enough to undergo 1 session for their full reduction. With numerous spots and more intensive discolouration (especially long-lasting) most probably, 2 or 3 sessions will be necessary. If it is necessary to repeat the procedure, subsequent visit should take place after 3-5 weeks (the doctor will decide about the exact time).
Thanks to the laser method of discolouration treatment patients may resume normal activities right after the IPL therapy session.
Our principle:
For safety of our patients and effectiveness of the treatment, one or a few days before the procedure, we perform a cost-free patch test, aiming at optimal choice of treatment parameters.
Who performs the treatment?
The procedure is performed by a medical doctor, certified to use the Quantum platform – Dagmara Misiek-Cyrwus
| Price |
single spot |
35€ |
|
a few spots |
from 40€ |
|
nose |
60€ |
|
cheeks |
75€ |
|
forehead |
60€ |
|
whole face |
200€ |
|
package of 3 treatments whole face |
450€ |
| Duration with cooling |
|
about 45 min. |
GOOD TO KNOW:
You should always stay alert when seeing low price of IPL laser treatment.
Before any IPL laser treatment, make sure that the procedure is performed by a medical doctor, while the original equipment manufacturer is a renowned company (European or American). It will help to avoid negative consequences of faulty, low quality devices, such as skin burns or permanent discolouration.
3. Medical peeling, Ferulac Peel®, Nomelan Caffeico®
MEDICAL PEELINGS
Properties:
Medical peelings are currently the most often applied procedures in aesthetic medicine clinics.
| Medical peelings are effective and delicate solution for problematic skin |
They are suitable even for very sensitive complexion or for skin with dilated blood capillaries – depending on particular skin problem and type the doctor indicates appropriate composition of medical peeling.
Its effect is soothed and hydrated skin with improved firmness. Such properties are the effect of anti-oxidative properties, which protect the skin against harmful effects of free radicals.
The treatments improve condition of the skin, which results in more tight, hydrated and brightened complexion. Such therapy plays an important role in skin anti-ageing prevention.
Delicate skin flaking starts 3-5 days after the session. During this period of time, it is advised to deeply moisturise the skin and protect it against the UV rays.
What is the action of medical peels?
Sebum control and balancing action – controls and balances the amount of sebum, penetrating into hair follicle and reducing Propionibacterium acnes populations, in this way eliminating spots and blackheads
Whitening action – sun spots, postinflammatory discolouration and dark circles under eyes are reduced by about 50% after a month of therapy
High skin restructuring capacity – high skin ability for the synthesis of collagen, elastin and GAGs.
INDICATIONS
- seborrheic or acne skin
- acne
- rosacea
- uneven pigmentation and spots
- wrinkles and symptoms of photoageing
BEFORE THE TREATMENT: to intensify the effect of the procedure, for 1-2 weeks before the treatment we can use lower concentration AHA products, remembering not to irritate the skin
AFTER THE PROCEDURE
– the skin should be soothed
– it is recommended to use sun-protective creams SPV>30+
– patients should definitely avoid sunbathing or solarium for about 2 weeks
Can medical peels be combined with other treatments?
Medical peelings are successfully applied in with botulinum toxin treatments, hyaluronic acid, absorbable threads and others. The doctor in charge of the treatment will decide about the time intervals between particular procedures.
How often can the treatment be performed?
The procedure may be repeated every 14-21 days.
For best results, 4-6 treatments are recommended.
Who performs the treatment?
The procedure is performed by a medical doctor, experienced in the use of medical peelings – Dagmara Misiek-Cyrwus
| Price |
|
180 PLN |
| Duration |
|
about 30 min. |
| Anaeshesia |
|
no |
To ensure you with comfort and safety, each product is opened in the patient’s presence and expiration date of the product is presented. Thus we guarantee that the products used during the procedure are original and of the highest quality.
MEDICAL PEELINGS
FERULAC PEEL ® ; NOMELAN CAFFEICO ®
Properties of ferulic acid:
Ferulac Peel® and Nomelan Caffeico® are new generation line of products dedicated to skin with signs of photoageing, melasma and discolouration of various origin (hormonal, postinflammatory, after sun). Ferulic acid is nowadays one of the most effective skin whitening treatments.
It controls the activity of tyrosinase, which takes part in the production of melanin.
Additionally, ferulic acid soothes, hydrates and improves the skin firmness, resulting in general skin rejuvenation. Such properties are the effect of anti-oxidative properties, which protect the skin against harmful effects of free radicals.
| The Ferulic acid therapy is one of the newest methods of fight against skin discolouration. |
Unlike other available medical peelings, patient leaves the clinic with a few layers of applied Ferulac Peel. The preparation should then be washed off after the time indicated by the doctor in charge of the treatment, usually it is about 8-12 hours. Intensive skin flaking starts 3-5 days after the session. During this period of time, it is advised to deeply moisturise the skin and protect it against the UV rays.
The procedure is complemented by a retinol mask.
Ferulac Peel treatments improve condition of the skin, which results in more tight, hydrated and brightened complexion. It is also good to realise, that such therapy plays an important role in skin anti-ageing prevention.
How it works
Whitening action – spots and discolouration of various origin are reduced by about 75% after a month
Sebum control and balancing action – controls and stabilises the amount of sebum penetrating into the hair follicle, skin pores are reduced and less visible, skin regains its even tone
Anti-oxidative action – neutralises free radicals and enhances effectiveness of vitamins C and E
INDICATIONS:
- photoageing
- melasma
- discolouration (hormonal, after sun, postinflammatory)
- stretch marks
BEFORE THE TREATMENT: to intensify the effect of the procedure, for 1-2 weeks before the treatment we can use lower concentration AHA products, remembering not to irritate the skin
AFTER THE PROCEDURE
– the skin should be soothed
– it is recommended to use sun-protective creams SPV>30+
– patients should definitely avoid sunbathing or solarium for about 2 weeks
Can botulinum toxin be combined with other treatments?
Medical peelings are successfully applied in with botulinum toxin treatments, hyaluronic acid, absorbable threads and others. The doctor in charge of the treatment will decide about the time intervals between particular procedures.
How often can the treatment be performed?
The procedure may be repeated every 14-28 days.
For best results, 2-4 treatments are recommended.
Who performs the treatment?
The procedure is performed by a medical doctor, experienced in the use of medical peelings – Dagmara Misiek-Cyrwus
| Price |
face |
70€ |
|
décolletage |
70€ |
|
back |
100€ |
|
stretch marks |
from 70€ |
| Duration |
|
8-12 hours Patient goes home |
| Anaeshesia |
|
no |
To ensure you with comfort and safety, each product is opened in the patient’s presence and expiration date of the product is presented. Thus we guarantee that the products used during the procedure are original and of the highest quality.
4. Cosmelan / Dermamelan ®
MEDICAL PEELINGS
COSMELAN / DERMAMELAN ®
Cosmelan/Dermamelan therapy:
Cosmelan/ Dermamelan® are new generation line of products dedicated to skin with signs of photoageing with melasma, freckles and discolouration of various origin (hormonal, postinflammatory, after sun).
Presently, it is the most spectacular therapy in the fight against skin discolouration of various origin – its effectiveness reaches 99%.
| The therapy is one of the newest methods of fight against skin discolouration. |
– Effectiveness of both treatments results from the influence of exceptionally active substances (meaning tyrosinol, kojic acid, phytic acid and arbutin) on tyrosinase which controls the production of natural skin pigment – melanin.
– Cosmelan and Dermamelan protect the epidermal barrier, as they do not contain peeling ingredients which are typical for other preparations.
– They do not photosensitize the skin and as a result may be performed all year round.
– Additionally, the therapy soothes, hydrates and improves the skin firmness, giving generally rejuvenating effect. Such properties result from the presence of three key antioxidants (retinol, vitamins C and E), which protect the skin against the harmful influence of free radicals. The treatments improve condition of the skin, which results in more tight, hydrated and brightened complexion. It is also good to realise, that such therapy plays an important role in skin anti-ageing prevention.
– Immense advantage of the therapy is significant improvement of problematic skin and reduction of skin imperfections, such as seborrhoea, acne, postinflammatory discolouration, blackheads and enlarged pores. Thanks to the presence of salicylic acid, azelaic acid, niacinamide and the extract of liquorice which has anti-inflammatory, antibacterial and balancing properties, the activity of sebaceous glands is normalised, skin pores become less visible and the extraction of sebum is visibly reduced.
The preparation in the form of a yellow mustard colour mask should be washed off after about 8-12 hours. The intensity of treatment to be continued at home, with Cosmelan 2/Dermamelan Treatment products, is established by a doctor, depending on patient’s skin type.
The treatment price includes follow-up medical consultations (about every 7 days).
What are the effects of therapy?
Whitening action – spots and discolouration of various origin are reduced by about 75% after two months of therapy
Skin resurfacing – small lines are reduced, skin pores get permanently smaller, acne scars softened, the skin tight
Sebum control and balancing action – controls and stabilises the amount of sebum penetrating into the hair follicle, reduces skin tendency to the formation of blackheads
Anti-oxidative action – neutralises free radicals and enhances effectiveness of vitamins C and E
INDICATIONS
- photoageing
- melasma
- discolouration (hormonal, after sun, postinflammatory)
- medium-depth wrinkles
- acne scars
BEFORE THE TREATMENT: to intensify the effect of the procedure, for 1-2 weeks before the treatment we can use lower concentration AHA products, remembering not to irritate the skin
AFTER THE PROCEDURE
– the skin should be intensively soothed
– it is recommended to use sun-protective creams SPV>50+
– patients should definitely avoid sunbathing or solarium for about 3 months
Can medical peels be combined with other treatments?
Medical peelings are successfully applied in combination with botulinum toxin treatments, hyaluronic acid, absorbable threads and others. The doctor in charge of the treatment will decide about the time intervals between particular procedures.
Who performs the treatment?
The procedure is performed by a medical doctor, experienced in the use of Cosmelan/Dermamelan- Dagmara Misiek-Cyrwus
| Price |
|
435€ |
| Duration |
|
8-12 hours Patient goes home |
| Anaeshesia |
|
no |
To ensure you with comfort and safety, each product is opened in the patient’s presence and expiration date of the product is presented. Thus we guarantee that the products used during the procedure are original and of the highest quality.
5. Face / Body mesotherapy
MEDICAL NEEDLE MESOTHERAPY
Teosyal Redensity I®, Juvederm Hydrate®,
Light Eyes®, White In®, RRS HA®
FACE/BODY MESOTHERAPY
hydration/nutrition/tightening
Needle mesotherapy is one of the most often recommended rejuvenating treatments. They are dedicated for prevention, correction and reduction of the effects skin ageing. Needle mesotherapy treatments prevent, smooth and eliminate small facial lines, deeply hydrate the skin and make it look radiant and spectacularly glowing.
Regular performance of needle mesotherapy provides long lasting effect of healthy looking skin.
EFFECTS OF MESOTHERAPY:
- hydration and stimulation
- skin regeneration
- improvement of skin tightness
- anti-ageing effect
- skin biorevitalisation
- collagen and elasticin reconstruction
- softening of small wrinkles
- neutralization of free radicals
Why mesotherapy?
- minimally invasive treatment
- subtle and natural effects
- intensive and long-lasting skin hydration
- delaying the skin ageing process
What does the procedure look like?
With the use of a very fine needle the doctor injects the product into the target skin area that we want to biorevitalise. Before the treatment, the skin is numbed with topical anaesthetic – the Emla cream. The whole procedure lasts for about 15-20 minutes.
How many treatments are needed?
Number and frequency of treatments depends on patient’s age and skin condition. In young patients with no or very first signs of skin ageing mesotherapy is applied preventively. Then, to reverse the process of wrinkle formation it is enough to have 1 treatment every 4-6 months.
In case of mature skin with visible signs of skin ageing it is recommended to take a series of a few treatments (about 3-6 every 2-4 weeks).
In patients with very mature skin, smoker’s or damaged skin, frequency of treatments can be increased.
What are mesotherapy medications?
Currently, the most popular face mesotherapy preparations are cocktails (based on hyaluronic acid and/or organic silica combined with various skin biorevitalising complexes.
INDICATIONS
- dry, dehydrated skin
- lax skin with lost elasticity
- young skin – first symptoms of ageing
- mature skin with signs of ageing
- smoker’s skin
Who performs the treatment?
The procedure is performed by a medical doctor, experienced in mesotherapy – medical doctor Dagmara Misiek-Cyrwus
In our clinic we perform treatments based on the highest quality mesotherapy products:
Teosyal Redensity I, Teoxane (Switzerland)
RRS® HA, Aesthetic Dermal (Spain)
Juvederm Hydrate®, Allergan (France)
Teosyal REDENSITY I®
New treatment providing skin radiance. The treatment helps to restore the skin’s structure and strengthens its ability to reflect light.
A simple, effective protocol in 3 sessions at 3 week intervals.
PROPRIETARY FORMULA:
– HYALURONIC ACID 15mg/g – improvement of skin hydration and density
– SKIN RESTORATION COMPLEX
8 amino acids (arginine, glycine, lysine, proline, threonine, isoleucine, valine, leucine)
3 antioxidants (glutathione, lime acid, N-acetyl-L-cysteine)
2 minerals (zinc and copper)
1 vitamin (B6 – antiallergic)
selected according to compatibility. Effective combination supporting the skin regeneration process.
They stimulate production of collagen and elastin fibres, are necessary in DNA synthesis, regulate the process of healing and reconstruction of tissues.
– LIDOCAINE – ensures comfort during injection
EFFECTS:
VISIBLE IMPROVEMENT IN SKIN DENSITY AND HYDRATION
CELLULAR RECONSTRUCTION AND REGENERATION
Epidermal cohesive effect: + 98% collagen IV
Tightening effect: + 26% of fibrillin 1
ANTIOXIDANT PROTECTION
– 28% on an oxidation marker
SKIN HYDRATION
14 times more acid GAGs
WRINKLE SOFTENING
+20% after the 1st session and +83% after the 3rd session
RRS® HA Injectable
Cocktail of hyaluronic acid and biorevitalising complex for face and body
Active ingredients:
hyaluronic acid 6mg/ml
10 vitamins (vit. A, B1, B2, B3, B5, B6, B12, C, E, B9)
3 fatty acids (oleic acid, linoleic acid, linolenic acid)
2 coenzymes (NAD, NADP)
12 antioxidants (ascorbic acid, phytic acid, lime acid,
carnosine acid, chlorogenic acid, rosemarinic acid, taurine, theanine,
tocopherol, gallic acid, ferulic acid, caffeic acid)
11 polyphenols (quercetin, hesperidin, resveratrol, catechin,
epicatechin, procyanidin, viniferin, pycnogenol)
21 aminoacids (arginine, glutamine, leucine, taurine,
methionine, phenylalanine, isoleucine, lysine, hydroxyproline,
theanine, serine, glutamine, histidine, glycine, threonine,
alanine, asparaginic acid, glutaminic acid)
13 microelements (zinc, copper, potassium, calcium, iron,
magnesium, phosphor, sodium, manganese, selenium, silica, cobalt, chrome)
3 terpenes (linalool, borneol, cineole)
EFFECTS:
VISIBLE IMPROVEMENT IN SKIN DENSITY AND HYDRATION
INCREASED HYDRATION EFFECT
Cumulative results
SOFTENING OF SMALL WRINKLES
Dermal redensification effect
INTENSIVE REGENERATION OF MATURE SKIN
Strong nourishment
RRS® Hyalift 35mg and 75mg
clear non-stabilised hyaluronic acid of high concentration 7mg/ml and 15mg/ml for skin hydration
Juvéderm® Hydrate
clear non-stabilised hyaluronic acid 13mg/ml for skin hydration with 0,9% mannitol, which prolongs the hydration effect
A simple, effective protocol in 3 sessions at 3 week intervals.
Hydrolifting Juvéderm® HYDRATE is a new generation treatment designed to hydrate the deepest layers of the skin and improve its elasticity. Although Juvéderm® HYDRATE works in dermal/epidermal junction it is not classified as a filler. It is a treatment specifically designed to improve the skin condition in the areas that are often susceptible to sun damage and the signs of ageing (face, neck, décolletage and hands). A unique feature of Juvéderm® HYDRATE is a specially developed formula, where a low molecular weight (smooth and uniform), non-cross-linked hyaluronic acid is enriched with mannitol, a substance that affects slow degradation of hyaluronic acid in the skin and additionally is a strong antioxidant.
This formula guarantees hydration of deep skin layers and makes the minor skin folds and wrinkles less visible. The skin looks healthy, fresh and silky to the touch. It becomes remarkably hydrated and more elastic. As a result, the treated area is refreshed, the skin regains its natural, youthful glow, while the face looks cheerful and bright.
Based on research and experience, aesthetic medicine specialists confirm that Juvéderm® HYDRATE belongs to one of the best tolerated skin hydrating treatments.
| Price |
Teosyal Redensity I face/body |
580PLN |
|
RRS HA Injectable face/body |
320PLN |
|
RRS Hyalift face/body |
250PLN |
|
Juvederm Hydrate face/body |
600PLN |
| Duration |
|
about 60 min. |
| Anaesthesia |
|
yes |
To ensure you with comfort and safety, each product is opened in the patient’s presence and expiration date of the product is presented. Thus we guarantee that the products used during the procedure are original and of the highest quality.
LAX AND DRY HAND SKIN
1. Skinboosters® - skin revitalisation
HYALURONIC ACID
Restylane®, Juvederm®, Teosyal®, Revofil®
Skinboosters®-
skin revitalisation
Youth and beauty is always associated with smooth, pleasant to the touch, hydrated, tight and flexible skin. Unfortunately, it is our skin that first reveals the signs of ageing. Aesthetic medicine offers a solution for the problem of skin ageing. The most up-to-date skin revitalisation method are Skinboosters® treatments.
What are Skinboosters® treatments?
Skinboosters are innovative treatments dedicated for skin revitalisation. They are hyaluronic acid products, which maintain a proper level of skin hydration, giving it elasticity and firmness, fresh look and natural vitality.
Skinboosters treatments are effective alternative to non-stabilised hyaluronic acid mesotherapy. Regarding slow disintegration of hyaluronic acid stabilising bonds, Skinboosters preparations guarantee long lasting effects. The treatment involves a series of microinjections performed with a very fine needle and is administered under topical anaesthesia with the Emla cream. Right after the session patients can resume their regular activities – rarely, but there might appear small bruises resulting from the microinjections, which revert spontaneously.
How long does the Skinboosters treatment last?
The procedure lasts about 30 minutes.
What is the Skinboosters treatment protocol?
For optimal, long-lasting effect, three initial treatment sessions with 3 to 4 weeks apart are recommended. To obtain a lasting effect it is advised to repeat the treatment cycle every 6 months. In younger patients one treatment every six months is enough.
What are the effects of Skinboosters?
Skinboosters treatments provide lasting moisture and improve the skin’s structure. Additionally, they restore the skin’s firmness and elasticity, eliminating small lines, giving smoother, brighter and radiant skin.
What are the Skinboosters treatment areas?
Skinboosters treatments can be used to revitalise the skin of the whole body, especially in the areas which are regarded as hard to improve.
-
sensitive skin around the eyes
-
sensitive area around the mouth
-
delicate skin of cheeks
-
thin skin of the neck
-
sensitive décolletage skin
-
the dorsal (outer) parts of hands
Who can benefit from Skinboosters treatments?
Skinboosters treatments are dedicated to patients who wish to improve the skin’s quality and restore its young look. They are especially recommended to women whose skin is overdried caused by long exposure to the sun or air conditioning.
What are the advantages of Skinboosters treatments?
Skin revitalisation with Skinboosters products result in very natural and smooth skin appearance. The skin receives long-lasting hydration, elasticity and tightness, restores its radiance, looks young and healthy. With Skinboosters treatment we do not have to be afraid of the mask-like effect. If we also consider its non-invasive character and minimum recovery time before resuming regular daily activities, Skinboosters becomes one of the best modern methods of skin revitalisation.
Can Skinboosters be combined with other treatments?
The treatment may be combined with botulin toxin treatments, threads and others. The doctor in charge of the treatment will decide about the time intervals between particular procedures.
Who performs the treatment?
The procedure is performed by a medical doctor, experienced in the application of Skinboosters preparations – Dagmara Misiek-Cyrwus
| Price Skinboosters |
Vital Light 1ml |
159€ |
|
Vital 1ml |
185€ |
| Duration |
|
about 60 min. |
| Anaesthesia |
|
yes |
To ensure you with comfort and safety, each product is opened in the patient’s presence and expiration date of the product is presented. Thus we guarantee that the products used during the procedure are original and of the highest quality.
2. Face / Body mesotherapy
MEDICAL NEEDLE MESOTHERAPY
Teosyal Redensity I®, Juvederm Hydrate®,
Light Eyes®, White In®, RRS HA®
FACE/BODY MESOTHERAPY
hydration/nutrition/tightening
Needle mesotherapy is one of the most often recommended rejuvenating treatments. They are dedicated for prevention, correction and reduction of the effects skin ageing. Needle mesotherapy treatments prevent, smooth and eliminate small facial lines, deeply hydrate the skin and make it look radiant and spectacularly glowing.
Regular performance of needle mesotherapy provides long lasting effect of healthy looking skin.
EFFECTS OF MESOTHERAPY:
- hydration and stimulation
- skin regeneration
- improvement of skin tightness
- anti-ageing effect
- skin biorevitalisation
- collagen and elasticin reconstruction
- softening of small wrinkles
- neutralization of free radicals
Why mesotherapy?
- minimally invasive treatment
- subtle and natural effects
- intensive and long-lasting skin hydration
- delaying the skin ageing process
What does the procedure look like?
With the use of a very fine needle the doctor injects the product into the target skin area that we want to biorevitalise. Before the treatment, the skin is numbed with topical anaesthetic – the Emla cream. The whole procedure lasts for about 15-20 minutes.
How many treatments are needed?
Number and frequency of treatments depends on patient’s age and skin condition. In young patients with no or very first signs of skin ageing mesotherapy is applied preventively. Then, to reverse the process of wrinkle formation it is enough to have 1 treatment every 4-6 months.
In case of mature skin with visible signs of skin ageing it is recommended to take a series of a few treatments (about 3-6 every 2-4 weeks).
In patients with very mature skin, smoker’s or damaged skin, frequency of treatments can be increased.
What are mesotherapy medications?
Currently, the most popular face mesotherapy preparations are cocktails (based on hyaluronic acid and/or organic silica combined with various skin biorevitalising complexes.
INDICATIONS
- dry, dehydrated skin
- lax skin with lost elasticity
- young skin – first symptoms of ageing
- mature skin with signs of ageing
- smoker’s skin
Who performs the treatment?
The procedure is performed by a medical doctor, experienced in mesotherapy – medical doctor Dagmara Misiek-Cyrwus
In our clinic we perform treatments based on the highest quality mesotherapy products:
Teosyal Redensity I, Teoxane (Switzerland)
RRS® HA, Aesthetic Dermal (Spain)
Juvederm Hydrate®, Allergan (France)
Teosyal REDENSITY I®
New treatment providing skin radiance. The treatment helps to restore the skin’s structure and strengthens its ability to reflect light.
A simple, effective protocol in 3 sessions at 3 week intervals.
PROPRIETARY FORMULA:
– HYALURONIC ACID 15mg/g – improvement of skin hydration and density
– SKIN RESTORATION COMPLEX
8 amino acids (arginine, glycine, lysine, proline, threonine, isoleucine, valine, leucine)
3 antioxidants (glutathione, lime acid, N-acetyl-L-cysteine)
2 minerals (zinc and copper)
1 vitamin (B6 – antiallergic)
selected according to compatibility. Effective combination supporting the skin regeneration process.
They stimulate production of collagen and elastin fibres, are necessary in DNA synthesis, regulate the process of healing and reconstruction of tissues.
– LIDOCAINE – ensures comfort during injection
EFFECTS:
VISIBLE IMPROVEMENT IN SKIN DENSITY AND HYDRATION
CELLULAR RECONSTRUCTION AND REGENERATION
Epidermal cohesive effect: + 98% collagen IV
Tightening effect: + 26% of fibrillin 1
ANTIOXIDANT PROTECTION
– 28% on an oxidation marker
SKIN HYDRATION
14 times more acid GAGs
WRINKLE SOFTENING
+20% after the 1st session and +83% after the 3rd session
RRS® HA Injectable
Cocktail of hyaluronic acid and biorevitalising complex for face and body
Active ingredients:
hyaluronic acid 6mg/ml
10 vitamins (vit. A, B1, B2, B3, B5, B6, B12, C, E, B9)
3 fatty acids (oleic acid, linoleic acid, linolenic acid)
2 coenzymes (NAD, NADP)
12 antioxidants (ascorbic acid, phytic acid, lime acid,
carnosine acid, chlorogenic acid, rosemarinic acid, taurine, theanine,
tocopherol, gallic acid, ferulic acid, caffeic acid)
11 polyphenols (quercetin, hesperidin, resveratrol, catechin,
epicatechin, procyanidin, viniferin, pycnogenol)
21 aminoacids (arginine, glutamine, leucine, taurine,
methionine, phenylalanine, isoleucine, lysine, hydroxyproline,
theanine, serine, glutamine, histidine, glycine, threonine,
alanine, asparaginic acid, glutaminic acid)
13 microelements (zinc, copper, potassium, calcium, iron,
magnesium, phosphor, sodium, manganese, selenium, silica, cobalt, chrome)
3 terpenes (linalool, borneol, cineole)
EFFECTS:
VISIBLE IMPROVEMENT IN SKIN DENSITY AND HYDRATION
INCREASED HYDRATION EFFECT
Cumulative results
SOFTENING OF SMALL WRINKLES
Dermal redensification effect
INTENSIVE REGENERATION OF MATURE SKIN
Strong nourishment
RRS® Hyalift 35mg and 75mg
clear non-stabilised hyaluronic acid of high concentration 7mg/ml and 15mg/ml for skin hydration
Juvéderm® Hydrate
clear non-stabilised hyaluronic acid 13mg/ml for skin hydration with 0,9% mannitol, which prolongs the hydration effect
A simple, effective protocol in 3 sessions at 3 week intervals.
Hydrolifting Juvéderm® HYDRATE is a new generation treatment designed to hydrate the deepest layers of the skin and improve its elasticity. Although Juvéderm® HYDRATE works in dermal/epidermal junction it is not classified as a filler. It is a treatment specifically designed to improve the skin condition in the areas that are often susceptible to sun damage and the signs of ageing (face, neck, décolletage and hands). A unique feature of Juvéderm® HYDRATE is a specially developed formula, where a low molecular weight (smooth and uniform), non-cross-linked hyaluronic acid is enriched with mannitol, a substance that affects slow degradation of hyaluronic acid in the skin and additionally is a strong antioxidant.
This formula guarantees hydration of deep skin layers and makes the minor skin folds and wrinkles less visible. The skin looks healthy, fresh and silky to the touch. It becomes remarkably hydrated and more elastic. As a result, the treated area is refreshed, the skin regains its natural, youthful glow, while the face looks cheerful and bright.
Based on research and experience, aesthetic medicine specialists confirm that Juvéderm® HYDRATE belongs to one of the best tolerated skin hydrating treatments.
| Price |
Teosyal Redensity I face/body |
580PLN |
|
RRS HA Injectable face/body |
320PLN |
|
RRS Hyalift face/body |
250PLN |
|
Juvederm Hydrate face/body |
600PLN |
| Duration |
|
about 60 min. |
| Anaesthesia |
|
yes |
To ensure you with comfort and safety, each product is opened in the patient’s presence and expiration date of the product is presented. Thus we guarantee that the products used during the procedure are original and of the highest quality.
3. Medical peeling, Ferulac Peel®, Nomelan Caffeico®
MEDICAL PEELINGS
Properties:
Medical peelings are currently the most often applied procedures in aesthetic medicine clinics.
| Medical peelings are effective and delicate solution for problematic skin |
They are suitable even for very sensitive complexion or for skin with dilated blood capillaries – depending on particular skin problem and type the doctor indicates appropriate composition of medical peeling.
Its effect is soothed and hydrated skin with improved firmness. Such properties are the effect of anti-oxidative properties, which protect the skin against harmful effects of free radicals.
The treatments improve condition of the skin, which results in more tight, hydrated and brightened complexion. Such therapy plays an important role in skin anti-ageing prevention.
Delicate skin flaking starts 3-5 days after the session. During this period of time, it is advised to deeply moisturise the skin and protect it against the UV rays.
What is the action of medical peels?
Sebum control and balancing action – controls and balances the amount of sebum, penetrating into hair follicle and reducing Propionibacterium acnes populations, in this way eliminating spots and blackheads
Whitening action – sun spots, postinflammatory discolouration and dark circles under eyes are reduced by about 50% after a month of therapy
High skin restructuring capacity – high skin ability for the synthesis of collagen, elastin and GAGs.
INDICATIONS
- seborrheic or acne skin
- acne
- rosacea
- uneven pigmentation and spots
- wrinkles and symptoms of photoageing
BEFORE THE TREATMENT: to intensify the effect of the procedure, for 1-2 weeks before the treatment we can use lower concentration AHA products, remembering not to irritate the skin
AFTER THE PROCEDURE
– the skin should be soothed
– it is recommended to use sun-protective creams SPV>30+
– patients should definitely avoid sunbathing or solarium for about 2 weeks
Can medical peels be combined with other treatments?
Medical peelings are successfully applied in with botulinum toxin treatments, hyaluronic acid, absorbable threads and others. The doctor in charge of the treatment will decide about the time intervals between particular procedures.
How often can the treatment be performed?
The procedure may be repeated every 14-21 days.
For best results, 4-6 treatments are recommended.
Who performs the treatment?
The procedure is performed by a medical doctor, experienced in the use of medical peelings – Dagmara Misiek-Cyrwus
| Price |
|
180 PLN |
| Duration |
|
about 30 min. |
| Anaeshesia |
|
no |
To ensure you with comfort and safety, each product is opened in the patient’s presence and expiration date of the product is presented. Thus we guarantee that the products used during the procedure are original and of the highest quality.
MEDICAL PEELINGS
FERULAC PEEL ® ; NOMELAN CAFFEICO ®
Properties of ferulic acid:
Ferulac Peel® and Nomelan Caffeico® are new generation line of products dedicated to skin with signs of photoageing, melasma and discolouration of various origin (hormonal, postinflammatory, after sun). Ferulic acid is nowadays one of the most effective skin whitening treatments.
It controls the activity of tyrosinase, which takes part in the production of melanin.
Additionally, ferulic acid soothes, hydrates and improves the skin firmness, resulting in general skin rejuvenation. Such properties are the effect of anti-oxidative properties, which protect the skin against harmful effects of free radicals.
| The Ferulic acid therapy is one of the newest methods of fight against skin discolouration. |
Unlike other available medical peelings, patient leaves the clinic with a few layers of applied Ferulac Peel. The preparation should then be washed off after the time indicated by the doctor in charge of the treatment, usually it is about 8-12 hours. Intensive skin flaking starts 3-5 days after the session. During this period of time, it is advised to deeply moisturise the skin and protect it against the UV rays.
The procedure is complemented by a retinol mask.
Ferulac Peel treatments improve condition of the skin, which results in more tight, hydrated and brightened complexion. It is also good to realise, that such therapy plays an important role in skin anti-ageing prevention.
How it works
Whitening action – spots and discolouration of various origin are reduced by about 75% after a month
Sebum control and balancing action – controls and stabilises the amount of sebum penetrating into the hair follicle, skin pores are reduced and less visible, skin regains its even tone
Anti-oxidative action – neutralises free radicals and enhances effectiveness of vitamins C and E
INDICATIONS:
- photoageing
- melasma
- discolouration (hormonal, after sun, postinflammatory)
- stretch marks
BEFORE THE TREATMENT: to intensify the effect of the procedure, for 1-2 weeks before the treatment we can use lower concentration AHA products, remembering not to irritate the skin
AFTER THE PROCEDURE
– the skin should be soothed
– it is recommended to use sun-protective creams SPV>30+
– patients should definitely avoid sunbathing or solarium for about 2 weeks
Can botulinum toxin be combined with other treatments?
Medical peelings are successfully applied in with botulinum toxin treatments, hyaluronic acid, absorbable threads and others. The doctor in charge of the treatment will decide about the time intervals between particular procedures.
How often can the treatment be performed?
The procedure may be repeated every 14-28 days.
For best results, 2-4 treatments are recommended.
Who performs the treatment?
The procedure is performed by a medical doctor, experienced in the use of medical peelings – Dagmara Misiek-Cyrwus
| Price |
face |
70€ |
|
décolletage |
70€ |
|
back |
100€ |
|
stretch marks |
from 70€ |
| Duration |
|
8-12 hours Patient goes home |
| Anaeshesia |
|
no |
To ensure you with comfort and safety, each product is opened in the patient’s presence and expiration date of the product is presented. Thus we guarantee that the products used during the procedure are original and of the highest quality.
4. Lumenis Quantum - laser face-lift
IPL LASER TREATMENTS
Lumenis Quantum
laser face-lift
In Krak-Medica we use the Nd:YAG laser with the IPL Quantum platform, introduced by a pioneer in the field of aesthetic medicine, American LUMENIS
Laser lifting of the face, neck and décolletage is a method of entirely non-invasive skin stimulation and enhancement of collagen production. It revitalises and whitens the skin, at the same time restoring its tone and tightness. Laser skin lifting makes wrinkles less visible and significantly improves condition of the skin.
Thanks to revolutionary IPL Quantum platform by LUMENIS, we have achieved a synergy of effectiveness and safety of the treatment.
Laser lift gives 3 effects in 1 procedure:
– lifting effect, redensifying and tightening of the whole treatment area
– elimination of discolouration and spots
– closing broken capillaries and reduction of erythema
EFFECTS:
SKIN WHITENING
Elimination of discolouration
EVEN SKIN TONE
Closing capillaries
VISIBLE REJUVENATION
Lifting effect
Before the procedure the doctor evaluates the condition of patient’s skin, identifying its biggest problematic issues. On the basis of such examination and the type of patient’s skin, the doctor matches the right parameters for the treatment so that it brings the best effects and at the same time it is safe for the patient. Prior to the treatment the doctor performs a cost-free patch test.
Before the treatment is performed patient’s history is taken, concerning past illnesses, diet, currently taken medications, herbs and other dietary supplements.
How it works
Stimulation of fibroblasts to the production of collagen and other proteins, consequently leading to visible skin tightening can be admired after about 3 weeks.
What does the procedure look like?
The procedure usually lasts approximately 30-40 minutes and the exact duration depends on the treated area. Patient puts on safety glasses and then the doctor irradiates the target area with a special handpiece. Since the Lumenis Quantum system uses a unique cooling handpiece, it makes the procedure entirely comfortable. Immediately following the treatment patient may experience slight skin redness, therefore, to soothe and protect the skin, special cool compresses or cooling gels are applied to release excessive heat from the tissue.
Should the treatment be repeated?
Laser treatment is a procedure that should be performed in a series. It is recommended to take 3 treatments at 3-4 week intervals.
Patients may resume their regular activities right after the treatment.
Our principle:
For safety of our patients and effectiveness of the treatment, one or a few days before the procedure, we perform a cost-free patch test, aiming at optimal choice of treatment parameters.
Who performs the treatment?
The procedure is performed by a medical doctor, certified to use the Quantum platform – Dagmara Misiek-Cyrwus
| Price |
whole face |
175€ |
|
package of 3 treatments whole face |
400€ |
|
neck |
110€ |
|
package of three sessions neck |
260€ |
|
décolletage |
125€ |
|
package of three sessions décolletage |
300€ |
| Duration with cooling |
|
about 45 min. |
GOOD TO KNOW:
You should always stay alert when seeing low price of IPL laser treatment.
Before any IPL laser treatment, make sure that the procedure is performed by a medical doctor, while the original equipment manufacturer is a renowned company (European or American). It will help to avoid negative consequences of faulty, low quality devices, such as skin burns or permanent discolouration.
ATROPHIC DORSAL HANDS (SUNKEN DORSAL SURFACE)
1. Calcium Hydroxylapatite
CALCIUM HYDROXYLAPATITE (RADIESSE)
Radiesse is entirely new and innovative dermal filler. Like stabilised hyaluronic acid it gives the effect of immediate filling, but, most of all, unlike other hyaluronic acid based fillers it strongly energises the skin to the production of its own collagen.
As a result, we not only restore the lost tissue volume, but we also improve the skin structure.
Radiesse belongs to one of the safest currently available dermal fillers perfecting the skin volume.
When we start losing face volume and contour…
…it’s time to start Radiesse |
How does Radiesse dermal filler work?
Main ingredient of the preparation is calcium hydroxylapatite – identical with the calcium present in human teeth or bones. When injected subdermally, this substance causes intensive stimulation of fibroblasts – cells responsible for the synthesis of collagen fibres.
Who can benefit from treatment with Radiesse?
The treatment brings very good effects in patients with lost tissue volumetry. However, Radiesse can also be a preventative treatment, maintaining firm skin in patients with or without first signs of skin ageing.
EFFECTS:
- intensive skin firming (effect of rejuvenation, restoration of skin elasticity and flexibility)
- filling of zygomatic area and hollow cheeks (lifting effect)
- filling of nasolabial folds (younger and refreshed appearance)
- correction of marionette lines – drooping mouth corners (cheerful/brighter facial expression)
- elimination of chipmunk cheeks (correction of the jawline and face oval)
- brow lifting (optically enlarged eyes)
- filling the temples (healthier and younger appearance)
- nose shape correction
- chin correction (restoration of natural proportion)
- hands – restoration of skin firmness and elasticity
- neck and décolletage – restoration of skin firmness and elasticity
What makes Radiesse different from other leading dermal fillers?
“V” EFFECT
Increased skin volumetry stimulated by collagen production. |
Natural aesthetic effect
Visible rejuvenation and improvement of skin firmness
Restoration of lost skin volume
Subtle correction of face contour and lines
Stimulation of own collagen production – intensive tissue regeneration
Effect visible immediately following the treatment and lasting for over a year
Safe effect, confirmed with clinical research
FDA approved
Millions of performed treatments all over the world
| Radiessebelongs to one of the safest currently available volumizing dermal fillers. |
How soon are the effects visible?
First effect of Radiesse treatment (like in other hyaluronic acid fillers) is visible immediately upon injection. Yet, intensive stimulation to collagen fibres synthesis and general improvement of the skin condition develops gradually. Typically, noticeable results of collagen volume increase appear already after 2-3 months.
How long does the effect of Radiesse last?
In majority of patients the results may last up to a year or longer.
Is the procedure safe?
Definitely it is a safe treatment. As calcium hydroxylapatite is naturally present in human teeth and bones it is 100% biocompatible, does not cause allergic reaction and guarantees long term safety results.
Can Radiesse be combined with other treatments?
Radiesse may be combined with botulin toxin treatments, hyaluronic acid preparations, threads and others. The doctor in charge of the treatment will decide about the time intervals between particular procedures.
Will high temperature, sunbathing or laser treatments degrade Radiesse?
No, they will not. Contrary to hyaluronic acid dermal fillers Radiesse is not affected by high temperatures. It means that sunbathing, using solarium, sauna or undergoing laser treatment will not influence the effects of Radiesse.
Who performs the treatment?
The procedure is performed by a medical doctor, experienced in the use of Radiesse – Dagmara Misiek-Cyrwus
The product is manufactured by Merz Aesthetics (Germany).
| Price |
0,3ml |
100€ |
|
0,8ml |
250€ |
|
1,5ml |
375€ |
| Duration |
|
about 60 min. |
| Anaesthesia |
|
yes |
To ensure you with comfort and safety, each product is opened in the patient’s presence and expiration date of the product is presented. Thus we guarantee that the products used during the procedure are original and of the highest quality.
2. Hyaluronic Acid
HYALURONIC ACID
Restylane®, Juvederm®, Teosyal®, Revofil®
filling wrinkles and folds
cheek augmentation
mouth/nose/chin augmentation
dark shadows under the eyes (tear trough area)
Effects:
- cheek augmentation
- nasolabial folds
- drooping mouth corners
- forehead wrinkles
- wrinkles all over the face
- temple hollows
- jawline
- crow’s feet
- lip augmentation
- chin shape correction
- elimination of dark circles under the eyes
Ageing is inevitable and happens to each of us. We can’t make this any different. But we can influence the effects that ageing has on our skin.…
What are facial filling treatments?
Facial filling treatments are successfully applied in patients with lax skin, wrinkles and lost tissue volume resulting from the natural ageing process. Though they also act preventively helping to maintain firm and healthy skin with or without the first signs of ageing. Regardless of patient’s age they also correct possible facial asymmetry or may make the mouth more plump.
Facial dermal fillers are also dedicated to patients with small, narrow or asymmetric lips, who would like to enhance the lip volume according to individual preferences or just hydrate the lips without their augmentation.
Now, irresistibly soft and delicate lips are possible not only in the young people.
They are available for everybody!
Thanks to revolutionary hyaluronic acid fillers dedicated for the lips improvement you can gain subtlest volume, additional softness and smoothness and maintain natural hydration of the skin of the mouth and around it.
We’ll improve your natural beauty, and you’ll enjoy the effects for a long time…
Regardless of their age, these treatments are dedicated to patients with under eye hollows, which give the impression of tired or eyes. The skin in the eye area is very delicate, thin and therefore requires a lot of attention and care. These are our eyes that first reveal our age and condition.
At the beginning, the shadows appear in the corners of your eyes, over time the effect develops to the whole eye contour. In consequence, our eyes become sad and tired while whole face looks a few years older.
Restylane®, Juvederm®, Surgiderm® and Teosyal® are exclusive, highest quality natural dermal fillers which delicately remove signs of ageing or gently improve nature’s imperfections. They are natural and safe products whose effectiveness and safety have been proved by hundreds of clinical studies. Each of them has been so far applied in more than ten to a several dozen millions treatments all over the world, and their number increases every day.
Revofil® is an alternative for patients in whom injectable fillers get quickly absorbed. The preparation is also based on hyaluronic acid, though it also contains appropriately selected biomimetic peptides which prevent the activity of hyaluronidase (enzyme that degrades hyaluronic acid) and inhibit the action of free radicals.
How do dermal fillers work?
Injectable dermal fillers contain hyaluronic acid in the form of a light gel – natural substance present in a human body. They support the skin offering its refreshment and improvement of appearance, regardless of the treatment purpose (smoothing wrinkles, improvement of the face contour, mouth augmentation or just rejuvenation).
Since the skin – or even your desired effects may change over time, a great advantage of dermal fillers is that their effects are fully reversible. It gives the patient freedom of choice concerning maintenance of the effect and a full control over his/her appearance.
We use only the highest quality hyaluronic acid dermal fillers:
Restylane®, Q-Med (Sweden)
Juvederm®, Allergan (France)
Surgiderm®, Allergan (France)
Teosyal®, Teoxane (Switzerland)
Benefits of facial filling treatments:
– hollow cheeks become firm and plump
– nasolabial folds are softened
– drooping mouth corners return to their original position
– forehead wrinkles get smoothed
– wrinkles all over the face become softened
– temporal hollows are reduced
– the jawline contour is redefined
– any facial asymmetry is reduced
Results of hyaluronic acid dermal fillers can be summed up in three words:
safe – natural – effective
Why injectable dermal fillers?
Natural aesthetic effect
Visible rejuvenation and improvement of skin firmness
Restoration of lost skin volume
Subtle correction of face contour and lines
Long lasting effect visible immediately following the treatment
Full and immediate reversibility of the effect
Safe effect, confirmed with clinical research
What does the procedure look like?
After medical consultation, the doctor, with a very fine needle or cannula injects a small amount of light gel into the target skin area. Before the procedure the skin surface is numbed with topical anaesthetic (Emla cream). As most of the preparations contain lidocaine, their injection is practically painless. Immediately following the treatment some patients may experience slight transient swelling or bruising, which go away within a few days. Still, they can resume their normal activities right after the session.
How soon are the effects visible?
Firs effects are visible already immediately after injection of dermal filler.
How long will the effect last?
The duration of effects will depend on the product (its density and level of cross-linking) and individual organism. Average longevity of light and subtle dermal fillers is up to 6 months, for the preparations of medium density up to about 9-12 months and even up to 18 months for innovative volumetric preparations.
Is the procedure safe?
Definitely it is a safe treatment. As hyaluronic acid is naturally present in human body it is 100% biocompatible, does not cause allergic reactions and guarantees long term safety results.
Are all preparations the same?
In the range of Restylane®, Juvederm®, Surgiderm® and Teosyal® products there are various preparations dedicated to certain face areas, with different density for particular facial zone and purposes.
Can the procedure be combined with other treatments?
The treatment may be combined with botulin toxin treatments, threads and others. The doctor in charge of the treatment will decide about the time intervals between particular procedures.
Who performs the treatment?
The procedure is performed by an experienced medical doctor – Dagmara Misiek-Cyrwus
| Price Restylane® |
Restylane, Restylane Perlane 1ml |
299€ |
| Juvederm® |
Ultra 2 0,55ml |
160€ |
|
Ultra 3, Ultra 4 1ml |
299€ |
| Surgiderm® |
18, 24XP, 30 XP, 30 0,8ml |
250€ |
| Teosyal® |
Touch Up 0,5ml |
175€ |
|
First Lines 0,7ml |
210€ |
|
Global Action, Deep Lines 1ml |
299€ |
| Revofil® |
Plus 1ml |
269€ |
|
SubQ 2ml |
449€ |
| Juvederm® |
Voluma 1ml |
275€ |
|
Voluma 2ml |
449€ |
| Teosyal® |
Ultra Deep, Ultimate 1ml |
299€ |
|
Ultimate 2ml |
410€ |
|
Ultimate 3ml |
410€ |
| Duration |
|
about 60 min. |
| Anaesthesia |
|
yes |
To ensure you with comfort and safety, each product is opened in the patient’s presence and expiration date of the product is presented. Thus we guarantee that the products used during the procedure are original and of the highest quality.
HAND DISCOLOURATION AND SPOTS
1. Lumenis Quantum – Photorejuvenation
LASER IPL TREATMENTS
Lumenis Quantum
Photorejuvenation
In Krak-Medica we use the Nd:YAG laser with the IPL Quantum platform, introduced by a pioneer in the field of aesthetic medicine, American LUMENIS
Photorejuvenation is a treatment not only improving skin appearance, but also healing its condition. The method biostimulates tissues and has many advantages. It revitalises and whitens the skin. Additionally, photorejuvenation techniques restore the skin’s healthy tone. Laser skin photorejuvenation makes wrinkles less visible. The procedure also positively influences density of the skin.
Thanks to revolutionary IPL Quantum platform by LUMENIS, we have achieved a synergy of effectiveness and safety of the treatment.
Photorejuvenation gives 3 effects in 1 procedure:
– elimination of discolouration and spots
– closing broken capillaries and reduction of erythema
– lifting effect, redensifying and tightening of the whole treatment area
EFFECTS:
SKIN WHITENING
Elimination of discolouration
EVEN SKIN TONE
Closing capillaries
VISIBLE REJUVENATION
Lifting effect
Before the procedure the doctor evaluates the condition of patient’s skin, identifying its biggest problematic issues. On the basis of such examination and the type of patient’s skin, the doctor matches the right parameters for the treatment so that it brings the best effects and at the same time it is safe for the patient. Prior to the treatment the doctor performs a cost-free patch test.
Before the treatment is performed patient’s history is taken, concerning past illnesses, diet, currently taken medications, herbs and other dietary supplements.
How it works
Dilated capillaries close within two weeks. Spots and discolouration disappear up to seven days. The treated skin becomes tight, firm, and redensified, while wrinkles are gradually reduced.
What does the procedure look like?
The procedure usually lasts approximately 30-40 minutes and the exact duration depends on the treated area. Patient puts on safety glasses and then the doctor irradiates the target area with a special handpiece. Since the Lumenis Quantum system uses a unique cooling handpiece, it makes the procedure entirely comfortable. Immediately following the treatment patient may experience slight skin redness, therefore, to soothe and protect the skin, special cool compresses or cooling gels are applied to release excessive heat from the tissue.
Should the treatment be repeated?
To intensify the effect it is recommended to take 3 treatments at 3-4 week intervals.
Thanks to laser method of discolouration treatment patients may resume normal activities right after the IPL therapy session.
Our principle:
For safety of our patients and effectiveness of the treatment, one or a few days before the procedure, we perform a cost-free patch test, aiming at optimal choice of treatment parameters.
Who performs the treatment?
The procedure is performed by a medical doctor, certified to use the Quantum platform – Dagmara Misiek-Cyrwus
| Price |
whole face |
200€ |
|
package of 3 treatments whole face |
450€ |
|
neck |
110€ |
|
décolletage |
125€ |
|
neck+décolletage |
185€ |
|
face + neck + décolletage |
310€ |
| Duration with cooling |
|
about 45 min. |
GOOD TO KNOW:
You should always stay alert when seeing low price of IPL laser treatment.
Before any IPL laser treatment, make sure that the procedure is performed by a medical doctor, while the original equipment manufacturer is a renowned company (European or American). It will help to avoid negative consequences of faulty, low quality devices, such as skin burns or permanent discolouration.
2. Lumenis Quantum - elimination of discolouration and spots
IPL LASER TREATMENTS
Lumenis Quantum
elimination of discolouration and spots
In Krak-Medica we use the Nd:YAG laser with the IPL Quantum platform, introduced by a pioneer in the field of aesthetic medicine, American LUMENIS
Like every year, the issue of skin discolouration comes back in the autumn to colourful women’s magazines and to aesthetic medicine clinics. It is not a surprise, as in the summer the problem escalates, while autumn and winter are ideal to remove or at least visibly reduce the skin imperfections caused by sun exposure.
Types of skin discolouration
Freckles – numerous, irregular spots triggered by exposure to sunlight. Their formation is genetically conditioned.
Melasma – is the most popular reason of patients’ visits in medical offices. It causes irregular, brown, well demarcated patches commonly found on the forehead, cheeks, upper lip in women after 30 years of age. The patches most often develop or intensify during pregnancy, taking oral or patch contraceptives and in cases of various endocrine disorders.
Lentignes – small, round or oval, slightly raised pigmented spots developed mainly after the age of 30 on the face or hands, triggered by excessive sun UV rays exposure.
Postinflammatory discolouration – might develop in the areas of earlier acne lesions, inflammatory disorders, injuries, etc.
What are the causes of skin discolouration?
Hormonal changes in pregnancy, oral contraceptives or all hormonal disorders are potential triggers of skin discolouration. After excessive sun exposure or visits in solarium abnormal high amount of melanin is produced and distributed in the skin.
Thanks to revolutionary IPL Quantum platform by LUMENIS, we have achieved a synergy of effectiveness and safety of the treatment.
How to effectively eliminate skin discolouration?
One of the most popular methods for eliminating discolouration of various origin are IPL treatments. IPL laser treatments – IPL is selectively absorbed by the skin cells containing melanin. High energy of the laser beam causes destruction of the pigmented cells – they “explode” releasing melanin, which is then removed by the cells of immune system.
How it works
Discolouration and spots are being removed with a handpiece emitting light of certain wavelength. This procedure leads to photothermolysis: a process where laser light penetrates into the target discolouration at the same time damaging the cells with excessive pigment. The destroyed cells are then removed during regular exchange of epidermal cells within 6-7 days.
What does the procedure look like?
The procedure usually lasts approximately 30-40 minutes and the exact duration depends on the treated area. Patient puts on safety glasses and then the doctor irradiates the target area with a special handpiece. Since the Lumenis Quantum system uses a unique cooling handpiece, it makes the procedure entirely comfortable. Immediately following the treatment patient may experience slight skin redness, therefore, to soothe and protect the skin, special cool compresses or cooling gels are applied to release excessive heat from the tissue.
Should the treatment be repeated?
With few pigmented skin lesions it is usually enough to undergo 1 session for their full reduction. With numerous spots and more intensive discolouration (especially long-lasting) most probably, 2 or 3 sessions will be necessary. If it is necessary to repeat the procedure, subsequent visit should take place after 3-5 weeks (the doctor will decide about the exact time).
Thanks to the laser method of discolouration treatment patients may resume normal activities right after the IPL therapy session.
Our principle:
For safety of our patients and effectiveness of the treatment, one or a few days before the procedure, we perform a cost-free patch test, aiming at optimal choice of treatment parameters.
Who performs the treatment?
The procedure is performed by a medical doctor, certified to use the Quantum platform – Dagmara Misiek-Cyrwus
| Price |
single spot |
35€ |
|
a few spots |
from 40€ |
|
nose |
60€ |
|
cheeks |
75€ |
|
forehead |
60€ |
|
whole face |
200€ |
|
package of 3 treatments whole face |
450€ |
| Duration with cooling |
|
about 45 min. |
GOOD TO KNOW:
You should always stay alert when seeing low price of IPL laser treatment.
Before any IPL laser treatment, make sure that the procedure is performed by a medical doctor, while the original equipment manufacturer is a renowned company (European or American). It will help to avoid negative consequences of faulty, low quality devices, such as skin burns or permanent discolouration.
5. Medical peeling, Ferulac Peel®, Nomelan Caffeico®
MEDICAL PEELINGS
Properties:
Medical peelings are currently the most often applied procedures in aesthetic medicine clinics.
| Medical peelings are effective and delicate solution for problematic skin |
They are suitable even for very sensitive complexion or for skin with dilated blood capillaries – depending on particular skin problem and type the doctor indicates appropriate composition of medical peeling.
Its effect is soothed and hydrated skin with improved firmness. Such properties are the effect of anti-oxidative properties, which protect the skin against harmful effects of free radicals.
The treatments improve condition of the skin, which results in more tight, hydrated and brightened complexion. Such therapy plays an important role in skin anti-ageing prevention.
Delicate skin flaking starts 3-5 days after the session. During this period of time, it is advised to deeply moisturise the skin and protect it against the UV rays.
What is the action of medical peels?
Sebum control and balancing action – controls and balances the amount of sebum, penetrating into hair follicle and reducing Propionibacterium acnes populations, in this way eliminating spots and blackheads
Whitening action – sun spots, postinflammatory discolouration and dark circles under eyes are reduced by about 50% after a month of therapy
High skin restructuring capacity – high skin ability for the synthesis of collagen, elastin and GAGs.
INDICATIONS
- seborrheic or acne skin
- acne
- rosacea
- uneven pigmentation and spots
- wrinkles and symptoms of photoageing
BEFORE THE TREATMENT: to intensify the effect of the procedure, for 1-2 weeks before the treatment we can use lower concentration AHA products, remembering not to irritate the skin
AFTER THE PROCEDURE
– the skin should be soothed
– it is recommended to use sun-protective creams SPV>30+
– patients should definitely avoid sunbathing or solarium for about 2 weeks
Can medical peels be combined with other treatments?
Medical peelings are successfully applied in with botulinum toxin treatments, hyaluronic acid, absorbable threads and others. The doctor in charge of the treatment will decide about the time intervals between particular procedures.
How often can the treatment be performed?
The procedure may be repeated every 14-21 days.
For best results, 4-6 treatments are recommended.
Who performs the treatment?
The procedure is performed by a medical doctor, experienced in the use of medical peelings – Dagmara Misiek-Cyrwus
| Price |
|
180 PLN |
| Duration |
|
about 30 min. |
| Anaeshesia |
|
no |
To ensure you with comfort and safety, each product is opened in the patient’s presence and expiration date of the product is presented. Thus we guarantee that the products used during the procedure are original and of the highest quality.
MEDICAL PEELINGS
FERULAC PEEL ® ; NOMELAN CAFFEICO ®
Properties of ferulic acid:
Ferulac Peel® and Nomelan Caffeico® are new generation line of products dedicated to skin with signs of photoageing, melasma and discolouration of various origin (hormonal, postinflammatory, after sun). Ferulic acid is nowadays one of the most effective skin whitening treatments.
It controls the activity of tyrosinase, which takes part in the production of melanin.
Additionally, ferulic acid soothes, hydrates and improves the skin firmness, resulting in general skin rejuvenation. Such properties are the effect of anti-oxidative properties, which protect the skin against harmful effects of free radicals.
| The Ferulic acid therapy is one of the newest methods of fight against skin discolouration. |
Unlike other available medical peelings, patient leaves the clinic with a few layers of applied Ferulac Peel. The preparation should then be washed off after the time indicated by the doctor in charge of the treatment, usually it is about 8-12 hours. Intensive skin flaking starts 3-5 days after the session. During this period of time, it is advised to deeply moisturise the skin and protect it against the UV rays.
The procedure is complemented by a retinol mask.
Ferulac Peel treatments improve condition of the skin, which results in more tight, hydrated and brightened complexion. It is also good to realise, that such therapy plays an important role in skin anti-ageing prevention.
How it works
Whitening action – spots and discolouration of various origin are reduced by about 75% after a month
Sebum control and balancing action – controls and stabilises the amount of sebum penetrating into the hair follicle, skin pores are reduced and less visible, skin regains its even tone
Anti-oxidative action – neutralises free radicals and enhances effectiveness of vitamins C and E
INDICATIONS:
- photoageing
- melasma
- discolouration (hormonal, after sun, postinflammatory)
- stretch marks
BEFORE THE TREATMENT: to intensify the effect of the procedure, for 1-2 weeks before the treatment we can use lower concentration AHA products, remembering not to irritate the skin
AFTER THE PROCEDURE
– the skin should be soothed
– it is recommended to use sun-protective creams SPV>30+
– patients should definitely avoid sunbathing or solarium for about 2 weeks
Can botulinum toxin be combined with other treatments?
Medical peelings are successfully applied in with botulinum toxin treatments, hyaluronic acid, absorbable threads and others. The doctor in charge of the treatment will decide about the time intervals between particular procedures.
How often can the treatment be performed?
The procedure may be repeated every 14-28 days.
For best results, 2-4 treatments are recommended.
Who performs the treatment?
The procedure is performed by a medical doctor, experienced in the use of medical peelings – Dagmara Misiek-Cyrwus
| Price |
face |
70€ |
|
décolletage |
70€ |
|
back |
100€ |
|
stretch marks |
from 70€ |
| Duration |
|
8-12 hours Patient goes home |
| Anaeshesia |
|
no |
To ensure you with comfort and safety, each product is opened in the patient’s presence and expiration date of the product is presented. Thus we guarantee that the products used during the procedure are original and of the highest quality.
3. Cosmelan / Dermamelan ®
MEDICAL PEELINGS
COSMELAN / DERMAMELAN ®
Cosmelan/Dermamelan therapy:
Cosmelan/ Dermamelan® are new generation line of products dedicated to skin with signs of photoageing with melasma, freckles and discolouration of various origin (hormonal, postinflammatory, after sun).
Presently, it is the most spectacular therapy in the fight against skin discolouration of various origin – its effectiveness reaches 99%.
| The therapy is one of the newest methods of fight against skin discolouration. |
– Effectiveness of both treatments results from the influence of exceptionally active substances (meaning tyrosinol, kojic acid, phytic acid and arbutin) on tyrosinase which controls the production of natural skin pigment – melanin.
– Cosmelan and Dermamelan protect the epidermal barrier, as they do not contain peeling ingredients which are typical for other preparations.
– They do not photosensitize the skin and as a result may be performed all year round.
– Additionally, the therapy soothes, hydrates and improves the skin firmness, giving generally rejuvenating effect. Such properties result from the presence of three key antioxidants (retinol, vitamins C and E), which protect the skin against the harmful influence of free radicals. The treatments improve condition of the skin, which results in more tight, hydrated and brightened complexion. It is also good to realise, that such therapy plays an important role in skin anti-ageing prevention.
– Immense advantage of the therapy is significant improvement of problematic skin and reduction of skin imperfections, such as seborrhoea, acne, postinflammatory discolouration, blackheads and enlarged pores. Thanks to the presence of salicylic acid, azelaic acid, niacinamide and the extract of liquorice which has anti-inflammatory, antibacterial and balancing properties, the activity of sebaceous glands is normalised, skin pores become less visible and the extraction of sebum is visibly reduced.
The preparation in the form of a yellow mustard colour mask should be washed off after about 8-12 hours. The intensity of treatment to be continued at home, with Cosmelan 2/Dermamelan Treatment products, is established by a doctor, depending on patient’s skin type.
The treatment price includes follow-up medical consultations (about every 7 days).
What are the effects of therapy?
Whitening action – spots and discolouration of various origin are reduced by about 75% after two months of therapy
Skin resurfacing – small lines are reduced, skin pores get permanently smaller, acne scars softened, the skin tight
Sebum control and balancing action – controls and stabilises the amount of sebum penetrating into the hair follicle, reduces skin tendency to the formation of blackheads
Anti-oxidative action – neutralises free radicals and enhances effectiveness of vitamins C and E
INDICATIONS
- photoageing
- melasma
- discolouration (hormonal, after sun, postinflammatory)
- medium-depth wrinkles
- acne scars
BEFORE THE TREATMENT: to intensify the effect of the procedure, for 1-2 weeks before the treatment we can use lower concentration AHA products, remembering not to irritate the skin
AFTER THE PROCEDURE
– the skin should be intensively soothed
– it is recommended to use sun-protective creams SPV>50+
– patients should definitely avoid sunbathing or solarium for about 3 months
Can medical peels be combined with other treatments?
Medical peelings are successfully applied in combination with botulinum toxin treatments, hyaluronic acid, absorbable threads and others. The doctor in charge of the treatment will decide about the time intervals between particular procedures.
Who performs the treatment?
The procedure is performed by a medical doctor, experienced in the use of Cosmelan/Dermamelan- Dagmara Misiek-Cyrwus
| Price |
|
435€ |
| Duration |
|
8-12 hours Patient goes home |
| Anaeshesia |
|
no |
To ensure you with comfort and safety, each product is opened in the patient’s presence and expiration date of the product is presented. Thus we guarantee that the products used during the procedure are original and of the highest quality.
4. Face / Body mesotherapy
MEDICAL NEEDLE MESOTHERAPY
Teosyal Redensity I®, Juvederm Hydrate®,
Light Eyes®, White In®, RRS HA®
FACE/BODY MESOTHERAPY
hydration/nutrition/tightening
Needle mesotherapy is one of the most often recommended rejuvenating treatments. They are dedicated for prevention, correction and reduction of the effects skin ageing. Needle mesotherapy treatments prevent, smooth and eliminate small facial lines, deeply hydrate the skin and make it look radiant and spectacularly glowing.
Regular performance of needle mesotherapy provides long lasting effect of healthy looking skin.
EFFECTS OF MESOTHERAPY:
- hydration and stimulation
- skin regeneration
- improvement of skin tightness
- anti-ageing effect
- skin biorevitalisation
- collagen and elasticin reconstruction
- softening of small wrinkles
- neutralization of free radicals
Why mesotherapy?
- minimally invasive treatment
- subtle and natural effects
- intensive and long-lasting skin hydration
- delaying the skin ageing process
What does the procedure look like?
With the use of a very fine needle the doctor injects the product into the target skin area that we want to biorevitalise. Before the treatment, the skin is numbed with topical anaesthetic – the Emla cream. The whole procedure lasts for about 15-20 minutes.
How many treatments are needed?
Number and frequency of treatments depends on patient’s age and skin condition. In young patients with no or very first signs of skin ageing mesotherapy is applied preventively. Then, to reverse the process of wrinkle formation it is enough to have 1 treatment every 4-6 months.
In case of mature skin with visible signs of skin ageing it is recommended to take a series of a few treatments (about 3-6 every 2-4 weeks).
In patients with very mature skin, smoker’s or damaged skin, frequency of treatments can be increased.
What are mesotherapy medications?
Currently, the most popular face mesotherapy preparations are cocktails (based on hyaluronic acid and/or organic silica combined with various skin biorevitalising complexes.
INDICATIONS
- dry, dehydrated skin
- lax skin with lost elasticity
- young skin – first symptoms of ageing
- mature skin with signs of ageing
- smoker’s skin
Who performs the treatment?
The procedure is performed by a medical doctor, experienced in mesotherapy – medical doctor Dagmara Misiek-Cyrwus
In our clinic we perform treatments based on the highest quality mesotherapy products:
Teosyal Redensity I, Teoxane (Switzerland)
RRS® HA, Aesthetic Dermal (Spain)
Juvederm Hydrate®, Allergan (France)
Teosyal REDENSITY I®
New treatment providing skin radiance. The treatment helps to restore the skin’s structure and strengthens its ability to reflect light.
A simple, effective protocol in 3 sessions at 3 week intervals.
PROPRIETARY FORMULA:
– HYALURONIC ACID 15mg/g – improvement of skin hydration and density
– SKIN RESTORATION COMPLEX
8 amino acids (arginine, glycine, lysine, proline, threonine, isoleucine, valine, leucine)
3 antioxidants (glutathione, lime acid, N-acetyl-L-cysteine)
2 minerals (zinc and copper)
1 vitamin (B6 – antiallergic)
selected according to compatibility. Effective combination supporting the skin regeneration process.
They stimulate production of collagen and elastin fibres, are necessary in DNA synthesis, regulate the process of healing and reconstruction of tissues.
– LIDOCAINE – ensures comfort during injection
EFFECTS:
VISIBLE IMPROVEMENT IN SKIN DENSITY AND HYDRATION
CELLULAR RECONSTRUCTION AND REGENERATION
Epidermal cohesive effect: + 98% collagen IV
Tightening effect: + 26% of fibrillin 1
ANTIOXIDANT PROTECTION
– 28% on an oxidation marker
SKIN HYDRATION
14 times more acid GAGs
WRINKLE SOFTENING
+20% after the 1st session and +83% after the 3rd session
RRS® HA Injectable
Cocktail of hyaluronic acid and biorevitalising complex for face and body
Active ingredients:
hyaluronic acid 6mg/ml
10 vitamins (vit. A, B1, B2, B3, B5, B6, B12, C, E, B9)
3 fatty acids (oleic acid, linoleic acid, linolenic acid)
2 coenzymes (NAD, NADP)
12 antioxidants (ascorbic acid, phytic acid, lime acid,
carnosine acid, chlorogenic acid, rosemarinic acid, taurine, theanine,
tocopherol, gallic acid, ferulic acid, caffeic acid)
11 polyphenols (quercetin, hesperidin, resveratrol, catechin,
epicatechin, procyanidin, viniferin, pycnogenol)
21 aminoacids (arginine, glutamine, leucine, taurine,
methionine, phenylalanine, isoleucine, lysine, hydroxyproline,
theanine, serine, glutamine, histidine, glycine, threonine,
alanine, asparaginic acid, glutaminic acid)
13 microelements (zinc, copper, potassium, calcium, iron,
magnesium, phosphor, sodium, manganese, selenium, silica, cobalt, chrome)
3 terpenes (linalool, borneol, cineole)
EFFECTS:
VISIBLE IMPROVEMENT IN SKIN DENSITY AND HYDRATION
INCREASED HYDRATION EFFECT
Cumulative results
SOFTENING OF SMALL WRINKLES
Dermal redensification effect
INTENSIVE REGENERATION OF MATURE SKIN
Strong nourishment
RRS® Hyalift 35mg and 75mg
clear non-stabilised hyaluronic acid of high concentration 7mg/ml and 15mg/ml for skin hydration
Juvéderm® Hydrate
clear non-stabilised hyaluronic acid 13mg/ml for skin hydration with 0,9% mannitol, which prolongs the hydration effect
A simple, effective protocol in 3 sessions at 3 week intervals.
Hydrolifting Juvéderm® HYDRATE is a new generation treatment designed to hydrate the deepest layers of the skin and improve its elasticity. Although Juvéderm® HYDRATE works in dermal/epidermal junction it is not classified as a filler. It is a treatment specifically designed to improve the skin condition in the areas that are often susceptible to sun damage and the signs of ageing (face, neck, décolletage and hands). A unique feature of Juvéderm® HYDRATE is a specially developed formula, where a low molecular weight (smooth and uniform), non-cross-linked hyaluronic acid is enriched with mannitol, a substance that affects slow degradation of hyaluronic acid in the skin and additionally is a strong antioxidant.
This formula guarantees hydration of deep skin layers and makes the minor skin folds and wrinkles less visible. The skin looks healthy, fresh and silky to the touch. It becomes remarkably hydrated and more elastic. As a result, the treated area is refreshed, the skin regains its natural, youthful glow, while the face looks cheerful and bright.
Based on research and experience, aesthetic medicine specialists confirm that Juvéderm® HYDRATE belongs to one of the best tolerated skin hydrating treatments.
| Price |
Teosyal Redensity I face/body |
580PLN |
|
RRS HA Injectable face/body |
320PLN |
|
RRS Hyalift face/body |
250PLN |
|
Juvederm Hydrate face/body |
600PLN |
| Duration |
|
about 60 min. |
| Anaesthesia |
|
yes |
To ensure you with comfort and safety, each product is opened in the patient’s presence and expiration date of the product is presented. Thus we guarantee that the products used during the procedure are original and of the highest quality.
ARMPIT, HAND AND FOOT EXCESIVE SWEATING
1. Treatment of excessive sweating
Botulin toxin
Treatment of excessive sweating
(Botox®, Azzalure®, Boccouture®)
It is estimated that excessive sweating (hyperhidrosis) affects even 1% of population. It concerns both women and men as well, most often occurs at the age of 20-40 and is caused by abnormally increased sweat production by human body. It is present even in comfortable temperatures and without physical effort.
Sweating is heavy and uncomfortable. It often accompanies stressful situations, intensifies during public speeches, presentations, etc., however, it sometimes occurs without specific reason. Many of the affected people complain about constantly sweaty hands or feet.
This condition can either be generalized or localized to specific parts of the body, most often hands, feet, armpits or forehead.
Though perspiration is a regular human body process, abnormally increased sweating is troublesome. Excessive sweating is associated with psychical discomfort, which may lead to social withdrawal (often present in cases of localised hand hyperhidrosis in people who have regular personal business contact with other people – e.g. handshake greetings ritual).
| BOTOX® is the first in the world, most profoundly analysed botulinum toxin widely accepted for the application in the treatment of hyperhidrosis. |
Simple and effective solution
The best results are obtained through injection of small doses of botulinum toxin type A into the affected areas – it effectively blocks the sweat production by sweat glands for a few months.
How does botulinum toxin work?
Upon injection of botulinum toxin into the skin affected by hyperhidrosis the impulses between nerves and sweat glands get temporarily blocked, which results in total blockage of sweat production.
| BOTOX® has been appreciated already for over 20 years now as a result of experience and safety of use. |
What does the procedure look like?
During the procedure, the doctor, using a very fine needle, injects small doses of botulinum toxin just under the surface of the affected skin. The target area is numbed with local anaesthetic (Emla cream) before the procedure starts. After about 7-14 days patients undergo so called Minor test (starch-iodine test), when remaining areas of sweating are localised.
EFFECTS:
| BLOCKAGE OF SWEAT PRODUCTION |
Reduction of sweat secretion in the affected area: up to 100%
| PATIENT’S PSYCHIC COMFORT |
Pozytywny wpływ na samoocenę i relacje z innymi ludźmi
Positive influence on self-evaluation and relationships with other people.
How long does the effect last?
Blockage of sweat production is usually effective from about 6-10 months in the armpits and for 7-8 months in hand hyperhidrosis. Length of this period depends on every patient individually. In clinical studies, in 27,5% of patients the result lasted for over a year.
Can botulinum toxin be combined with other treatments?
Botulinum toxin procedure may be successfully used with other aesthetic medicine treatments. The doctor in charge of the treatment will decide about the time intervals between particular procedures.
Who performs the treatment?
The procedure is performed by a medical doctor, experienced in the application of botulinum toxin – Dagmara Misiek-Cyrwus
In our clinic we perform treatments based on the highest quality botulinum toxin products:
Botox® from Allergan (Irland)
Azzalure® from Galderma (UK)
Boccouture® from Merz (Germany)
| Price |
forehead |
60 € |
|
armpits |
375€ |
|
hands |
400€ |
|
feet |
450€ |
| Duration |
|
about 60-80 min. |
| Anaesthesia |
|
yes |
| Touch up after about 7-14 days |
|
is included in the price of the treatment |
To ensure you with comfort and safety, each product is opened in the patient’s presence and expiration date of the product is presented. Thus we guarantee that the products used during the procedure are original and of the highest quality.
BROKEN LEG CAPILLARIES
1. Lumenis Quantum – Photorejuvenation
LASER IPL TREATMENTS
Lumenis Quantum
Photorejuvenation
In Krak-Medica we use the Nd:YAG laser with the IPL Quantum platform, introduced by a pioneer in the field of aesthetic medicine, American LUMENIS
Photorejuvenation is a treatment not only improving skin appearance, but also healing its condition. The method biostimulates tissues and has many advantages. It revitalises and whitens the skin. Additionally, photorejuvenation techniques restore the skin’s healthy tone. Laser skin photorejuvenation makes wrinkles less visible. The procedure also positively influences density of the skin.
Thanks to revolutionary IPL Quantum platform by LUMENIS, we have achieved a synergy of effectiveness and safety of the treatment.
Photorejuvenation gives 3 effects in 1 procedure:
– elimination of discolouration and spots
– closing broken capillaries and reduction of erythema
– lifting effect, redensifying and tightening of the whole treatment area
EFFECTS:
SKIN WHITENING
Elimination of discolouration
EVEN SKIN TONE
Closing capillaries
VISIBLE REJUVENATION
Lifting effect
Before the procedure the doctor evaluates the condition of patient’s skin, identifying its biggest problematic issues. On the basis of such examination and the type of patient’s skin, the doctor matches the right parameters for the treatment so that it brings the best effects and at the same time it is safe for the patient. Prior to the treatment the doctor performs a cost-free patch test.
Before the treatment is performed patient’s history is taken, concerning past illnesses, diet, currently taken medications, herbs and other dietary supplements.
How it works
Dilated capillaries close within two weeks. Spots and discolouration disappear up to seven days. The treated skin becomes tight, firm, and redensified, while wrinkles are gradually reduced.
What does the procedure look like?
The procedure usually lasts approximately 30-40 minutes and the exact duration depends on the treated area. Patient puts on safety glasses and then the doctor irradiates the target area with a special handpiece. Since the Lumenis Quantum system uses a unique cooling handpiece, it makes the procedure entirely comfortable. Immediately following the treatment patient may experience slight skin redness, therefore, to soothe and protect the skin, special cool compresses or cooling gels are applied to release excessive heat from the tissue.
Should the treatment be repeated?
To intensify the effect it is recommended to take 3 treatments at 3-4 week intervals.
Thanks to laser method of discolouration treatment patients may resume normal activities right after the IPL therapy session.
Our principle:
For safety of our patients and effectiveness of the treatment, one or a few days before the procedure, we perform a cost-free patch test, aiming at optimal choice of treatment parameters.
Who performs the treatment?
The procedure is performed by a medical doctor, certified to use the Quantum platform – Dagmara Misiek-Cyrwus
| Price |
whole face |
200€ |
|
package of 3 treatments whole face |
450€ |
|
neck |
110€ |
|
décolletage |
125€ |
|
neck+décolletage |
185€ |
|
face + neck + décolletage |
310€ |
| Duration with cooling |
|
about 45 min. |
GOOD TO KNOW:
You should always stay alert when seeing low price of IPL laser treatment.
Before any IPL laser treatment, make sure that the procedure is performed by a medical doctor, while the original equipment manufacturer is a renowned company (European or American). It will help to avoid negative consequences of faulty, low quality devices, such as skin burns or permanent discolouration.
LOCALISED FAT DEPOSITS ON THE ABDOMEN, THIGH, KNEES…
1. Intralipotherapy - removal of localised excess adipose tissue
INJECTION LIPOLYSIS
Aqualyx®
intralipotherapy
removal of localised excess adipose tissue
Until recently the only method for getting rid of unwanted fat folds was fat aspiration, so called liposuction. This solution was effective but invasive.
As a result of studies initiated in 2002, conducted by team of doctors under the direction of prof. Motolese (Italy), it was discovered that deoxycholic acid is a substance strongly influencing adipose tissue, as it leads to total destruction of fat cells. On the basis of these studies, in 2007, prof. Motolese began his work concerning new preparation, which would entirely eliminate adipose cell. As a result of these studies, new injection technique was developed – Aqualyx introlipotherapy.
Aqualyx® is a nonsurgical alternative to liposuction.
Aqualyx® is nowadays the only in the world registered product dedicated for injection fatty tissue reduction, while the introlipotherapy is regarded as the safest injection technique of adipose tissue reduction..
It is much less invasive, non-operative method which does not make patients resign from regular activities.
Aqualyx is dedicated for improvement of the following body areas:
– double chin/jawline contouring
– arms
– inner side of thighs
– inner side of knees
– hips
– breeches
– skin folds on the back (below the ribs)
– abdomen
– below buttocks
Who can benefit from the treatment?
The best effects are obtained in patients with appropriate weight or little overweight with local fat deposits, especially in such body areas as: hips, breeches, inner side of knees, which are stubborn to physical exercises or diet.
What does the procedure look like?
During the procedure doctor injects the preparation into the area of localised fat accumulation. The treatment is entirely painless, afterwards, the target area can feel tender and be slightly red. Patients may also experience a sensation of delicate burning or itching. These effects are typical and prove that the preparation works well. As in all injections, there might appear little haematomas on the skin.
Can Aqualyx be combined with other treatments?
Aqualyx treatments can be combined with other aesthetic medicine procedures. The doctor in charge of the treatment will decide about the time intervals between particular procedures.
Who performs the treatment?
The procedure is performed by a medical doctor, experienced in the use of Aqualyx – medical doctor Dagmara Misiek-Cyrwus
| Price |
1 ampoule |
70€ |
|
|
|
| Duration |
|
about 20-30 min. |
| Anaesthesia |
|
yes |
To ensure you with comfort and safety, each product is opened in the patient’s presence and expiration date of the product is presented. Thus we guarantee that the products used during the procedure are original and of the highest quality.
CELLULITE/STRETCH MARKS
1. Face / Body mesotherapy
MEDICAL NEEDLE MESOTHERAPY
Teosyal Redensity I®, Juvederm Hydrate®,
Light Eyes®, White In®, RRS HA®
FACE/BODY MESOTHERAPY
hydration/nutrition/tightening
Needle mesotherapy is one of the most often recommended rejuvenating treatments. They are dedicated for prevention, correction and reduction of the effects skin ageing. Needle mesotherapy treatments prevent, smooth and eliminate small facial lines, deeply hydrate the skin and make it look radiant and spectacularly glowing.
Regular performance of needle mesotherapy provides long lasting effect of healthy looking skin.
EFFECTS OF MESOTHERAPY:
- hydration and stimulation
- skin regeneration
- improvement of skin tightness
- anti-ageing effect
- skin biorevitalisation
- collagen and elasticin reconstruction
- softening of small wrinkles
- neutralization of free radicals
Why mesotherapy?
- minimally invasive treatment
- subtle and natural effects
- intensive and long-lasting skin hydration
- delaying the skin ageing process
What does the procedure look like?
With the use of a very fine needle the doctor injects the product into the target skin area that we want to biorevitalise. Before the treatment, the skin is numbed with topical anaesthetic – the Emla cream. The whole procedure lasts for about 15-20 minutes.
How many treatments are needed?
Number and frequency of treatments depends on patient’s age and skin condition. In young patients with no or very first signs of skin ageing mesotherapy is applied preventively. Then, to reverse the process of wrinkle formation it is enough to have 1 treatment every 4-6 months.
In case of mature skin with visible signs of skin ageing it is recommended to take a series of a few treatments (about 3-6 every 2-4 weeks).
In patients with very mature skin, smoker’s or damaged skin, frequency of treatments can be increased.
What are mesotherapy medications?
Currently, the most popular face mesotherapy preparations are cocktails (based on hyaluronic acid and/or organic silica combined with various skin biorevitalising complexes.
INDICATIONS
- dry, dehydrated skin
- lax skin with lost elasticity
- young skin – first symptoms of ageing
- mature skin with signs of ageing
- smoker’s skin
Who performs the treatment?
The procedure is performed by a medical doctor, experienced in mesotherapy – medical doctor Dagmara Misiek-Cyrwus
In our clinic we perform treatments based on the highest quality mesotherapy products:
Teosyal Redensity I, Teoxane (Switzerland)
RRS® HA, Aesthetic Dermal (Spain)
Juvederm Hydrate®, Allergan (France)
Teosyal REDENSITY I®
New treatment providing skin radiance. The treatment helps to restore the skin’s structure and strengthens its ability to reflect light.
A simple, effective protocol in 3 sessions at 3 week intervals.
PROPRIETARY FORMULA:
– HYALURONIC ACID 15mg/g – improvement of skin hydration and density
– SKIN RESTORATION COMPLEX
8 amino acids (arginine, glycine, lysine, proline, threonine, isoleucine, valine, leucine)
3 antioxidants (glutathione, lime acid, N-acetyl-L-cysteine)
2 minerals (zinc and copper)
1 vitamin (B6 – antiallergic)
selected according to compatibility. Effective combination supporting the skin regeneration process.
They stimulate production of collagen and elastin fibres, are necessary in DNA synthesis, regulate the process of healing and reconstruction of tissues.
– LIDOCAINE – ensures comfort during injection
EFFECTS:
VISIBLE IMPROVEMENT IN SKIN DENSITY AND HYDRATION
CELLULAR RECONSTRUCTION AND REGENERATION
Epidermal cohesive effect: + 98% collagen IV
Tightening effect: + 26% of fibrillin 1
ANTIOXIDANT PROTECTION
– 28% on an oxidation marker
SKIN HYDRATION
14 times more acid GAGs
WRINKLE SOFTENING
+20% after the 1st session and +83% after the 3rd session
RRS® HA Injectable
Cocktail of hyaluronic acid and biorevitalising complex for face and body
Active ingredients:
hyaluronic acid 6mg/ml
10 vitamins (vit. A, B1, B2, B3, B5, B6, B12, C, E, B9)
3 fatty acids (oleic acid, linoleic acid, linolenic acid)
2 coenzymes (NAD, NADP)
12 antioxidants (ascorbic acid, phytic acid, lime acid,
carnosine acid, chlorogenic acid, rosemarinic acid, taurine, theanine,
tocopherol, gallic acid, ferulic acid, caffeic acid)
11 polyphenols (quercetin, hesperidin, resveratrol, catechin,
epicatechin, procyanidin, viniferin, pycnogenol)
21 aminoacids (arginine, glutamine, leucine, taurine,
methionine, phenylalanine, isoleucine, lysine, hydroxyproline,
theanine, serine, glutamine, histidine, glycine, threonine,
alanine, asparaginic acid, glutaminic acid)
13 microelements (zinc, copper, potassium, calcium, iron,
magnesium, phosphor, sodium, manganese, selenium, silica, cobalt, chrome)
3 terpenes (linalool, borneol, cineole)
EFFECTS:
VISIBLE IMPROVEMENT IN SKIN DENSITY AND HYDRATION
INCREASED HYDRATION EFFECT
Cumulative results
SOFTENING OF SMALL WRINKLES
Dermal redensification effect
INTENSIVE REGENERATION OF MATURE SKIN
Strong nourishment
RRS® Hyalift 35mg and 75mg
clear non-stabilised hyaluronic acid of high concentration 7mg/ml and 15mg/ml for skin hydration
Juvéderm® Hydrate
clear non-stabilised hyaluronic acid 13mg/ml for skin hydration with 0,9% mannitol, which prolongs the hydration effect
A simple, effective protocol in 3 sessions at 3 week intervals.
Hydrolifting Juvéderm® HYDRATE is a new generation treatment designed to hydrate the deepest layers of the skin and improve its elasticity. Although Juvéderm® HYDRATE works in dermal/epidermal junction it is not classified as a filler. It is a treatment specifically designed to improve the skin condition in the areas that are often susceptible to sun damage and the signs of ageing (face, neck, décolletage and hands). A unique feature of Juvéderm® HYDRATE is a specially developed formula, where a low molecular weight (smooth and uniform), non-cross-linked hyaluronic acid is enriched with mannitol, a substance that affects slow degradation of hyaluronic acid in the skin and additionally is a strong antioxidant.
This formula guarantees hydration of deep skin layers and makes the minor skin folds and wrinkles less visible. The skin looks healthy, fresh and silky to the touch. It becomes remarkably hydrated and more elastic. As a result, the treated area is refreshed, the skin regains its natural, youthful glow, while the face looks cheerful and bright.
Based on research and experience, aesthetic medicine specialists confirm that Juvéderm® HYDRATE belongs to one of the best tolerated skin hydrating treatments.
| Price |
Teosyal Redensity I face/body |
580PLN |
|
RRS HA Injectable face/body |
320PLN |
|
RRS Hyalift face/body |
250PLN |
|
Juvederm Hydrate face/body |
600PLN |
| Duration |
|
about 60 min. |
| Anaesthesia |
|
yes |
To ensure you with comfort and safety, each product is opened in the patient’s presence and expiration date of the product is presented. Thus we guarantee that the products used during the procedure are original and of the highest quality.
2. Medical peeling, Ferulac Peel®, Nomelan Caffeico®
MEDICAL PEELINGS
Properties:
Medical peelings are currently the most often applied procedures in aesthetic medicine clinics.
| Medical peelings are effective and delicate solution for problematic skin |
They are suitable even for very sensitive complexion or for skin with dilated blood capillaries – depending on particular skin problem and type the doctor indicates appropriate composition of medical peeling.
Its effect is soothed and hydrated skin with improved firmness. Such properties are the effect of anti-oxidative properties, which protect the skin against harmful effects of free radicals.
The treatments improve condition of the skin, which results in more tight, hydrated and brightened complexion. Such therapy plays an important role in skin anti-ageing prevention.
Delicate skin flaking starts 3-5 days after the session. During this period of time, it is advised to deeply moisturise the skin and protect it against the UV rays.
What is the action of medical peels?
Sebum control and balancing action – controls and balances the amount of sebum, penetrating into hair follicle and reducing Propionibacterium acnes populations, in this way eliminating spots and blackheads
Whitening action – sun spots, postinflammatory discolouration and dark circles under eyes are reduced by about 50% after a month of therapy
High skin restructuring capacity – high skin ability for the synthesis of collagen, elastin and GAGs.
INDICATIONS
- seborrheic or acne skin
- acne
- rosacea
- uneven pigmentation and spots
- wrinkles and symptoms of photoageing
BEFORE THE TREATMENT: to intensify the effect of the procedure, for 1-2 weeks before the treatment we can use lower concentration AHA products, remembering not to irritate the skin
AFTER THE PROCEDURE
– the skin should be soothed
– it is recommended to use sun-protective creams SPV>30+
– patients should definitely avoid sunbathing or solarium for about 2 weeks
Can medical peels be combined with other treatments?
Medical peelings are successfully applied in with botulinum toxin treatments, hyaluronic acid, absorbable threads and others. The doctor in charge of the treatment will decide about the time intervals between particular procedures.
How often can the treatment be performed?
The procedure may be repeated every 14-21 days.
For best results, 4-6 treatments are recommended.
Who performs the treatment?
The procedure is performed by a medical doctor, experienced in the use of medical peelings – Dagmara Misiek-Cyrwus
| Price |
|
180 PLN |
| Duration |
|
about 30 min. |
| Anaeshesia |
|
no |
To ensure you with comfort and safety, each product is opened in the patient’s presence and expiration date of the product is presented. Thus we guarantee that the products used during the procedure are original and of the highest quality.
MEDICAL PEELINGS
FERULAC PEEL ® ; NOMELAN CAFFEICO ®
Properties of ferulic acid:
Ferulac Peel® and Nomelan Caffeico® are new generation line of products dedicated to skin with signs of photoageing, melasma and discolouration of various origin (hormonal, postinflammatory, after sun). Ferulic acid is nowadays one of the most effective skin whitening treatments.
It controls the activity of tyrosinase, which takes part in the production of melanin.
Additionally, ferulic acid soothes, hydrates and improves the skin firmness, resulting in general skin rejuvenation. Such properties are the effect of anti-oxidative properties, which protect the skin against harmful effects of free radicals.
| The Ferulic acid therapy is one of the newest methods of fight against skin discolouration. |
Unlike other available medical peelings, patient leaves the clinic with a few layers of applied Ferulac Peel. The preparation should then be washed off after the time indicated by the doctor in charge of the treatment, usually it is about 8-12 hours. Intensive skin flaking starts 3-5 days after the session. During this period of time, it is advised to deeply moisturise the skin and protect it against the UV rays.
The procedure is complemented by a retinol mask.
Ferulac Peel treatments improve condition of the skin, which results in more tight, hydrated and brightened complexion. It is also good to realise, that such therapy plays an important role in skin anti-ageing prevention.
How it works
Whitening action – spots and discolouration of various origin are reduced by about 75% after a month
Sebum control and balancing action – controls and stabilises the amount of sebum penetrating into the hair follicle, skin pores are reduced and less visible, skin regains its even tone
Anti-oxidative action – neutralises free radicals and enhances effectiveness of vitamins C and E
INDICATIONS:
- photoageing
- melasma
- discolouration (hormonal, after sun, postinflammatory)
- stretch marks
BEFORE THE TREATMENT: to intensify the effect of the procedure, for 1-2 weeks before the treatment we can use lower concentration AHA products, remembering not to irritate the skin
AFTER THE PROCEDURE
– the skin should be soothed
– it is recommended to use sun-protective creams SPV>30+
– patients should definitely avoid sunbathing or solarium for about 2 weeks
Can botulinum toxin be combined with other treatments?
Medical peelings are successfully applied in with botulinum toxin treatments, hyaluronic acid, absorbable threads and others. The doctor in charge of the treatment will decide about the time intervals between particular procedures.
How often can the treatment be performed?
The procedure may be repeated every 14-28 days.
For best results, 2-4 treatments are recommended.
Who performs the treatment?
The procedure is performed by a medical doctor, experienced in the use of medical peelings – Dagmara Misiek-Cyrwus
| Price |
face |
70€ |
|
décolletage |
70€ |
|
back |
100€ |
|
stretch marks |
from 70€ |
| Duration |
|
8-12 hours Patient goes home |
| Anaeshesia |
|
no |
To ensure you with comfort and safety, each product is opened in the patient’s presence and expiration date of the product is presented. Thus we guarantee that the products used during the procedure are original and of the highest quality.
SCARS
1. Medical peeling, Ferulac Peel®, Nomelan Caffeico®
MEDICAL PEELINGS
Properties:
Medical peelings are currently the most often applied procedures in aesthetic medicine clinics.
| Medical peelings are effective and delicate solution for problematic skin |
They are suitable even for very sensitive complexion or for skin with dilated blood capillaries – depending on particular skin problem and type the doctor indicates appropriate composition of medical peeling.
Its effect is soothed and hydrated skin with improved firmness. Such properties are the effect of anti-oxidative properties, which protect the skin against harmful effects of free radicals.
The treatments improve condition of the skin, which results in more tight, hydrated and brightened complexion. Such therapy plays an important role in skin anti-ageing prevention.
Delicate skin flaking starts 3-5 days after the session. During this period of time, it is advised to deeply moisturise the skin and protect it against the UV rays.
What is the action of medical peels?
Sebum control and balancing action – controls and balances the amount of sebum, penetrating into hair follicle and reducing Propionibacterium acnes populations, in this way eliminating spots and blackheads
Whitening action – sun spots, postinflammatory discolouration and dark circles under eyes are reduced by about 50% after a month of therapy
High skin restructuring capacity – high skin ability for the synthesis of collagen, elastin and GAGs.
INDICATIONS
- seborrheic or acne skin
- acne
- rosacea
- uneven pigmentation and spots
- wrinkles and symptoms of photoageing
BEFORE THE TREATMENT: to intensify the effect of the procedure, for 1-2 weeks before the treatment we can use lower concentration AHA products, remembering not to irritate the skin
AFTER THE PROCEDURE
– the skin should be soothed
– it is recommended to use sun-protective creams SPV>30+
– patients should definitely avoid sunbathing or solarium for about 2 weeks
Can medical peels be combined with other treatments?
Medical peelings are successfully applied in with botulinum toxin treatments, hyaluronic acid, absorbable threads and others. The doctor in charge of the treatment will decide about the time intervals between particular procedures.
How often can the treatment be performed?
The procedure may be repeated every 14-21 days.
For best results, 4-6 treatments are recommended.
Who performs the treatment?
The procedure is performed by a medical doctor, experienced in the use of medical peelings – Dagmara Misiek-Cyrwus
| Price |
|
180 PLN |
| Duration |
|
about 30 min. |
| Anaeshesia |
|
no |
To ensure you with comfort and safety, each product is opened in the patient’s presence and expiration date of the product is presented. Thus we guarantee that the products used during the procedure are original and of the highest quality.
MEDICAL PEELINGS
FERULAC PEEL ® ; NOMELAN CAFFEICO ®
Properties of ferulic acid:
Ferulac Peel® and Nomelan Caffeico® are new generation line of products dedicated to skin with signs of photoageing, melasma and discolouration of various origin (hormonal, postinflammatory, after sun). Ferulic acid is nowadays one of the most effective skin whitening treatments.
It controls the activity of tyrosinase, which takes part in the production of melanin.
Additionally, ferulic acid soothes, hydrates and improves the skin firmness, resulting in general skin rejuvenation. Such properties are the effect of anti-oxidative properties, which protect the skin against harmful effects of free radicals.
| The Ferulic acid therapy is one of the newest methods of fight against skin discolouration. |
Unlike other available medical peelings, patient leaves the clinic with a few layers of applied Ferulac Peel. The preparation should then be washed off after the time indicated by the doctor in charge of the treatment, usually it is about 8-12 hours. Intensive skin flaking starts 3-5 days after the session. During this period of time, it is advised to deeply moisturise the skin and protect it against the UV rays.
The procedure is complemented by a retinol mask.
Ferulac Peel treatments improve condition of the skin, which results in more tight, hydrated and brightened complexion. It is also good to realise, that such therapy plays an important role in skin anti-ageing prevention.
How it works
Whitening action – spots and discolouration of various origin are reduced by about 75% after a month
Sebum control and balancing action – controls and stabilises the amount of sebum penetrating into the hair follicle, skin pores are reduced and less visible, skin regains its even tone
Anti-oxidative action – neutralises free radicals and enhances effectiveness of vitamins C and E
INDICATIONS:
- photoageing
- melasma
- discolouration (hormonal, after sun, postinflammatory)
- stretch marks
BEFORE THE TREATMENT: to intensify the effect of the procedure, for 1-2 weeks before the treatment we can use lower concentration AHA products, remembering not to irritate the skin
AFTER THE PROCEDURE
– the skin should be soothed
– it is recommended to use sun-protective creams SPV>30+
– patients should definitely avoid sunbathing or solarium for about 2 weeks
Can botulinum toxin be combined with other treatments?
Medical peelings are successfully applied in with botulinum toxin treatments, hyaluronic acid, absorbable threads and others. The doctor in charge of the treatment will decide about the time intervals between particular procedures.
How often can the treatment be performed?
The procedure may be repeated every 14-28 days.
For best results, 2-4 treatments are recommended.
Who performs the treatment?
The procedure is performed by a medical doctor, experienced in the use of medical peelings – Dagmara Misiek-Cyrwus
| Price |
face |
70€ |
|
décolletage |
70€ |
|
back |
100€ |
|
stretch marks |
from 70€ |
| Duration |
|
8-12 hours Patient goes home |
| Anaeshesia |
|
no |
To ensure you with comfort and safety, each product is opened in the patient’s presence and expiration date of the product is presented. Thus we guarantee that the products used during the procedure are original and of the highest quality.
to improve.
Skin revitalisation with Skinboosters products result in very natural and smooth skin appearance. The skin receives long-lasting hydration, elasticity and tightness, restores its radiance, looks young and healthy. With Skinboosters treatment we do not have to be afraid of the mask-like effect. If we also consider its non-invasive character and minimum recovery time before resuming regular daily activities, Skinboosters becomes one of the best modern methods of skin revitalisation.
How to effectively eliminate skin discolouration?
Kto wykonuje zabieg?